(logo)
(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections

Search: Advanced Search

Anonymous User (login or join us)Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Popular science news, formerly Boston journal of chemistry. A popular illustrated monthly devoted to the progress in zoology, botany, mineralogy, archaeology, hygiene, invention, with related physical sciences and general scientific information"

l\v,^o.ifj:S 3 Sliein^a 




/r 



THE 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS 



AND 



BOSTON JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY. 

DEVOTED TO 

SCIENCE OF HOME-LIFE, THE ARTS, AGRICULTURE, 

■ AND MEDICINE. 

EDITORS: 

AUSTIN P. NICHOLS, S. B. W. J. ROLFE, Lirr.D. 




VOLUME XXIV. 

January- December, 1890. 



BOSTON: 

THE POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS COMPANY, 



INDEX TO VOLUME XXIV. 



Articles marhcd ivith {*) arc illustrated. 



PAGE. 

Accident, A Remarkable 150 

Accident, An Instructive 185 

Acids, 'I'ransportation of T 

Aerial Navigation 52 

Agassi/. Association 7, ',>, 22, 38, 54, 71, 86, 101, 118. 

134, 151, lti7, 182, 185 

Agricultural Items 68 

Air. Burning in Furnaces 41 

Air, Compressed as a Motive Power 22 

Alaskan l.urial 56 

\icoliols. The 138 

Alloy, A New 7 

Alum in liread 8 

Aluminium 52 

Aluminium Alloys, Cheap Production of 153 

*Amar>'llis, Curious Movement of 161 

American Association, Indianapolis Meeting of 153, 154 

American Psychical Society 41 

Amoeba , The 3 

Aiiclior Ice 163 

Ancients. Arithmetical Calculation Among 114 

Ancients, Scientific Knowledge of ■ - 6, 21, 37 

\ninial Intelligence 172 

Anti-Cigarette Legislation 153 

Ants. To Drive Away 68 

Appendicitis 101 

Aryan Race, Origin of 169 

Astronomical Phenomena (monthly). .12, 28, 45, 60, 75, 91, 108, 

: 124, 140, 157, 173, 189 

Atlantic Racing, cost of 36 

Aurora. Height of 9 

*Autographisni 125, 144, 148, 1^5 

Autumn, Prenionititms of 123 



Bacteria, Microbes, etc. 

Baking Powder, Poisonous 

Base Hail, Electrical 

Battery, Au Kconomical 

Beer, Ancient 

Biology, Brief Studies in 3, *42, 74, 98, 138, 171, 

liirds, Speed of Flight 

Blast, A Big 

Blood .Stains, Detection of 

Boiler Explosions. Causes of 

Boilers, To Fill 

Book. A Valuable 

Boracic Acid.. . ■> 

Brass, To Polish 

Bread, Stale, New Use for 

Brick P^stimates 

*Bridge, The English Channel 

British Association Meeting at Leeds 

British Association, Newcastle Meeting of 

lironze. Malleable 

Bronze, How l^ong Manufactured 

Burns, Salve for 



Cadmium, Atomic Weight of 

Camphor, Movements of, Upon Water 
' "arbons 



C 

Carbon Compounds, Two 

Carpentry, Aboriginal 

'Cash Box, The Magic 

Catarrh, Nasal 

Celerj', To Preserve 

Centenarian, A Noted 

Characters, Acquired, Inheritance of .... 

*C,'hem'cal Laboratory, An Ancient 

t bemical Nomenclature 

Chemical Symbols, Ancient 

Ciiemistry, A Practical Use for 

Chemistry, Relation of, to Medicine 

*Chigger 

Children's Nurses, School for 

Cigarettes 

Coal Cutter, Electric 

Coca in Bolivia 

Cocaine Pencils for the Skin 

Coco, Cacao, and Coca 

Coffee Beans, Artificial 

Cold Bed. The Deadly 

Color Blindness, An Experiment in , .. . 
Conductivity of Metals, Alterations in. . 

Consumption, Alleged Cure for 

Consumption, Open Air Exercise in.. . 

Crime, Is it a Disease ? 

Criminals. Abuse of Pardoning Power. 

Crocuses 

Crystals, Fluid 

Culinary Recipes 

Curic>us Facts 

*CycIone, A Medieval 

Cyclone in the Azores, Results of 

Cyclone in New England 

Cypripedium Calceolus, Fertilization of. 



47 
137 
116 

36 

118 
187 
8 
181 
158 
16!) 
181 
73 
173 
85 
32 
166 
5 
186 
10 
7 
73 
64 

185 

164 

100 

133 

134 

49 

77 

68 

121 

4 

116 

104 

145 

116 

. 61 

, 148 

16 

32 

5 

134 

96 

7(i 

41 

48 

15 

KH 

137 

95 

13 

57 



116 

100 
120 
18(i 
27 
137 
131 



Dangerous Fun 36 

" Darwinism," Review of Wallace upon 82, 106 

Deer Forest, Pleasures of a t>8 

Dentists, Number in Germany 96 

Development, Photographic, Reversal by Eikonogen 185 

Dextrose. Synthesis of 153 

Dodder, The 67 

Doors, Electrical 70 

Ears, Operation for Prominent % 

Earth, Ceological Formation of 131 

Earth, Theories of Formation of 83 

Earthquake in California 105 

Earthworm, The 74 

Eating too Aluch 13 

"Eclipse, Total Solar 73, 109 

Education, Modern. Deficiencies of 169 

Eggs, Bacteria in 89 

Egyptian Language and Chronology 35 

Eiffel Tower, I'tiTization of 148 

TJght Hour Movement, Physiological View of 141 

Eikonogen, A New Developer 6 

Electrical and Magnetic Disturbances Produced by jRailway 

Trains 121 

Electrical Humbug, A Recent 121 

Electric Light for Binnacle 116 

Electricity, Case-hardening by 181 

Electricity in the Dairy 52 

Electricity, Limitations of 122 

Element, A New 57 

Elements, Apparent Transmutation of 9 

Elements, New Theory of 41 

*Elevator, A Novel 5 

Engineering Achievements, Modern 89 

•Erosion, .\tmnspheric, Cm-ious Effects of 

Evolution Club of Chicago 

Execution by Electricity 137, 

Eyes, Care of the 

Faith Cure Society, Disbandment of 

Fauna and Flora of Primitive and Recent Periods 

Fees, Medical, in New York 

Fight Between Wasp and Bee 55, 

Fingers, Peculiar Adhesive Power of 



Fire 

Fire, Curious Methods of Making 

Fire-Flies, Light of ; ; 

Flames, ^Iusical 

Flash Powders, Photographic 

Florida, Rainy Season of 

Flowers, Mailing : 

Fluoresence 

Fluorine, Combinations, with Platinum and Gold. 

Flies of Prey 

Flora of Eastern and Western Hemispheres 

*Forces, Minute, Measurement of 

Foster's Flat 

Fretwork, To Varnish 

Fruit Blossoms 



Gases, Liquid 

Gas RIeter, An Honest 

Gas, Natural, Alleged .Solidification of 

Gelatine and Its Uses 

Geological Observations in 1890 

•Giant, A Prehistoric 

Glaciers, Their Formation and Movement. 

Glanders, A Cure of 

Glass Tubes, To Cut 

Gleanings ' 

( Uycerine 

Glycerine, Action on Vulcanized Rubber . 
(Jold . 



Gordius, The 

( drafting. Herbaceous 

Grapes, Novel Training of.. 
Graphites, Chemistry of the- 

•Grasses, About 

Grass of Parnassus 

Grasshojiper, The 

Gravitation, New Theory of. 
Gun, Gatling's Cast Steel . - - 



.135, 



90 
92 
174 
93 

73 
3 
48 
67 
25 
33 
99 
137 
53 
73 
19 
130 
9 
25 
115 
120 
170 
84 
85 
36 

130 

1(>6 

25 

69 

167 

113 

164 

13 

132 

8 

180 

53 

153 

169 

29 

)>8 

57 

152 

116 

98 

25 

150 



Hailstones, Extraordinary .'»4, 138 

Horse-hair Snakes 169 

How Old is the World? i\^ 

H unyadi Janos 48 

Hybrids, Vegetable ■ -Sfi 

•Hydra, The .' 42 

Hydrophobia, Cure of 9 

Hypnotism HJO 

Hypnotism, Operation under . : 108 

Ice Hou.se, A Natural 1(>3 

Incombustible Textile 70 

Indian Village, An .Ancient 43 



PAGE. 

Indians of New Mexico, Dwellings of 67 

•Induction, Electric, Experiments in 129 

Industrial Memoranda 6,22,70, 118, 134,160,166, 181 

Industry, A Novel 134 

Infant Feeding, Dilution of Cow's Milk in 15 

Iiitluenza, The 25 

Ink, Invisible 4 

Insect Intelligence, Remarkable 55, 57 

Insulating Compound, New 70 

Iodine, " Colorless '" 105 

Iron, Ores of 149 

•Joule, James Prescott 1 

•Jugs ; How They Are Made 5;i 

Khojak Pass. The 1^- 

Knock-out, Physiology of 112 

Kochs' Consimiption Cure IWI 

*I.Aborator>' Devices, Some New ltl"> 

Laboratoiy Notes : 5.'l 

La Cirippe ; Report of Case .' 12^ 

Lake Cliamplain 164 

Lake Dwellers of Switzerland, The 17, 34, 51 

Lake (Juinsigamond, On tl>e Shores of 150 

Landrey, Dr. S. F 41 

•Leaf Mosaics 49 

Left Side of Body, Inferiority of 48 

•Length, The .Standard of IT 

Leyden Jar, A Simple 116 

Lick Observatory, A Visit to the 105 

Lick Telescope, Photographic Qualities of 121 

Light, Mechanical Equivalent of 41 

Lightning, Kinds of 117 

Lightning, Peculiar Freak of 10.'> 

Lightning, The Way of the 16;i 

Lint, Sterilized 4?< 

Literary Notes 12, 29, 45, W, 76. !)2, 109, 125, 141, 157, 173, l!)i» 

Low Water in Boilers 169 

Magnetic Experiment, Explanation of los 

, " Magnetic Man," A !!•" 

Magnet for Extracting Metallic Particles from the Body lis 

•Magic Square, An Ancient 74 

Malaria, Protection from 121 

Manure, Loss of, by Exposure. ^f- 

•Marine Animals, Rock-Boring 12:i 

Measles. Child Born with the ti4 

Medical Congress, Tenth International 159 

Medical Memoranda 16, 64 

Medical Miscellany 32,48,96, 112, 128, 144 

Medicine, Rational Use of 77 

Medicine, Relation of Chemistry to *'I 

Medicine, State Regulation of 126,174 

Mental Trait, A Curious 50 

Mercury Mine, A New 52 

Mercury, Rotation Time of ; - 67 

Metals, Uncommon , but Useful 132 

Meteorite Containing Organic Matter 41 

Meteorological Report (monthly) 11, 27. 44. 59, 75, 91, 107. 

124, 139, 156, 172, 189 

Metric System, Modern Adoption of 89 

Mexican < )nyx 164 

Microbe Killer 32 

Microptione, A New Use for ■ 116 

•Microscope for Pharmacists, A 141 

Microscopic Exhibits, Curious VJ\) 

Microscopical Meeting at Detroit 14*i 

Milk, Consumption of, in Paris 6h 

Mineralogy. Course in 22 

Mining, .Safety of 7 

Mizar, The Star •. 132 

Mole Crickets : 24 

Montpelier l^niversity, Sixth Centennial of 114 

Moon's Surface, Temperature of 9 

M usic as a M edicine i**i 

Musk, Artificial 4 

Nail Holes, To Fill 85 

Natural (ias, Reduced Supply of 185 

Natural History Observations in 1890 '. 168 

•Natural History Observations in 1890 (Walter's). 183 

New Mexico, Botanical Notes from 147 

New Mexico, Mineral Wealth of 58 

New Mexico. Water Ways of 122 

Nitrous Acid, .Solidification of 38 

Norumbega, An Ai»cient City 9 

Nutmeg in Sledicine, The ' 16 

Observations, Original 8. 24 

•Observatory, Eiffel Meteorological 81 

Oil Wells, Burme.se 101 

Old Age Ill 

( )leomargarine Tjegislation, Proposed 41 

Optical Phenomena, Wonderful 9!t 

Orchids, Rhode Island 148 



risTDEX TO VOLUME XXIV. 



Oxygen Apparatus, Explosion of 41 

Oxygen, Atomic Weight of 41, 153 

Oxygen , Easy Preparation of 1-' 

Oxygen ( »as. To Prepare Safely 1^*- 

Oxygen. Ordinarv' Actions of l(>r> 

Paper Pulleys If'ti 

Paper, To Waterproof ST* 

Paris Letter 26, 69, 90, 123, 155, l!^ 

Pasteur Institute, New York 175 

Patent Medicines. Some Old Tifi 

Pearl, The f.« 

Pendulum Experiment in Earth's Motion 1H4 

Periodic System , The 1 

Pestle Handles, Cement for 181 

Petrifactions and Fossils 102 

Pharo-Light, A New 84 

Phcenicians. Modern F^nglish Descendants of 73, 148 

Phonograph as an Acoumeter , 9(5 

Phonograph. Improvement in the 4 

Phosph()rus, TWo Forms of G9 

Photographs. Ink for Writing on ll*i 

Photography 4*1 

Photography Abroad 120 

Photography for Deciphering Writing ll*i 

Photography, Instantaneous, Recent Improvements in 7fl 

♦Photography, Novelties in 20 

Photography for Physicians 157 

Photographic Amateurs, Hints to 85 

Photographic Films ItW 

Photographic Points, Practical 40 

Photometric Balance 179 

Phthisis in Switzerland 04 

Pigments, Our Common 117 

Pile Dwellers 104 

Pills, Chinese 32 

Pinholes in Platinum, To Solder - - ■ ■ 150 

Pipes, Tarred 16*> 

Plants for Shady Places 179 

Plants, Hot Water *. 2() 

•Pneumatics, Curious Experiment in 113 

Poison , African Arrow 121 

Practical Recipes l(i*i 

Prescription , A Unique .' 32 

Proto-Helveles. The - 17, 34, 51 

Proverbs, Old, F'rom a Scientific Standpoint 25 

Questions and Answers 12,29,45, 92, 109, 125, 140, 104, 190 

Quinine Sulphate, Non-actinic Property of . ^ 26 

Railroad Tariff, A Novel 68 

Railway, A Remarkable 134 



FAGK, 

Railways, Japanese 70 

Railway Systems, Future Extent of 73 

Railway Ties. Steel 150 

Ranunculus, Double, Traced by a Stream of Water 55 

Recipes, Practical 85 

Respiration, Artiticial, New Instrument for 78 

Ring Finger, Increasing Mobility of 142 

Robins, Colorado. A Pair of 72 

Rock Inscriptions. Swedish, Prehistoric 42 

Roofing Material, A New 52 

Rope, Cork HO 

Rosetta Stone, The 35 

Rubber Pavements 181 

Rust, To Prevent 84 

Saccharin in Belgium 112 

Salicylic Acid as a Food Preservative 137 

.Scale in Boilers 70 

Science, Assumptions of 57 

Science, Twenty Years of ■ 20 

Scientific Brevities 4, 20, 3(), 52, 84, 110. 1.32. IW. 79 

•Scientific Experiments, Simple fv^, 97, 113 

•Scientific Recreations 2,81, 145 

•Scientific Station, Highest in Europe 170 

•Seed Planter, A Chinese *■ 85 

Semitic Races, Place of < >rigin 73 ■ 

•Sepulchre, An Ancient 178 

Shingle Paint - lOti 

Siberian Railway, The 101 

Silver '. 180 

Silver, To Detect , in Presence of Lead 70 

Sleep 46 

Smoke Machine 181 

Snail, The 171 

Snakes Swallowing Their Young 134 

Soap, Blue 70 

Sodic Carbonate, Manufacture of 149 

Specialism in Medicine 174 

•Spiders, Two Remarkable 177 

•Spider Webs : How Spun 101 

Sponges, Artificial. Industry in 4 

Spring Prelude. The 72 

Star, A Variable 30 

Starfish, The 138 

Statue , A Double 26 

.Steamship, A Novel 169 

Steamship Racing on the Atlantic Ocean 105 

Steel. Crushed - 130 

.Steel, Hydrogen Occluded in 22 

Stellar Motions, Spectroscopic Analysis of 178 

Stencil Ink '• 106 

Stomach Brush, The 15 



|-,\i.K. 

.Stomach, Hair Halls from 10 

Sulph\ir, Affinity of Metals for 179 

Summary of itledical Progress (monthlv) 14. 31, 4(>. 0,'(. 79. 

' . 110, 127, 14::. 100. 17.-.. 191 

Sunnner Schools. SK 

Tariff "Bill, Effect upon Science 185 

Telegraph, ( )ptical 121 

Telephone, New Application of 181 

Telephony, State 5.3 

TheiyfihotniSy Giganteus, Notes on I.'i4 

Thermometer, An Expensive o(KI 

Thermometer, Scales 4 

Thioketone 121 

Thinider Storm, Winter 57 

Trance, State of S4 

Transparencies in Prussian Blue 5 

•Tree, A Curious 140 

Tuberculosis, Transplanting i*0 

Tube Press, Hydraulic 1 18 

Ultramarine - 37 

Va-seline and .Soluticms, To Mix 04 

Vertebrata, The 187 

Vitality lOi) 

Vivisection 137 

War Rocket, A New i;!4 

Warts 2!> 

Waterproofing Cloth 181 

•Water Still, A Simple W 

Water Supplv, Pollution of 137 

Waves. Heig'ht of 120 

Wave Power, Cause of. .'>7 

Well, (las. Fresh and Salt Water Combined 20 

Wesley, John, Medical Talk by 01 

WJiite Lead, Wet Process for Alanufacturing liiO 

Wild Roses 120 

Winter Cough, Ammonium Chloride in .'JO 

Winter Weather. Unusual 25 

Women in Pharmacy iH 

Woods in Winter, The 30 

•Writing in Railroad Cars, I )evice for .■>7 

Yellow Fever, <Iin as a Remedy for 10.") 

Ye Olden Time 22 

Zinc 22 

Zinc in Artesian Well-water I8r> 

Zinc, Native Metallic 2 




^p /^S 



€|)e ^ojJttlar ^cttnce i^etu0 



AND 



BOSTON JOURNAL OF CHEMISTR 




Volume XX1\' 



CONTENTS. 

Familiar Science. — James Prescott Joule . . i 

The Periodic System i 

Scientific Recreations 2 

15rief Studies in Biology 3 

Fauna and Flora of Primitive and Recent 

Periods 3 

Scientific Brevities 4 

Practical Che.mistry and the Art.s. — The 

English Channel Bridge ....... 5 

A Novel Elevator 5 

Transparencies in Prussian Blue .... 5 
The Scientific Knowledge of the Ancient 

Greeks and Romans 6 

Eikonogen, a New Photographic Developer . 6 

Industrial Memoranda 7 

The Out-Door World. — Original Observa- 
tions S 

Gleanings 8 

Editorial. — Fluorescence 9 

The British Association at Newcastle ... 10 
Meteorology for November. 1889, with Review 

of the Autumn 11 

Astronomical Phenomena for January, 1890 12 

{.^lestions and Answers iz 

Literary Notes 12 

Medicine and Pharmacy.- — Is Crime a Dis- 
ease? I'J 

We Eat Too Much 13 

Monthly Summary of Medical Progress . . 14 

An Experiment in Color-Blindness .... 15 
On the Dilution of Cow's Milk in Infant 

Feeding 15 

The Stomach-Brush 15 

Hair-Balls from the Stomach 16 

Formyl Amidophenol Ether 16 

The Nutmeg in Medicine 16 

Medical Memoranda 16 

Publishers' Column 16 

Fan^iliar Scierjce. 

JAMES PRESCOTT JOULE. 

One of the most distingiii.shecl scienti.sts ol" 
the present century died at Sale, near Man- 
chester, England, on the i ith of last October. 

James Prescott Joule was born at Salford, 
near Manchester, in the year 18 r8. His 
health was so delicate that he was not sent to 
school, but received his first elementary edu- 
cation from his mother. At the age of fifteen 
he commenced his scientific studies, under the 
tuition of the eminent chemist, Dalton, the 
discoverer of the atomic weights, who was at 
that time President of the Manchester Literary 
and Philosophical Society. Under the direc- 
tion of his instructor he made some more or 
less important investigations upon the consti- 
tution of gases and vapors, and the effect upon 
them of heat, but his first personal researches 
were made in 183S upon the subject of mag- 
netism. In 1840 he discovered the principle 
of magnetic saturation, or the limit beyond 
which it is impossible to increase the power 
of a magnet. 

AlK)ut this time he suggested an electric 



BOSTON, JANUARY, 1890. 



Number i. 



unit to express the power of the current. As 
the molecular weight of water was at that 
time considered to be nine, he proposed to use 
as unit of quantity that amount of electricity 
which would decompose nine grains of water. 
Although this unit has never been accepted, 
an international congress of electricians has 
recently given his name to a practical unit of 
electric work, based on the modern system of 
electric measurements. The ampere, which 
now replaces Joule's proposed unit, is the 
current which will deposit .0014888 grammes 
of silver in one .second. 

Joule's gi'eatest fame, however, is due to his 
demonstration of the great principles of the 
conservation of energ)-, and the mechanical 
equivalent of heat. Count Rumford, in the 
last century, experimented upon the develop- 
ment of heat by the friction produced in 




very first, and at once became a firm supporter 
of Joule's theories, and was a co-worker with 
him for many years. 

This discovery of the connection between 
the great forces of Nature was an epoch in 
scientific history, and was to physics, what 
the discovery of oxygen and the true nature 
of combustion was to chemistry. His other 
work alone would have given Joule a high 
rank in the scientific world, but it has been 
almost completely overshadowed by this great 
physical and mathematical generalization, 
which he was the first to formulate in defi- 
nite terms. 

The accompanying portrait is reproduced 
from La Nature' 



boring a cannon, and in August, 1843, at a 
meeting of the British Association, at Cork, 
Joule, after referring to Rumford's researches, 
stated that he was "convinced that, by the 
will of the Creator, the great principles of 
Nature are indestructible ; each time that a 
mechanical force is exerted in any way, an 
equivalent quantity of heat is always pro- 
duced." 

At this day, when the doctrine of the con- 
servation of force is undisputed, and is one of 
the corner stones of science, it seems strange 
that the new theory was by no means unani- 
mously accepted by the leading scientists of 
the day. Even Faraday was not convinced 
of its truth for several years, and Miller and 
Graham likewi.se doubted it at first ; but Sir 
William Thomson comprehended the truth 
and importance of tlie generalization from the 



THE PERIODIC SYSTEM. 

Every elementary body combines with 
others in definite proportions by weight 
which are unchangeable. Hydrogen, which 
combines in the smallest proportion of all, is 
taken as unity, and its combining number, 
or atomic weight, is considered as r. Oxy- 
gen has an atomic weight of 16, and never 
combines with hydrogen except in that pro- 
portion, or a multiple of it. Thus in water, 
one atom of oxygen with a weight of 16 is 
combined with two atoms of hydrogen with 
a weight of 2, giving the proportion of 2 to 
16. Another compound of hydrogen -and 
o.xygen, known as peroxide of hydrogen, 
contains two atoms of hydrogen and two of 
oxygen, giving the proportions 2 to 32. The 
element carbon has an atomic weight of 12, 
and unites with four atoms of hydrogen to 
form marsh gas, which contains four parts by 
weight of hydrogen to twelve of carbon. 
Oxvgen and carbon unite to form carbonic 
acid gas, which contains one atom of carbon 
with a weight of 12, united to two atoms of 
oxygen weighing 32. These proportional or 
atomic weights with which all elements com- 
bine with one another, are determined by 
direct analysis, and are always fixed and 
invariable. 

Now if we arrange the elements in certain 
horizontal and vertical lines, so as to form a 
table, commencing with lithium with its atomic 
weight of 7, and ending with uranium with a 
weight of 240, we obtain a most remarkable 
result. We find that in this table, the ele-. 
ments form themselves into groups of those 
which most closely resemble each other in 
other chemical and physical characteristics 
besides their atomic weights, The alkaline 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



[January, 1890. 



metals lithium, sodium, and potassium, which 
very closely resemble each other in their 
chemical relations, form a group by them- 
selves ; as likewise do the non-metallic ele- 
ments fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine, 
which are distinguished by the ease with 
which they all unite with hydrogen to form 
powerful acids, as well as in many other 
ways. There are seven of these groups, 
besides another one which comprises certain 
metals related to iron and platinum, the place 
of which in the system is not well fixed. 
This remarkable and important principle, 
/ which is called the "periodic law," was first 
pointed out by Newlands, in 1864, but was 
more fully developed and brought into gen- 
eral notice a few years ago by Mendelejefl" 
and Meyer, who are generally credited with its 
discovery. Briefly stated, it may be expressed 
that, The qitantivalence and many other 
chemical characteristics of the elements are 
a function of their atomic weights, and it 
is, undoubtedly, the key to many chemical 
mysteries which at present we cannot well 
understand, and much adcHtional study will 
be necessary before we shall know how to 
use the key properly, and comprehend the 
full significance of the law of nature which is 
dimly hinted to us in this periodic grouping 
of the elementary bodies. 

When the elements are arranged as above 
described in groups and series, we find that 
they are not continuous and unbroken. Many 
blank spaces remain to be filled by elements 
possessing an atomic weight between that of 
their nearest neighbors. It is a striking proof 
of the truth of this theory that, since it was 
first brought forward, some of these vacancies 
have been filled by newly-discovered elements. 
When the original table of groups was drawn 
up, there was a vacancy between the elements 
zinc (65) and arsenic (75), which indicated 
the existence of a trivalent element interme- 
diate in atomic weight between those two 
metals. MendelejefF predicted the discovery 
of this element, and the chemical properties 
which it should possess, and gave it the pro- 
visional name of ekaluminium. Shortly 
afterwards, the metal gallium was discov- 
ered, possessing the predicted properties, 
and having the intermediate atomic weight 
of 69.8. Another example is afforded by 
the metal scandium, which agrees closely in 
its properties and atomic weight (44) with 
an element intermediate between calcium 
and titanium, whose existence was predicted 
by Mendelejefl", under the provisional name 
of ekabor. 

To what further discoveries this wonderful 
law may lead, it is impossible to say, but it 
undoubtedly indicates a closer connection 
"between what have been considered as defi- 
nite and distinct forms of matter, than has 
hitherto been supposed. We cannot over- 
look the hint of an inorganic evolution of the 



difltrent forms of matter from one primordial 
substance, analogous to the difterentiation of 
plants and animals from simpler and lower 
forms of life, now so generally accepted by 
biologists. But, whatever may have been the 
conditions governing the existence and mani- 
festations of matter in the early ages of our 
universe, the impossibilit}' of a change from 
one form of matter to another at the present 
time and under the existing conditions, seems 
almost certain. Not a single fact is known 
which leads us to suppose that it is possible 
for the chemist to change hydrogen into oxy- 
gen, for instance, or mercury into gold. 
But, judging from the previous achievements 
of scientific research, we are on the verge of 
some wonderful and revolutionary discoveries, 
which, to say the least, will profoundly mod- 
ify our present views in regard to the con- 
stitution of matter, and the laws governing 
the phenomena which it exhibits. 
«♦> 

SCIENTIFIC RECREATIONS. 
A VERY pretty experiment in inertia can 
be performed with a dice box and two dice, 
held in the hand as shown in the engraving. 
It is required to toss the two dice into the 
box, one after the other. The problem at 
first sight appears ridiculously simple, and so 
it is for the first die, but it will be found 
almost impossible to toss the second one into 
the box without throwing out the one alreadv 



diflicult to move the box directly under the 
second die, so that it shall fall into it without 
throwing out the first one. Like all experi- 
ments of this sort, a little practice is necessary 
to do it successfully, but the trick is soon 
learnt, and is an amusing one in itself, as well 
as an illustration of the fact that, owing to 
the principle of inertia, a body does not 
commence to fall at the exact instant that its 
support is withdrawn. 

The second illustration shows very plainly 
the proper way of bending a glass tube — a 
very simple matter, but one in which chemi- 
cal amateurs often come to grief. The whole 
secret is to heat a considerable portion of the 
tube by moving it back and forth lengthwise 
in the flame, at the same time slowlv revolv- 
ing it between the fingers. When the tube is 
thoroughly and uniformly softened for a space 




there by the same movement. It can, how- 
ever, be performed as follows : After tossing 
the first die into the box, hold the second one 
with the fingers so that it shall be somewhat 
higher than the bottom of the box and the 
die within it. Then give a quick downward 
movement with the hand, at the same instant 
letting go of the die held in the fingers ; 
the latter will not move quite as (juickly as 
the hand and dice box, and it will not be 




of about two inches, remove it from the 
flame, and bend it into the desired curve. 
Take plenty of time, as the glass will not 
harden immediately. In the engraving, a 
spirit lamp is represented, but an ordinary 
gas burner gives a broad flame of just the 
right shape for heating the tube, which 
should be held in the upper part of it, where 
it is hottest. A dense coating of soot, or 
carbon, will be deposited upon the glass by 
the lamp flame, but it will do no harm, and 
can be easily wiped ofl' after the tube has 
cooled. If it is desired to draw the tube out 
to a point, heat it in the same waj , and pull 
gently but firmly, with both hands. If a long, 
slender point is desired, the tube must be 
removed from the flame before drawing out ; 
but to make a short, blunt point, heat the 
glass till it is quite soft, and draw out slowly 
without removing it from the flame. 

The accompanying engravings are repro- 
duced from La Nature. 



Native Zinc. — In the laboratory of the State 
Mining Bureau in San Francisco a discovery was 
made recently which is highly prized. In working 
a specimen of sulphide or blende ore sent from a 
mine in Shasta County, Cal., a small piece of 
native metallic zinc was secured. This is the first 
piece of the character named ever known to have 
been secured in this country. Late works on met- 
allurgy note the existence in the mines of Victoria, 
Australia, of the only native metallic zinc known. 
The Mining Bureau will endeavor to secure other 
specimens from Shasta County. 



Vol. XXIV. No. i.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE I^EWS. 



[Original in The Popular Science N ws.] 
BRIEF STUDIES IN BIOLOGY. 

BY PROF. JAMES H. STOLLER. 

I. 

THE AMrF.BA. 

The delightful field ot knowledge which modern 
biology has opened, has scarcely yet been explored 
by the intelligent general reader, so recently has it 
been added to the realm of science. It is therefore 
believed that a series of brief studies, which may 
serve to guide the reader to an apprehension of the 
leading facts and principles of the science of life, as 
known at the present day, may be acceptable to 
many. Our method will be to study a number of 
forms of animal life, seeking to find out how they 
illustrate, in the forms of their bodies and the carry- 
ing on of their life processes, the laws which govern 
the world of animate nature. Naturally, we shall 
begin with the simplest of organic beings, and pro- 
ceed in order toward the highest forms. 

What, then, is the simplest form of animal life.' 
The word which stands at the head of this article is 
the name of a typical unicellular animal, found 
everywhere in pools of stagnant water, which biolo- 
gists commonly refer to as a representative of the 
lowest class of animal organisms, viz. : the Protozoa. 
The amceba is a very tiny creature, visible only by 
the aid of the microscope. But it is so simple in 
structure that one can get quite a correct idea of it 
from a description. Imagine how a bit of uncooked 
white of egg, spread out flat and of an irregularly 
rounded form, would look, and you have a very 
good notion of the appearance of the amoeba under 
the microscope. And a notion obtained in this way 
is not only correct as to the appearance of the organ- 
ism, but also as to the nature of the material of 
which the body is made. For the albumen of which 
white of egg consists, in its chemical and physical 
properties is precisely similar to that substance, 
called protoplasm, which composes the bodies of 
the protozoan animals. 

But let us stop here to note a very important dis- 
tinction : If a bit of white of egg be left to itself, in 
a little while it wastes away; the oxygen of the air 
attacks it and converts it into new compounds. 
But if an amoeba be left to itself, under natural con- 
ditions, it does not undergo destructive change; it 
is endowed with a principle of life, by which it can 
resist the attacks of the oxygen. Thus, while the 
amceba, when subjected to the chemist's analysis, is 
found to consist of the same chemical elements as 
white of egg, — namely: carbon, oxygen, hydrogen, 
and nitrogen, — it also possesses, in addition to this, 
a something else- — a something which enables it to 
maintain itself intact against external physical 
forces. This something is life. We may sav that 
it is a force resident in the protoplasm of which the 
body of the organism consists. It is as well to call 
it the vital force, and to correlate it with the physi- 
cal forces, heat, electricity, magnetism, etc. And 
just as we do not know the real nature of these 
physical forces, but know them only by their mani- 
festations, so we do not know the real nature of life, 
and can only say that it manifests itself by certain 
phenomena, happening in more or less certain 
order, — that is to say, according to laws more or 
less known to us. The study of biology is the studv 
of the laws which govern the phenomena manifested 
by living bodies. 

Let us now return to the amoeba, understanding 
that the task before us is to observe and reflect upon 
the phenomena which it manifests. By watching a 
little while, one is sure to observe a change in the 
form of the body taking place. There is a thrusting 
out of one side into a club-like projection ; presently 
the rest of the body, by a kind of flowing motion, 



moves toward this projection. The animal is able 
to push out any side of its body in this way, so that 
when it wishes to change its direction it has no 
need to turn about, as those animals do which 
always move with one end forwards. These pro- 
jections are called pseudopodia, a word which means 
false feet; they are organs of locomotion, but, as 
they are formed for only temporary use, it is no 
more than right that their pseudo character should 
thus be recognized in their name. As the creature 
is moving about in this way, it may chance to come 
in contact with a particle of matter which it can use 
for food. If so, it immediately proceeds to swallow 
it. But, as the organism has no mouth nor stoinach, 
— being only a bit of structureless homogeneous 
protoplasm, saving a central portion called the 
nucleus, — it must improvise a digestive cavity as 
occasion demands, just as it improvises feet when it 
wishes to move. It simply flows round the particle 
until it is completely enclosed in its body-substance, 
where it then undergoes digestion. Beyond doubt, 
the amceba digests and assimilates its food — in other 
words, performs the general function of nutrition — 
just as perfectly as the higher animals do, though 
destitute of any special organs for carrying out this 
function. Its food is of just the same nature as that 
of the higher animals, consisting of organic matter, 
such as minute plant cells, and water. It takes this 
food into its body and converts it into its own sub- 
stance (assimilates.) As a result of this process, 
the amceba shows increase of size, or growth. The 
facts at hand, then, are that the simplest animal 
organisms are able to procure food, to swallow, 
digest, and assimilate it, thus effecting growth and 
maintaining life, just as perfectly as the most highly 
organized animals. When it is called to mind that 
in the higher animals, as in man, there are several 
systems of organs — the digestive, the circulatory, 
and the excretory — which are subservient to the 
function of nutrition, it is seen that the problems of 
physiology, instead of being rendered simpler in the 
lowest organisms, are really more difficult to under- 
stand. We can only say that the protoplasm which 
constitutes the body of the amoeba is able of itself 
to perform the functions of the stomach, heart 
kidneys, etc., of the higher animals. 

Having thus seen that the amoeba is able to per- 
fectly discharge the physiological function of 
nutrition, — the function by which it is kept alive as 
an individual being, — let us now find out whether it 
is able to discharge the other fundamental function 
of living bodies, namely, reproduction — that by 
which its kind, or species, is kept alive. By patient 
watching it will be found that any amreba, after a 
greater or less length of time, undergoes division of 
its body into two parts. It is as if an invisible thread 
was passed around the body, and the loop drawn 
smaller and smaller, until the body was constricted 
into two. Each of these parts has all the powers of 
the being from which they were formed ; they are, 
in fact, a new generation of amcebas. Each is 
destined to grow to its full size, to nourish itself for 
a while, and then, in turn, by the simple process of 
self-division, to give rise to a new generation of its 
kind. Thus, by the simplest process we are able to 
think of, the function of reproduction — fundamental 
to all living beings — is effected. 

The manifestations of life seen in a study of the 
amceba may therefore be summarized as follows : 
(i) power of self-movement; (2) power of taking in 
outside matter as food and converting it into its own 
substance; (3) power of reproducing its kind. 

This sketch of a typical organism of the lowest 
grade in the scale of life would not be complete if it 
was not pointed out that the amceba is exactly simi- 
lar to certain cells found in bodies of all the higher 
animals, including num. It is well known that the 



blood consists of a liquid plasma in which float cor- 
puscles of two kinds, the red and white. Now the 
white corpuscles are almost precisely like amcebas. 
Like them, they consist of minute masses of proto- 
plasm, containing in their central part a nucleus ; 
and, like them, they are constantly undergoing 
changes of form. It is also highly probable that 
they nourish and reproduce themselves, just as 
amcebas do; at any rate, this affirmation can be 
made of other cells, especially during the embryonic 
period of life. 

In this connection it is instructive to draw this 
parallel : Of all the forms of animal life, the amoeba 
is the simplest, retaining with the least modification 
the properties of the elementary form of living 
matter, viz. : protoplasm. So, likewise, of all the 
cells of the body, the white corpuscles are the least 
specialized ; unlike the cells which go to make the 
nerves, muscles, and bones, they have not acquired 
special distinctive qualities, but retain in the least 
degree modified, the properties of elementary living 
matter. In other words, the amoeba stands at the 
bottom in the scale of animal life, and the white 
corpuscles, and other simple cells, stand at the 
bottom in the scale of the structural elements that 
go to make up the body. 

Union College, Schenectady, N. Y. 



[Original in The Popular Science Neici.l 

FAUNA AND FLORA OF PRIMITIVE AND 

RECENT PERIODS. 

BY JOSEPH WALLACE. 

It is singularly strange, in this age of progress 
i.nd advanced science, to find some people who call 
themselves learned still persisting that the present 
fauna and flora are but pigmies in comparison to 
those which are extinct. Thanks to the advance- 
ment in paleontological researches, we know the 
former and present fauna and flora, for it teaches us 
about the animals and plants which have existed on 
the earth, but, for the most part, do not at present 
exist. The history of the present fauna and flora is 
a supplement or revised edition of the history of the 
fauna and flora of the primeval world ; no visible 
signs of a universal catastrophe of animal and vege- 
table life can be traced. The most marked change 
on the earth's surface took place at the close of the 
Mesozoic or Secondary period, when lycopods, 
ferns, cycads, and yew-like conifers passed away, 
and diocotyledonous angiosperms — the hard-wood 
trees and evergreens of today — succeeded them, but 
not by any sudden extinction, for some of these 
trees had already begun to make their appearance 
in Cretaceous times. Consequently, natural history 
is complete, because it embraces two classes of 
organic beings : those which still exist and those 
which are extinct. 

It seems natural in man to be imaginative and 
susceptible of wild, grotesque, and fabulous impres- 
sions of pre-existing organic forms. No doubt, 
primeval plants and animals of odd and rare descrip- 
tion are found, but it is by no means generally the 
case. Strange forms occur among petrified remains, 
as in the case of reptiles. Among these are found 
various saurians, or species of flying and swimming 
lizards, as the plesiosaurus and peterodactylus; 
among the mammalia, the dinotherium giganteum. 
But strange forms also exist at the present day ; for 
instance, the ornithorhynchus, ant-eater, sloth, and 
flying-dragon ; and, as a rule, those were just as 
rare formerly as these are now. The same holds 
good in regard to size of the organisms. The 
present equisetacea;, or horse-tails, are usually a 
foot high (seldom exceeding four feet), and about 
the thickness of one's thumb ; our lycopodiacei, or 
mosses, consist of tendrils with thin, branching 
stems, which wind along the ground between the 



POPULAR SCTET^CE NEWS. 



[January, 1890. 



heather. Now we find petrified equisetaceae which 
are as thick as one's arm or leg, and Ijcopodiacese 
which have grown to large trees; but we find noth- 
ing in the petrified plants that can compare to our 
oaks, cedars, pines, and other giant trees, — there is 
no specimen on record of more than four feet in 
diameter. And if we are told of the enormous size 
of the ichthyosaurus, dinotherium, and others 
among the fossil animals, the mammoth, or elephas 
primogenius, was not materially larger than the 
present Asiatic elephant. We can show that our 
oceans and seas contain gigantic whales which 
exceed in size the largest types of fossil fauna. 

Much has been said about the mammoth in Bibli- 
cal and natural history. According to some, the 
name is corrupted from behemoth, or the Russian 
"mammont," and which did not exceed the largest 
elephant in size ; on the contrary, it had a smaller 
head, weaker chest bones, and shorter and thicker 
legs. We are told, too, that fossil tusks of twelve 
feet or more have been found. Granted ; but we 
must remember that the tusks of elephants grow on 
till the animal dies, no matter how great be its age ; 
and, as the mammoth was neither tamed nor 
hunted for the sake of ivory, it could grow on and 
reach the advanced age that was natural to it. 

We know that the body of the northern whale 
sometimes reaches to sixty-six feet long, and at the 
fins, forty feet in circumference. The body of the 
sperm whale is sometimes seventy feet long, by 
thirty-eight in circumference, and the fin-backed 
whale exceeds all other animals in length, and often 
attains to one hundred feet, by ten in circumference. 
Now we look in vain for such monsters in the 
earlier periods of creation. The largest crocodiles 
average from twenty to thirty feet long, but this is 
considered small in comparison to the fantastic 
leviathans of the sea and huge land animals of the 
primeval world. When the bones of the iguanodon 
were first found, its length was immediately reckoned 
to be one hundred and sixty feet; but Prof. R. 
Owen surprised these superficial reckoners by 
reducing it to twenty-eight feet, of which three were 
for the head, twelve for the body, and thirteen for 
the tail. The hylseosaurus and megalosaurus are 
often supposed to reach from sixty to eighty feet, 
the mistake in calculation being based on the first 
find, of the size and massive form of a single bone, 
which does not determine the whole size of the 
body. Prof Owen's trustworthy computation puts 
the length of the former at twenty-five feet at most, 
and the latter at thirty feet. These are the most 
colossal land saurians ; the longest ichthyosaurus 
did not attain to more than thirty feet, and the 
dinotherium did not exceed twenty feet in length. 

Generally speaking, although many huge forms 
of the primitive world do not exist in the present 
condition of things, yet their places are filled by 
other massive forms, so that the present state of 
nature is not so very much inferior, if it is at all, to 
the earlier state, in respect to the size of the organic 
forms. On the other hand, animals of middle size, 
small, and even of microscopic dimensions, are not 
wanting in the fossil fauna. Whole beds of rock, 
with an aggregate thickness of hundreds — yea, 
thousands — of feet, are made up of shells which 
witness their perfect preservation. The polishing 
stone from Bohemia, which we know as tripoli, is 
only an accumulation of the flinty coverings of 
organisms known as diatoms — so minute that no 
less than 41,000,000,000 of them go to make up a sin- 
gle cubic inch of stone. There are similar deposits 
30 feet thick, and of great extent, in Virginia, known 
as "infusorial earth." The "greensands" of the 
chalk and other periods, in the same way are found to 
consist mainly of the casts of minute shells, from 
which the lime has been dissolved, — a phenomenon 



which is being even repeated in various parts at 
the bottom of existing oceans, each grain being the 
cast of a single shell. 

The abundance of microscopic life in early periods 
is beyond calculation ; this, of itself, leads us to 
imagine millions of years intervening between the 
primitive and present fauna and flora. It seems 
very probable that some of the great clayey accum- 
ulations of past geological formations may be really 
the remains of minute shells. Many enormously 
thick beds of limestone, extending over vast regions, 
are also simply the wreck of countless millions of 
similar humble forms of life. • Our chalk is an 
example, and so is a similar deposit still being 
formed over large areas of the Atlantic and Pacific 
at great depths, almost wholly from the debris 
of minute shells. Whole limestone ranges in Rus- 
sia, America, and Britain owe their origin to a no 
more dignified source. They are built up of the 
shells of foraminifera. The petroleum so largely 
obtained in this country and Russia, may have an 
animal origin, as the "bituminous schists" of 
Caithness are impregnated with oily matter, appar- 
ently derived from the decomposition of masses of 
fish in them through long periods. The so-called 
nummulite limestone (from the Latin nummus — 
money) attains a thickness of many thousand feet, 
and extends from the Alps to the Carpathians, 
while it plays a great part in the formation of 
mountains and hills in Asia Minor, Persia, India, 
and Africa ; yet it is the creation of innumerable 
disk or money-like shells, though very small. 

In comparing the animals and plants of the 
earlier and later periods, we find that the earliest 
differ most and the later ones least from the present 
fauna and flora. It is certain, from the evidence of 
paleontological records, that a development of ani- 
mals and plants from a lower to a higher torm has 
taken place with each period or organic change. 
This, of course, can be explained. The earliest 
formations contained scarcely any but the remains 
of a low organization — fiowerless plants, corals, 
mollusks, articulata ; there are very few signs of 
fish and reptiles, and, so far as is known, no birds 
or mammals. In the succeeding strata, more highlv 
organized forms are found ; in the Carboniferous 
period there are some conifers, many fish, and a 
few reptiles ; in the Triassic period, higher reptiles 
are found quite prevalent, and a few mammals ; 
in the Jurassic and Cretaceous periods, a few dico- 
tyledonous plants and endogenous trees, with a great 
prevaU nee of higher reptiles, fishes, and birds; and 
in the Tertiary period, many dicotyledonous plants 
and mammals. In all cases, the lower organisms of 
the animal and vegetable world appear first, and 
the higher organisms later. Thus, of the radiata, 
the crinoidese appeared first; of the fish, the tailed 
ganoid and placoid ; of the reptiles, the saurians; 
of the birds, the marsh and tufted birds ; of the 
mammals, the oppossums and cetacea. The organic 
forms differ most from those now existing in the 
earliest strata, and the differences diminish steadily 
all through the more recent deposits. 



SCIENTIFIC BREVITIES. 

Improvement on the Phonograph. — In the 
present phonograph, a stylus for impressing the 
wax is attached to the center of the vibrating dia- 
phragm. The new improvement of G. Bettini is to 
extend little rods from the stylus to several parts of 
the diaphragm. In this way greater exactness of 
tone and speech is obtained, so the inventor claims, 
and much superior results. 

Inheritance of Accjuired Character.s. — With 
regard to the question of the inheritance of injuries, 
a correspondent of Nature writes about an Irish 
terrier bitch which had a litter by a mongrel terrier 



whose tail had been cut off with a hatchet. Of the 
litter, one puppy was without a tail. The Irish 
terrier belonged to the writer, and he says that she 
had had several litters before, none of which were 
irt any way deformed. 

An Industry in Artificial Sponges is in pro- 
cess of creation. M. Oscar Schmidt, professor at the 
University of Gratz, in Styria, has invented a 
method by which pieces of living sponge are broken 
off and planted in a favorable spot. From very 
small cuttings of this kind. Prof Schmidt has ob- 
tained large sponges in the course of three years, at 
a very small expense. One of his experiments gave 
the result that the cultivation of 4,000 sponges had 
not cost more than 225 francs, including the interest 
for three years on the capital expended. The 
Austro-IIungarian government has been so much 
struck with the importance of these experiments 
that it has officially authorized the protection of this 
new industry on the coast of Dalmatia. 

Invisible Ink.— M. E. Pecard has published an 
account of this chemical discovery. It is a mixed 
acid procured by a solution of molybdic acid in 
boiling oxalic acid. He calls it oxalomolybdic acid. 
The crystals of this acid are insoluble in strong 
nitric acid, but they dissolve in cold water. Paper 
written upon with the solution shows nothing in a 
weak light, but when brought into the sunshine the 
written characters suddenly appear in deep indigo 
blue. Paper saturated with the solution and dried 
in the dark becomes blue when exposed to the sun, 
and on this blue surface white characters may be 
written by dipping the pen in water. The color 
disappears in contact with water, and the blue 
writing becomes black when exposed to the heat of 
a fire. 

Artificial Musk. — A remarkable oily liquid, 
having a brown color, and smelling so like musk 
that, it is said, very few noses are able to detect the 
difference between the natural product and the arti- 
ficial body, is obtained by a new process. Two 
parts of isobutyl alcohol, three parts of meta-xylol, 
and nine parts of chlorate of zinc [Qy. chloride], are 
are heated together for eight or nine days at a temper- 
ature of about 440° or 450° F. in a strong vessel, the 
pressure inside of which speedily rises to nearly 
30 atmospheres, but gradually declines to about a 
quarter of that degree of tension when the whole is 
allowed to cool gradually. Th£ crude product so 
obtained is purified by distillation once or twice 
repeated, until an oily fluid is the result, which 
comes over between 220° and 260°; this, when ren- 
dered slightlj- alkaline, is the " musk" in question, 
and it may be diluted with alcohol, for the use of the 
perfumer, to any degree of odoriferous strength. 

Thermometer Scales.— Three scales have sur- 
vived. The Fahrenheit is the oldest, and dates 
from 1724. It is used popularly in Great Britain, 
the British colonies, and the United States. This 
scale was primarily divided into iSo°; zero was 
placed at temperate, a point corresponding with 
if C. ; the point to which the alcohol rose when 
placed under the arm of a healthy man was marked 
90°; and the temperature of a mixture of ice and 
salt, then believed to be the greatest possible cold, 
was marked — 90°. In 1714 Fahrenheit again altered 
his scale ; 0° was placed at the absolute zero, and 
the space between this point and that representing 
the warmth of the human body was divided into 
twenty-four degrees. The freezing point of water 
was now 8°. But these long degrees being incon- 
venient, each was divided into four, and thus in- 
stead of 8°, the freezing point of water became J2^' 
and the blood heat 96°. A mercurial thermometer 
thus graduated registered 212- as the boiling point 
of water. 



Vol. XXIV. No. i.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



5 



Practical Cljcnjistry aijd tlje ^rts. 



THE ENGLISH CHANNEL BRIDGE. 

The accompanying engraving (from I^a 
Nature) represents a view of the proposed 
bridge across the English Channel, as it will 
appear after completion. This project is cer- 
tainly a bold and magnificent conception, 
and, if ever carried out, the bridge will be 
the greatest feat of engineering ever accom- 
plished. The preliminary plans have been 
made for the work, but, before it becomes an 
accomplished fact, many obstacles — not only 
natural ones, but financial and political — 
must be overcome. 

The proposed bridge will start from near 
Folkestone, in England, and cross to a point 
near the port of Ambleteuse, on the French 
coast. The total length will be about twenty- 
iour miles, but it will deviate from a direct 
line, in order to cross two banks, or shoals, 
in the middle of the channel, and obtain the 
advantage of the 
shallow water (20 
to 30 feet) above 
them. In the deep- 
est part of the chan- 
nel the piers must 
be sunk in 165 feet 
of water — a feat 
which will require 
some skillful en- 
gineering. 

The piers, of 
which there will 
be about 125, will 
be of solid masonrj-, 
and will be built 
near the shore in 
caissons, and then 
floated out into the 
channel and sunk 
in their proper 
places. They will project 60 feet above 
low water, and on them will rest the 
steel cylindrical columns, 120 feet in height,^ 
which support the superstructure of the I 
bridge, making a clear height of 180 feet 
above the water, and allowing ample room 
for vessels with the highest masts to pass 
freely beneath. The construction and placing 
of each pier is estimated to take about a year, 
although, of course, an indefinite number can. 
be constructed at the same time. i 

The length of the spans will vary, but the 
widest will consist alternately of 900 and | 
1,500 feet, each span of the bridge (as shown I 
in the engraving) resting upon two piers. 
The narrowest span will be 300 feet. Over 1 
a million tons of metal will be used in the 
work, and the cost is estimated at from 175 
to 200 millions of dollars. About ten years 
will be required to complete it, and, if the , 
success is assured, it would seem to be an j 
easy matter to raise the necessary funds. I 



The commercial and political importance 
of this bridge, which would give Great 
Britain direct and unbroken railroad commu- 
nication with all parts of the eastern hemis- 
phere, can hardly be overestimated, and it 
would also tend to bind the European nations 
more closely together and prevent war. Mr. 
Gladstone is reported to have said that "by 
either the tunnel or the bridge the peace of 
the world is assured," and, although this may 
be rather a sanguine view to take of the mat- 
ter, there can be no doubt that the result of 
such direct means of communication would 
be an unqualified blessing to all concerned, 
and it is to be hoped that the ridiculous fears 
of foreign invasion which led the British 
government to suppress the already com- 
menced tunnel underneath the channel, will 
not be the cause of the abandonment of the 
proposed bridge above its tempestuous waters. 



stopping, starting, or reversing the motion, 
and safety catches, to prevent its fall in case of 
the breaking of the chain, can be readily 
attached to it. No attendant is required, as 
its operation is so simple that anyone can 
make use of it without danger, and means 
can easily be arranged by which it can be 
brought back to the foot of the staircase by a 
person standing below, if it has been left at 
the top by the last passenger. 

This invention is nuich less costly than a 
regular elevator, and seems to be especially 
applicable to private houses, stores, small 
hotels, and similar buildings. It will doubt- 
less come into quite extensive use. 



A NOVEL ELEVATOR. 

The ingenious device for ascending stair- 




cases shown in the illustration (on page 6) 
was exhibited at the Paris Exposition last 
summer by M. Amiot, under the name of 
monte-escalier. It is intended as a substitute 
for the more expensive elevator in private 
houses, and buildings where the travel from 
one story to another is small, besides being 
adapted to narrow and crooked locations, 
where the regular type of elevator could not 
be introduced, for want of sufficient space. 

The engraving leaves little to be explained 
in regard to its construction and working. 
The whole installation may be divided into 
three parts : the rails, which are attached 
firmly to the side of the staircase, which may 
be either straight or curved ; the car, which 
is a platform resting on the rails by wheels ; 
and the motor, which may be either hydraulic, 
electric, or of any other type, according to 
circumstances, and which draws the car from 
one story to the other by means of a chain. 
The car is provided with a simple means •f 



TRANSPARENCIES IN PRUSSIAN BLUE. 
Mr. Robert Benecke, of St. Louis, gives instruc- 
tions in Anthony's Photographic Bulletin, to select 
glass free from scratclies and bubbles, put it in a 
solution of washing soda for a time, wash, and f.»t 
it up to dry. Now take one ounce of fine gelatin., 
such as is used for making dry plates, put it in clean 
water; wash it a couple of times, squeeze out the 

water and place it on 
a clean towel. After 
about one hour, dis- 
solve the gelatine in 
twenty ounces of hot 
water, and filter it 
through cotton, flan- 
nel, silk, or buckskin 
pushed into the neck 
of a funnel. Coat the 
plates with the gela- 
tine solution wanned 
from 120° to 140° 
Fahr. In cold weather 
it will be necessarv to 
warm the plates. When 
the solution is spread 
evenly over the glass, 
lay it on a cold marble 
slab placed horizon- 
tally, and as soon as 
the coating has be- 
come stiflf enough not 
to run, set the plates 
up on nails to dry. This will take from eight to 
twelve hours or more. Any number of plates can 
be thus prepared, and may be kept for any length of 
time in a place free from dust. Next mix the sensi- 
tizing solution. Dissolve citrate of iron and ammo- 
nia, 71/2 drachms in 4 ounces of water, also ferricya- 
nide of potassium, 5 drachms in 4 ounces of water. 
Mix and filter into a dish, and immerse the plates 
about five minutes, avoiding air bubbles. This is 
better done in the evening by lamp-light. Next 
morning they will be dry, and ready to be placed 
under the negative and exposed. The time for 
printing required is about double that for albumen- 
ized paper. The last thing to be done is the wash- 
ing, which removes the salts and develops a rich 
blue print. The solution must be freshly made, as 
it will not keep very long after being used. The 
plates will keep in the dark for some time. 



There was at the Paris Exhibition a coal-digger 
which is worked by an electro-motor. By its aid a 
man and helper can uncfercut one hundred and ten 
tons of coal in ten hours, in a seam six feet 
thick, and the power required for this at the 
pit-head it a little over two and one-quarter horse- 
power. 



6 



t^OPTJLAR SCIEl^CE NEWS. 



tJ-' 



1S90. 



[Original in The Popular Science iVr!«s.] 

THE SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE 
ANCIENT GREEKS AND ROMANS. 

BY JOHN C. ROLFE, PH. D. 

II. 
SOUND, HEAT, AND LIGHT. 

The father of the science of acoustics was the 
famous philosopher Pythagoras, who was born at 
Samos, at the end of the seventh century B. C. We 
are often told that he was led to the discovery of the 
arithmetrical relations of the musical scale by ob- 
serving accidentally the various sounds which were 
produced by hammers of different weights striking 
upon an anvil. Longfellow refers to this old story 
in his poem "To a Child": 

As great Pythagoras of yore, 
Standing beside the blacksmith's door, 
And hearing the hammers, as they smote 
The anvils with a different note. 
Stole from the varying tones that hung 
Vibrant on every iron tongue. 
The secret of the sounding wire. 
And formed the seven-chored lyre. 
But, unfortunately for the truth of the story, dif- 
ferent hammers do not produce different sounds 
from the same anvil. It seems certain, however, 
that Pythagoras invented the monochord, which is 




A NOVEL ELEVATOR. (See page 5.) 

thus the first known apparatus for the experimental 
investigation of natural laws. By means of this, he 
discovered that all intervals of sound which make a 
pleasant and harmonious impression on our ears, 
correspond to the simplest numerical relations ; 
that, for example, if a string of the length » gave 
the keynote, V2' and /i* gave the octave and the 
third. Euclides, or Euclid, the famous geometer, 
collected the results reached by Pythagoras and his 
school, giving us an aritmetical- demonstration of 
the way of dividing the scale ; while, among the 
Romans, Vitruvius and Bcethius wrote on the same 
subject, but without making any original contribu- 
tions to it. 

The first to undertake to explain the phenomena 
of sound was Aristotle. He discovered that the air 
was the medium by which all sounds were trans- 
mitted, and observed that the velocity with which 
they travelled, differed on difterent days and at dif- 
ferent seasons of the year. Vitruvius applied 



acoustic principles to the construction of theaters. 
He explains clearly that sound travels in waves 
of air, spreading in all directions from the sonorous 
body. 

Of the laws of heat, the ancients knew practically 
nothing, having a merely empirical knowledge of 
the ordinary processes of melting, freezing, boiling, 
and the like. They developed heat by burning, by 
friction, and by the concentration of the sun's rays. 
They knew that steam and air were expanded by 
heat. Aristotle, who investigated the subject, was 
prevented from accomplishing anything by assum- 
ing at the outset that heat and cold were radically 
independent things, instead of differing merely in 
degree. He seems, however, to have recognized a 
definite melting-point for various metals, and he 
explains the ready melting of "Celtic tin" by the 
weak cohesion of its molecules. He also appears to 
have had some idea of latent heat. Among the 
Romans, we find the use of a principle of heat by a 
man who, least of all, would have claimed the glory 
of being a savant — the grim old censor, Marcus 
Porcius Cato. In describing the preparation of a 
certain dish, he says that the ingredients are put 
into an earthen vessel ; this in turn is put into a pot 
full of water, which is set over the fire. Here we 
have a suggestion of the method afterwards em- 
ployed by the Arabs, and familiar in our day, for 
maintaining a given temperature in water-baths. 

In optics, far greater advances were made than in 
the two departments of physics already reviewed. 
At first, the idea of the process of sight was a wholly 
inverted one, for it was supposed that the course of 
light was from the eye to the object seen, long 
feelers going out from the organ of vision, which 
formed a conception of the object viewed by actual 
contact with its surface. Epicurus and Hipparchus 
assumed the existence of visual rays proceeding 
from the eye ; and the ancient geometers described 
spheres which resulted from the union of the beams 
from the two e3"es, those from the right eye turning 
to the left, and vice versa. They maintained that 
while the eye could take in a great many objects, a 
distinct impression was received only where the 
rays met. 

The first to write on the subject was Euclid, a 
believer in the "feeler" theory. While he made 
many errors, he showed that the angle of incidence 
is equal to the angle of reflection, and in one of his 
theorems gives the germ of the idea of linear per- 
spective. The next in order in the development of 
the subject is Cleomedes, whose work is largely a 
compilation of that of Poseidonius, a contemporary 
of Cicero. He is the first to show a knowledge of 
the principle of refraction, which he illustrates by 
the familiar experiment with the coin in water; and 
he explains the phenomenon of twilight on that 
principle. 

Ptolemains, or Ptolemy, the well-known mathe- 
matician and astronomer, wrote on the theory of 
light, and defined the angles of incidence and re- 
flection for various refracting media. While it was 
left for Descartes to discover the laws of refraction, 
Ptolemains laid the foundation for later investiga- 
tions. A work on mirrors, which was formerly 
attributed to Ptolemains, is now believed to be the 
work of the versatile Heron, who did such good 
service in the field of mechanics. He gives a de- 
scription of a heliostat, by which a ray of sunlight 
was introduced into a darkened room and kept in a 
given position ; of a mirror which distorted the 
image reflected, and of an apparatus for producing 
ghostly apparitions on the stage, similar to those 
now employed for that purpose. 

The ancients were acquainted with various opti- 
cal instruments. Mirrors were known at a very 
early period. They were made of various metals, 



and of polished stone. Nero had a mirror of emer- 
ald, and Pliny tells us that mirrors were made of 
rubies, though this stone is never found now suffi- 
ciently large for the purpose. The mirrors made at 
Brundisium, from a mixture of tin and copper, were 
celebrated. The white metal thus produced readily 
becomes dim, and a sponge with powdered pumice- 
stone was generally fastened to them for renewing 
the polish. The use of silver mirrors was very 
common at Rome. Glass mirrors are spoken of by 
Pliny and others. 

Burning-glasses were known at Athens as early 
as the time of the Peloponnesian war, for Aristo- 
phanes makes one of his characters use one to 
obliterate a charge against him which was recorded 
on a wax tablet. The burning-glasses of Archime- 
des have already been referred to. This instrument 
was also used by the vestal virgins to rekindle the 
sacred fire, if, by any unhappy chance, it was ex- 
tinguished. 

Magnifying-glasses were known to the Romans, 
and the short-sighted emperor Nero is said to have 
used one at the theater. This instrument was sim- 
ilar to our modern spectacles or eye-glasses, rather 
than to opera-glasses. The vexed question whether 
anything corresponding to the opera-glass or the 
telescope was known to the ancients, seems to have 
been answered in tlie negative, although they may 
have used an empty tube to aid their sight in cer- 
tain cases. 

The question whether the sense of color of 
the ancients was less developed than our own, has 
been much discussed, and the attempt has been 
made to prove that Homer was partially color- 
blind. Aristotle distinguished only three — or at 
most four — colors in the rainbow, though he could 
probably have passed a modern examination for 
color-blindness. 

The subjects of magnetism and electricity must be 
left for another paper. 

[Note. — The December number, containing the first article 
of this series, will be sent free to anv 7iew subscrilier requesting 
it.l 



EIKOXOGEN, A NEW PHOTOGRAPHIC 
DEVELOPER. 

Andressen, of Berlin, has discovered a new sub- 
stance to which he has given the name of eikonogen 
or ikonogen, and which is manufactured in Ger- 
many. This is a substance derived from anilin, like 
hydroquinon, of a greenish gray color, sensitive to 
light, and non-crystallizable. According to M. 
L'llote, it is distinguishable from hydroquinon by 
means of fuming nitric acid, whichacts slowly upon 
the latter body, blackening the crystals and forming 
an oxide, yellow and slightly soluble; while it acts 
very energetically upon eikonogen, forming a yel- 
low colored matter which turns red with water. 

Eikonogen can replace hydroquinon for the devel- 
opment of photographic images. The following 
formulas may be used : 

FORMULA NO. I. 

Sulphite of soda 100 grammes 

Distilled water 1500 grammes 

Eikonogen 25 grammes 

FORMULA NO. 2. 

Distilled water ^ao grammes 

Carbonate of soda 74 grammes 

Three parts of the first solution is taken with one 
part of the second. 

To hurry the development, add a few drops of the 
following accelerator : 

Carbonate of potash 10 grammes 

Distilled water , . . 100 grammes 

To restrain the development, add a few drops of 
the following retardator: 



Vol. XXIV. No. i.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



Brtmiide of potash lO grammes 

Distilled water lOO gramnies 

Fixing is done in tiie usual manner. Tiie batli of 
eikonogen is not colored by contact with the air, 
which permits its employment for the development 
of many plates in succession. 

It does not stain the fingers or the nails, it gives 
clear negatives, and development is easy and rapid. 
N. E. Druggist. 

[Note. — In our experience with eikonogen, we 
find it to give great detail, but not very much inten- 
sity. It also appears to have a tendency to cause 
blisters in the gelatine coating. It is especially 
adapted for developing bromide prints, and no 
clearing solution is necessary. — Ed.] 

♦♦v 

INDUSTRIAL MEMORANDA. 

A New Alloy has been discovered by llerr 
Reith, of Bockenheini, Germany, which is said to 
practically resist tlie attack of inost acid and alkaline 
solutions. Its composition is as follows : Copper, 
15 parts; tin, 2.34 parts; lead, 1.82 parts; anti- 
mony, I part. This alloy is, therefore, a bronze 
with the addition of lead and antimony. The 
inventor claims that it can be very advantageously 
used in the laboratory to replace vessels or fittings 
of ebonite, vulcanite, or porcelain. 

The safety of mining has been materially in- 
creased in recent years. The average ratio for the 
ten years ending 1S60 was one death in every 245 
persons employed, for the ten years ending 1S70 it 
was one in 300, for the period ending 1880 one in 
425, and for the present year one in 602. Even this 
more favorable ratio will, no doubt, be improved 
upon, and mining may become as safe as any other 
occupation. Seeing that an army of nearly 600,000 
persons are employed in or about the mines of 
Great Britain and Ireland, and that in round num- 
bers 183,000,000 tons of minerals were wrought last 
year, the importance of the industry can hardly be 
overestimated. 

The Transportation of Acids. — There has 
been patented in Germany a process by means of 
which sulphuric acid for manufacturing purposes 
can be safely transported. The inventor takes 
advantage of a property of certain salts, — of which 
alkaline sulphates are representatives, — by which 
they give up their water of crystallization when 
heated, and take it up again when cool ; and he does 
so by mixing the salts in an anhydrous condition 
with a calculated quantity of sulphuric acid. The 
whole mass becomes granular, or may be formed 
into cakes, and, when heated, the whole liquefies, 
»nd may be used as if it were sulphuric acid, for the 
presence of bisulphate of soda does no harm. 

Malleable Bro.nze. — A patent has been taken 
out, both in England and France, by Mr. A. Sentex, 
Mr. C. Marechal, and Mr. A. Saunier, establishing 
a process for producing malleable and ductile bronze 
bars or plates, which are free from cracks and blow- 
holes, are "inoxidisable," and which may be "rolled 
and drawn with the greatest ease." Moreover, the 
metal has the appearance and "sonorosity of gold." 
One and a half kilos, of tin are purified by melting 
under nitre. Ten kilos, of copper are melted, and 
50 grammes of equal parts of nitrate and cyanide of 
potassium are added, for the double purpose of 
reducing the oxides and "fattening" the metal. 
Then 25 grammes of bitartrate of potassium, with 
the same quantity of cyanide, are added, and, after 
poling, the tin is introduced; 25 grammes each of 
sal-atpmoniac and cyanide are thrown on, i gramme ' 
of "phosphuret of copper" introduced to "impart ' 
mildness," and 20 grammes of "Marseilles soap" | 
added, which still further "fattens" the metal. 
Finally, i gramme of sodium is added at the mo- , 
ment of casting. i 



Ttje Ont-Door morld. 

Edited by HARLAN H. BALLARD, 

President of the Agassiz Association. 
[P. O. Address, Pittsfield, Mass.] 



Every member of the Agassiz Association 
will appreciate and reciprocate the cordial 
greeting given by the editor of the Popular 
Science News. Let us increase our devo- 
tion to the study of the Out-Door World 
during the year now opening, and strive in 
every way to render our society more and 
more worthy of the commendation so kindly 
be.stowed upon it. 



T/ie Swiss Cross, which for more than 
two years has been the "official organ" of 
the Agassiz Association, is now combined 
with Santa Claus, the new and beautiful 
young folks' weekly magazine published in 
Philadelphia, and will continue its pleasant 
work of interesting the children in the study 
of Nature. In "The Out-Door World" we 
shall speak to those who are older, and who 
are approaching a maturity of thought and 
endeavor that will not rest short of thorough 
scientific attainment. The publishers of these 
two journals are in the heartiest accord, and 
will aid and supplement one another in giving 
our Association the completest possible rep- 
resentation. By a friendly clubbing agree- 
ment, both the Popular Science News 
(whose regular subscription price is $1.00) 
and Santa Clans ($3.00) will be sent to 
any addre.ss for $3.25. To this most gener- 
ous oHer we expect an equally generous 
response from ever3one interested in our 
work. 



In addressing for the first time the new 
audience to which we have thus kindly been 
introduced by the editor of this journal, a few 
words may be needed regarding the purpose 
and scope of our Association. Its aim is to 
awaken among the people an interest in the 
personal observation of their immediate nat- 
ural surroundings. As we have often ex- 
pressed it, we wish to lead as many as 
possible along the footsteps of Gilbert White. 
To this end we constantly invite persons of 
all ages and conditions to form local clubs 
and unite with us. On their part, they are 
to explore, as best they may, the country 
within, sa\', a ten-mile radius of their respec- 
tive homes ; make collections, if they choose, 
of their representative animals, plants, and 
minerals ; study the geological structure of 
the rocks above which they live ; found local 
scientific libraries ; provide courses of lectures ; 
and, in a word, establish, if possible, perma- 
nent scientific societies in their several towns. 
On our part, we undertake to help any who 
need assistance, by directing them to the 
simplest methods of organization, and the 
most approved ways of working in the acvcral 



departments ; by suggesting books appropri- 
ate to their varying necessities ; by putting 
them in communication with men of high 
standing, who are able and willing to give 
them sound answers to the questions that may 
perplex their inexperience ; and by providing 
for them a regular means of intercommunica- 
tion, so that they may not only maintain 
private correspondence and exchange their 
specimens, but ma}' also have a place in 
which there may be made a permanent record 
of whatever may be di.scovered of general and 
abiding interest. 



To this end we earnestly invite the co- 
operation of every scientific man and woman 
who reads this paper. Give us your sym- 
pathy, your counsel, your assistance. You 
will hardly be able to render the nation a 
better service than by helping to enlist our 
young men and young women in the consci- 
entious study of Nature and science. We 
plead for no sentimental smattering. Our 
young men mean business. Many of them 
have devoted their lives to science. Some 
have already attained eminence who began as 
boy-members of a village Chapter of the 
Agassiz Association. Help them now, and 
you will be unconsciously sowing seed that, 
after many days, shall produce a harvest 
worthy of your own gathering. You will 
some day wish to give a scientific lecture ; 
our Association is preparing you an audience. 
You may embody the results of your life- 
work in a book ; our Association is training 
those who will buy and read it. 



Another leading aim of the Agassiz 
Association is to increase the quantity, and 
particularly to improve the quality, of science- 
teaching in our public schcwls. Much has 
already been accomplished in this direction. 
We have awakened a desire for right and 
adequate instruction in nearly twenty thousand 
youthful minds, and have given them a suffi- 
cient understanding of what right instruction 
is, to make them absolutely intolerant of 
obsolete methods of rote-work and book- 
cramming. You couldn't hire a member of 
the Agassiz As.sociation to study botany with- 
out plants, mineralogy without minerals, or 
chemistry without chemicals. In this mat- 
ter we have constantly been in the closest 
sympathy of belief and endeavor with the 
"Committee on the Subject of Science in the 
Schools" appointed a year ago by the Amer- 
ican Society of Naturalists. We cannot 
better sum up our desires than by quoting 
the words of this committee ; for the Agassiz 
Association also asks for " the active support 
and encouragement of every parent and 
teacher who believes that the young should 
have their natural tendencies and longings for 
a knowledge of the things of Nature culti- 
vated ; their questions about it, which are in 
•v«ry w«y pure «n<l true, answered ; oppor- 



8 



POPULAR soii:hoe news. 



[Jaxuary, 1890. 



tunities for enjoyment and for friendships that 
will never fail laid open to them ; and, above 
all, the opportunity freely afforded them for 
securing the brain-growth and mental power 
by observation and independent thought 
which these studies are so peculiarly well 
fitted to give." 



The smallest number that can be admitted 
as a Chapter of the A. A. is four. These 
may be all of one family, or of several ; they 
may be of any age, and their entrance is 
entirely free, the only necessary expense 
being the purchase of the Association hand- 
book. Three Kingdoms, and a subscription 
to one of the papers that contain our reports. 
For convenience in reporting, the Chapters 
are arranged in groups of one hundred, called 
Centuries, of which there are now ten, though 
none of them are full. Chapters belonging 
to the first Century (Nos. i-ioo) are expected 
to send their annual reports to the President 
by the first of January, and reports from this 
division are now due. The other Centuries 
will follow the months in regular order until 
August. August and September are omitted, 
as vacation months, and then the eighth 
Century begins again in October. We shall 
now present a few extracts from the large 
number of these reports which have been 
received dining the past few months. 



505, Greene, N. Y. , [A]. — We have added to our 
herbarium, by collecting and by exchange. Our 
cabinet of minerals is also enlarged, and we have a 
large number of slides prepared for the microscope. 
Correspondence with the Gray Memorial Chapter 
has proved very interesting and profitable. — L. P. 
J., Sec. 

One or two things in this pleasant letter may need 
a word of explanation for the general reader. The 
number (505) shows that this Chapter is the fifth 
Chapter in the sixth Century. The letter A after 
the address signifies that it is the first Chapter in 
Greene, N. Y. The Gray Memorial Chapter is one 
of a class of societies formed, not bj the union of 
several residents of the same town, but by the asso- 
ciation into a "Corresponding Chapter" of widely 
separated individuals, all interested in the study of 
botany. It is named in honor of Professor Asa 
Gray, and has a large and earnest membership. 
The President is George H. Hicks, Owosso, Mich. 



513, Buffalo, N. Y., [D]. — We have lectures every 
week, and every two weeks an essay and discussion. 
We have had a series of excursions for the collection 
of wild flowers, and are preparing an herbarium. — • 
Lilian M. Hoffer, Sec. 



517, Appleton, Wis., [A]. — We are studying leaf 
forms and caterpillar changes. A charming book, 
which we have lately obtained, Instd Lives; or 
Born in Prison, has been a well of delight. With 
great gratitude for the privileges you have enabled 
us to enjoy, we are all very sincerely your co- 
workers. — M. Rogers Winslow, Sec. 

If anyone deems it immodest in the editor to feel 
proud that the book referred to by Mrs. Winslow is 
the work of his mother, and to think it the best book 
on the subject yet written for young people, let him 
read Exodus 20: 12. 



520, Piqua, O., [A]. — We have gained a most 
valuable member in J. W. Dowler, a civil engineer. 
Our studies are at present confined to archicology, 
geology, and zoology. In the first department we 
have nearly five thousand specimens, as this is an 
excellent field for Indian relics. — J. A. Rayner, Sec. 



We have a "Corresponding Chapter" in arch- 
seology, like the one in botany already referred to. 
Its membership extends into many States. The 
President is Hilborne T. Cresson, Philadelphia 
Academy of Sciences; Vice-President, Dr. C. C. 
Abbott, Trenton, N. J.; Secretary, A. II. Leitch, 
41 Mound Street, Dayton, O. 

521, New York, N. Y., [O].— We have held thir- 
teen meetings since September, five of which were 
devoted to answering the questions sent by Mr. 
Wyht, whose course in botany we are still pursuing. 
Miss Ilirsch has taken Professor Guttenberg's course 
in mineralogy. We spent one field-day at Spuyten 
Duyvil, May 2, and found, among other flowers, 
Panax trifotium, Arahis lyrata, Nepeta glechoma, 
and Erylhronium Americanwiu. One member found 
an alder-tree in bloom January 4 ; and some arbutus 
was found at Cornwall, January 29. — Alice M. 
Isaacs, Pres. ; Daisy L. Stein, Sec. 



530, Boston, Mass., [E]. — We have begun to 
study geology, and have made three collecting 
trips.— John J. Fay, Sec, 41 Allen Street. 



535, Ilallowell, Me., [A]. — Death has visited our 
little Chapter, removing one of our members. The 
remaining three are earnestly and steadily at work, 
adding much to their knowledge, and enlarging 
their collections of minerals, fossils, woods, etc. — 
M. Lillian Hopkins, Sec. 



540, Oskaloosa, lo., [A]. — Our Chapter is in a 
most flourishing condition. Within the last eight 
months the membership has increased from twenty- 
three to fifty. We have rooms in the High School 
building, where we have our museum. The School 
Board has also given into our hands the arrange- 
ment and care of their numerous scientific speci- 
mens. Our work is in chemistry, geology, zoology, 
astronomy, and botany; we also have numerous 
field-meetings. — Mary B. Green, Pres. 



48, Fitchburg, Mass., [A]. — Hereafter, please 
address all correspondence intended for this Chap- 
ter to "Agassiz Association, No. 48, P. O. Box 
1685, Fitchburg, Mass." This will insure its imme- 
diate delivery. There are frequent changes in the 
office of corresponding secretary, but the foregoing 
address will be permanent. — Ira C. Greene, Pres. 



ORIGINAL OBSERVATIONS. 

[Continued from The Swiss CVos«, \'ol. 5, No. 6, p. 184.] 

255. A Late-Blooming Pear. (See Note 245.) 
— A pear tree in our garden lost all its leaves after 
an August storm. In the warmth of September, 
after long-continued showers, it put forth a crop of 
young leaves, blossomed, and continued in flower 
for three weeks. — C. C. Cruger, Barrytown, N. Y. 

256. A Mastodon's Skeleton. — I have found 
what I take to be a tooth and part of a tusk of a 
mastodon. The tooth is y'/i inches in length 
and 3^/4 in the diameter of its cross-section. It 
has five transverse ridges, about an inch high, 
except the last, which is smaller. Each ridge is 
cut in two by a longitudinal groove, or furrow, 
which, however, is not nearly so deep as the trans- 
verse grooves. The piece of tusk is 16 inches long, 
5 inches in its longer and 2 in its shorter diameter. 



The outside is dark colored, and has a perfect polish. 
The inside is soft, and can be scratched with the 
nail. Some persons here took it for petrified wood, 
because three concentric layers appeared on the 
end ; but I think it is ivory, because the broken end 
shows small lozenge-shaped markings, formed by 
the intersectingof circular arcs. A fragment heated 
in the flame of an alcohol lamp gave a distinct odor 
like that of a burning hoof Judging from the 
curvature of this piece, the tusk must originally 
have been about 8 inches in diameter. — George W. 
Boot, Ute, Iowa. 

257. One of the Tipulid.e. — I mail you a 
small bottle containing two larvje, which I found 
in the water of a vessel in which was an aquatic 
plant. Kindly let me know their names, origin, 
and future. I am not a member of the A. A., but 
take great pleasure in reading the reports and 
observations published in your magazine. The 
bodj' is transparent olive green, rudimentary wings 
darker. — ^J. T. B., Greensburg, Penn. 

[This is apparently a dipterous larva of the family 
Tipulida, and belongs to that section of the family 
which have short palpi, among which are I'icrano- 
mia, LimnoMa, etc. See Ostendacken's Smithso- 
nian publications. — Ed.] 



A cordial invitation is hereby extended to all 
our readers to join the Agassiz Association, either 
by organizing local societies, or as individual mem- 
bers. Circulars giving full directions, and contain- 
ing a fine wood-engraving of Professor Agassiz, 
will be sent on application. Address all communi- 
cations for this department to Harlan II. Ballard, 
President of the Agassiz Association, Pittsfield, 
Mass. 



Reports from the second Century (Chapters loi- 
200) should reach the President by February i. 



GLEANINGS. 

A Canvas-back Duck flies at an h.abitual rate of 
80 miles per hour, which is increased in emergency 
to 120. The mallard has a flight of 48 miles an 
hour; the black duck, pin-tail, widgeon, and wood 
duck cannpt do much better. The blue-wing and 
green-wing teals can do 100 miles an hour, and take 
it easy. The red-head can fly all day at 90 miles 
per hour. The gadwall can do 90 miles. The flight 
of the wild goose is 100 miles per hour. 

An Entertaining Yarn. — An enterprising 
Kentucky paper prints the following: "In Wood- 
ford County Mr. John D. Burns raised a large drove 
of turkeys this year, and by placing a bell upon the 
old mother that led them he accustomed them to 
follow the sound. When the time came to work 
his tobacco fields he removed the bell, placing it on 
his own waist, and while working his crop with the 
hoe, the hungry turkeys followed the familiar tinkle 
ot the bell, picking the stalks clean of the worms as 
as they followed him up one row and down the 
other. The turkeys have done the work of five 
men and saved the crop." 

Alu.m in Bread. — Alum owes its power of 
blanching the paste of bread not to the alumina 
which it contains, or to the combination of this 
earth with the gluten, but to the sulphuric acid 
liberated by the formation of aluminum albuminate. 
According to Nothnagel and Rossbach, the pro- 
longed daily use of alum in proportion of 0.0^ too.i 
grm. occasions gastric disturbances not unimpor- 
tant. The author finds that the artificial gastric 
digestion of alumed bread eflects the solution of all 
the alum present. Hence it is possible that a quan- 
tity of alumina equivalent to 0.20 grm. of alum may 
enter the circulation daily. 



Vol. XXIV. No. i.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



9 



Slje Popular Science I^ews. 



BOSTON, JANUARY i, 1890. 

AUSTIN p. NICHOLS, S3 EilUor. 

WILLIAM J. ROLFE, Litt.D., . Atsodate Editor. 



The Popular Science News has watched 
with great interest the development of that 
achtiirable society of youth known as the 
Agassiz Association. Founded in iSy^ by 
Hahlan H. Ballard, it has grown, under his 
devoted care, to national proportions, and 
has successfully accomplished one of Louis 
Agassi/.'s favorite dreams, — the general estab- 
lishment of local clubs devoted to the personal 
study of their close environment. During 
the past fourteen years, no less than fifteen 
hundred such clubs have been organized, 
and hundreds of them have remained active, 
and are growing in strenth and vigor. Even 
those which have been most transient have 
wrought a good work in engaging the atten- 
tion of their members, and attaching their 
interest to objects of essential usefulness. 



It gives us pleasure to announce that we have 
secured the services of Mr. Ballard to conduct 
in the Popular Science News a depart- 
ment, whicli is to be called "The Out-Door 
World." In it will be presented, from 
month to month, short articles of a popularly 
scientific nature, largely embodying the 
results of the personal observations of the 
members of the Agassiz Association and its 
friends, among whom are many of the leading 
scientists of America. There will also be 
a few selected extracts from the reports of 
the local clubs, — particularly those which 
constitute the maturer portion of the society, 
— and there will be frequent hints and sug- 
gestions designed to assist teachers of natural 
science in our public schools. We are glad 
to know that our journal has always been 
popular with the members of the Agassiz 
Association ; and, while the new department 
must greatly increase their interest in us, we 
feel sure that, on the other hand, the reports 
of the work of this arm}- of students, from 
whose ranks are to come our future teachers 
and men of science, will be read with 
approving and sympathetic interest by all. 
The space formerly occupied by the depart- 
ment of "Home, Farm, and Garden" will 
be devoted to the interests of the Association, 
and the articles formerly appearing under 
that heading will be transferred to other 
pages of the paper. 



air and hermetically sealed. When one of these 
tubes was spectroscopically examined in 1S80, 
no less than 148 lines of the iodine spectrum 
were visible, and only three very faint hydro- 
gen lines. In the present year, when Mr. 
Smyth again examined the spectrum given 
by the same tube, not a single iodine line was 
left, but hydrogen lines were present in great 
abundance. The granules of iodine sealed 
into the tube in 1878 had also entirel}- dis- 
appeared. There was no possibility of an 
accidental crack or leak in the tube to account 
for this apparent transmutation of an element, 
which was certainly a most remarkable piie- 
nomenon, and, as Mr. Smyth observes, leads 
us to speculate whether this change is not an 
infinitesimally small part of the progress of 
everything to turn into hydrogen, and for 
assisting thereby the whole solar system to 
explode some day into a so-called hydrogen 
star. 



turies which still bears the name of New 
England, in honor of the native land of the 
adventurous navigators who for the second 
time brought it to the knowledge of the old 
world. 



Professor S. P. Langlev has been mak- 
ing some investigations upon the temperature 
of the moon's surface, — a work requiring the 
utmost care and skill, and the use of instru- 
ments of the greatest delicacy. Contrary to 
the usually received opinion, that the sur- 
face of the moon exposed to the rays of the 
sun through the long lunar day becomes 
heated to a very high temperacure. Professor 
Langley comes to the conclusion that the 
mean temperature of the sunlit lunar soil is 
much lower than has been supposed, and is 
most probably not greatly above 32° Fahr. 



A genuine case of hydrophobia recently 
occurred in Haverhill, Mass. The patient — 
a strong, healthy man — was bitten by a dog 
about six weeks previous to the attack. The 
characteristic symptoms of spasm of the 
throat and periodic general convulsions, 
were so well developed as to leave no doubt 
as to the nature of the disease. Death 
occurred very suddenly, after several days of 
! severe suffering. The keeping of dogs is a 
custom handed down to us direct from our 
savage ancestors, and is a practice unworthy 
of civilized beings. But as long as mankind 
insists upon the companionship of these use- 
less and dangerous beasts, the risk of such 
lamentable accidents as the above will be 
always present, and fatalities from the dread- 
ful disease will continue to be reported. 



A CURIOUS observation was recently made 
by Mr. C. Piazzi Smyth, while examining 
the spectrum of the light emitted by some 
vacuum tubes through which a current of 
electricity was passed. Eleven years ago a 
quantity of iodine was placed in the tubes in 
question, which were then nearly exhausted of 



Great interest was excited last November 
among archaeologists, by the announcement 
by Professor IIorsforu, formerly of Harvard 
College, of his discovery of the site of the 
ancient and traditional city of Norumbega, 
which he claims was founded by the North- 
men, about 1000 A. D., or nearly five 
hundred years before the voyage of Colum- 
bus. The site claimed for the ancient city is 
near Watertown, Mass., a few miles west of 
Boston, in the valley of the Charles River. 
Professor Horsford claims that there are mon- 
imients of the presence of the Northmen on 
every square mile of the basin of the Charles. 
As evidences of this, he points to a canal, 
walled on one side for a thousand feet along 
the west side of Stony Brook, and to the dry 
canal near Newtonville. He has also found 
remains of canals, ditches, deltas, boom 
dams, ponds, fish-traps, dwellings, walls, 
and amphitheaters scattered all throughout 
the basin of the Charles. The evidence tend- 
ing to prove the discovery and occupation of 
the region around Massachusetts Bay long 
before the date usually assigned to the dis- 
covery of this continent, is constantly grow- 
ing stronger, and there seems to be little 
reason to doubt that the " Vinland" so well 
known to the old Norse adventurers, was a 
part of the country re-discovered in later cen- 



In a paper read before the Danish Acad- 
emy, M. Paulsen gave the results of numer- 
ous determinations of the height of the 
aurora. These results were very variable, 
some auroras being observed as low as 1,000 
feet, while others were apparently at a height 
of 43 miles, and one aurora was estimated to 
be over 500 miles above the earth. These 
observations, therefore, lead to the conclusion 
that auroras are by no means confined to the 
highest parts of our atmosphere, but that 
they occur almost indifferently at all altitudes. 
M. Paulsen inclines to believe that in the 
temperate zone, auroras only appear in the 
higher layers of the atmosphere ; whereas, in 
the auroral zone, properly speaking, the phe- 
nomenon is generally produced in the lower 
layers. 



Mr. H. W. WiLEv has been making some 
investigations upon the boiling-point of the 
solutions of certain salts, and finds that it is 
closely related to their molecular weights, so 
that it is quite possible to obtain the approxi- 
mate molecular weight of many chemical 
compounds by careful observations of the 
boiling-point of their solutions. This rela- 
tion, apparently, only exists in the case of a 
limited number of salts, and his observations 
also lead him to believe that substances con- 
taining water of crystallization exist in solu- 
tion in a modified form, and the influence of 
this modification on the boiling-point of the 
solution must be determined by largely ex- 
tended observations. 



FLUORESCENCE. 



A beautiful mineral occurs in various 
localities known as fluorite, or fluor-spar, the 
name being given from its use as a flux in 
metallurgical operations. When pure, it is 



10 



POPULAR SCIENCE N'EWS. 



[January, 1S90. 



colorless and transparent, but often occurs 
beautifully colored in various tints. What- 
ever its own color may be, when a ray of 
light is transmitted through it, the crystal 
appears to become partially self-luminous, 
shining with a faint bluish light, very hard 
to accurately describe in words, but easily 
recognized after being once seen. This phe- 
nomenon, which is by no means confined to 
fluor-spar, is known as fluorescence. 

Fluorescence is due to the property pos- 
sessed b}' many bodies of changing and 
increasing the length of certain waves of 
light, so as to render them visible to the eye. 
The solar spectrum, as is well known, is 
formed by the decomposition of white light 
into its component parts, of different colors 
and wave-lengths. Commencing with the 
red rays, which have the longest wave- 
lengths, and passing along to the violet, the 
wave-lengths continually decrease, until they 
fail to produce the sensation of light upon the 
eye, and are transformed into actinic or 
chemical rays. But the ether-waves still 
exist, although invisible, and, in passing 
through any fluorescent substance, they are 
so lengthened as to be transformed into light, 
and cause the peculiar illumination. There 
are also ether-waves at the opposite, or red, 
end of the spectrum, which are too long to 
produce the sensation of light, and appear as 
heat, but there is no fluorescent substance 
which will shorten them into visibility. The 
action of such substances is always in the 
direction of lengthening the waves. 

Sulphate of quinine is a beautifully fluor- 
escent body. If a solution of this salt is 
placed in the sunshine, it will glow with a 
bluish tint, and if a convex lens is placed 
between the solution and the light, the path 
of the converging rays in the solution is very 
plainly shown. This experiment forms a 
most excellent demonstration of the laws 
governing the action of such lenses upon 
light. 

Characters may be painted upon a screen 
with a solution of sulphate of quinine, or any 
fluorescent substance, and will be quite invis- 
ible by ordinary light, but if the ultra-violet 
rays of the spectrum are allowed to fall upon 
them, they become visible at once. Owing 
to the great actinic power of these ra\s, a 
photograph of such a screen will show these 
invisible characters upon the finished plate. 
Certain mysterious "spirit photographs" 
have been produced in this way. 

Among other notably fluorescent sub- 
stances are iBsculine, a substance extracted 
from the horse-chestnut ; madder, chloro- 
phyll, common kerosene oil, and quite a 
number of recently discovered hydrocarbon 
compounds. One of these shows the phe- 
nomena so strongly that the name fluorescine 
has been given to it. Some of these sub- 
stances are used in photography in the prepa- 



ration of the so-called ortho-chromatic plates, ; sound scientific principles to popular language 



by which colored objects may be photo- 
graphed in their proper relations of light and 
shade, without the disturbing effect of the 
varying actinic power of the different colors. 
Glass colored yellow by uranium is highly 
fluorescent, and characters traced on paper 
with a solution of stramonium are almost 
invisible in daylight, but appear instanta- 
neously when illuminatfed with the flame 
of burning sulphur. The distance on either 
side of the light spectrum at which these 
invisible ether-waves may be found is im- 
known, but it must be very great. A spec- 
trum has been obtained from the electric 
light six or eight times as long as the ordinary 
visible one, and these waves may exert a 
distinct influence in many ways of which, at 
present, we have no comprehension. Thev 
may even produce sensations in some of the 
lower forms of life of which we can form no 
conception, just as certain persons can hear 
acute sounds to which others are deaf. The 
whole subject of radiant energy — which 
includes light, heat, electricity, actinic force, 
and probably many other forms — is just 
beginning to be comprehended, and no one 
can say to what revelations the future stud}" 
of the subject may lead us. 



[Specially Reported for Tlie Popular Science News.] 

THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION AT NEW- 
CASTLE. 

The last meeting of the British Association for 
the Advancement of Science, at Newcastle, has 
left, both upon scientists and their hosts, an im- 
pression of unwonted success. The social arrange- 
ments have been all that could be desired, and the 
excursions admirable in every respect, — that of 
Saturday (to the city of Durham) being made mem- 
orable by the conferring of the honorary degree of 
Doctor of Civil Law upon the officers of the Asso- 
ciation. This imposing ceremony took place in 
the chapter library of the Cathedral, within whose 
lady chapel repose the bones of the venerable Bede, 
England's first historian. The decorated shrine 
that once adorned the spot has long since passed 
awaj", leaving only a marble slab with the inscrip- 
tion : " Ilac sunt in fossa Beda venerabilis ossa." 

Gratifying as it was that one learned body should, 
with all pomp of circumstance, show its appreciation 
of another, it was still more gratifying to the Asso- 
ciation to receive in Newcastle itself — a district 
owing its prosperity to the practical applications of 
science — distinct acknowledgments of the value of 
abstract investigations apart from their immediate 
utility. These were rendered by the Mayor on 
more than one occasion, the most impressive being 
that of Mr. Baker's lecture on the Forth Bridge, 
when the various trades companies of the city pre- 
sented an address to Professor Flower, as president 
of the British Association, recognizing that only as 
the result of long series of complicated researches, 
undertaken solely for the discovery of truth, has this 
triumph of engineering skill been possible. 

Mr. Baker's lecture on the Forth Bridge was one 
of three provided by the Association for what are 
termed the working classes, the object being to 
return some of the courtesies of the city by fostering 



The appreciation of an account of this stupendous 
enterprise by its chief engineer, had been shown 
beforehand by S,ooo applications for tickets, when 
only 3,500 could be allotted ; and the workingmen 
assembled in the hall, repeatedly, and with intense 
enthusiasm, expressed their intelligent interest in 
Mr. Baker's clear explanations and magnificent 
series of lantern illustrations. Scarcely less attrac- 
tive did the " Hardening and Tempering of Steel" 
prove in a district where the use of steel is of such 
great importance; and in developing his subject. 
Professor Roberts-Austin emphasized the absolute 
dependence of industrial progress upon the investi- 
gations of pure science. Pure science, itself, was 
also presented to a large and attentive audience by 
Mr. Walter Gardiner, who, in his practical illustra- 
tions and examples of " How Plants Maintain 
Themselves in the Struggle for Existence," gave a 
memorable lesson in Darwinism, and one much 
needed just now, when scientific terms and phrases 
are entering common speech without carrying with 
them the definite ideas to which in scientific use 
they are attached. 

Truly, Darwinism was in the air at Newcastle, 
forming, under one aspect or another, the great 
discussion of the meeting. In his presidential 
address on the first evening. Professor Flower, after 
making most practical suggestions on the arrange- 
ment and preservation of natural history collections, 
— a subject on which he, as director of the Natural 
History Department of the British Museum, must 
command the attention of all who would present 
their specimens to the best advantage, — brought the 
weight of his vast biological knowledge to the con- 
sideration of recent criticisms of Darwin's great 
hypothesis. Taking for granted that few, if any, 
original workers at any branch of biology now 
entertain serious doubt of the doctrine of evolution, 
and that all recognize an innate tendency in every 
organic being to vary from the standard of its 
predecessors, he discussed the agents by which, 
when it has asserted itself, this tendency is con- 
trolled or directed in such a manner as to produce 
the permanent, or apparently permanent, modifica- 
tions of organic structures which we see around us. 
In opening their respective sections on the following 
day, Professor J. S. Burdon Sanderson directed the 
attention of biological workers to fundamental 
questions in physiology bearing on the elementary 
mechanism of life, the problems of which most 
urgently need solution; while Sir William Turner 
called on his large audience of anthropologists to 
consider the question of a physical basis for heredity 
(the perpetuation of the like), and for variability 
(the production of the unlike), especially in its 
bearing on the transmission from parents to otf- 
spring of characters acquired by the parent. This 
latter topic, which just at present is greatly moving 
the biological world, came up for full discussion on 
Friday, in connection with papers from Mr. Poulton 
on "Acquired Characteristics," from Mr. Francis 
Galton on " Feasible Experiments on the Possibility 
of Transmitting Acquired Habits by Means of In- 
heritance," and from Professor Osborn on the 
pala^ontological evidence in this direction. Again 
was it brought up on Monday, in a large assembly 
of biologists and anthropologists, by Mr. G. J. 
Romanes in a paper on "Specific Characters," 
many men of world-wide reputation taking part in a 
debate presided over by Canon Tristram, the first 
church dignitary and almost the first naturalist to 
accept the then new and unpopular doctrine of 
Darwin. 

But Darwinism, though the greatest, was by no 
means the only subject to excite wide interest, even 



an intelligent interest in science through the 

addresses of specialists who know how to reduce ' in the sections of biology and anthropology, in the 



Vol. XXIV. No. i.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



11 



former of which Sir John Lubbock, as usual, enter- 
tained large audiences; the latter being crowded to 
hear M. du Chaillu advocate the theory that the 
Vikings are the direct ancestors of the English 
speaking people — a theory that Dr. Evans, Canon 
Isaac Taylor, Professor Boyd Dawkins, and others 
found no evidence to support, though all agreed 
that the time is ripe for a perfectly new investigation 
of the whole question of the origin and migration of 
the races inhabiting Europe and Asia. In this 
section, also, a large crowd assembled to see the 
hero of the meeting, Dr. Nansen, and to hear from 
him a summary of what is known of the Eskimo. 
Dr. Nansen, accompanied by his bride, — herself an 
accomplished athlete and ski runner, who intends 
to take part in her husband's next exploration of 
Greenland, — appeared also in the geographical sec- 
tion, and, with an account of his experiences, 
exhibited pictures taken and curiosities collected in 
the expedition from which he has just returned. 
But it was the geologists — and notably among them 
the glacialists — who followed with keenest interest 
Dr. Nansen's description of the massive covering of 
snow and ice under which the mountains and val- 
leys of southern Greenland have disappeared. To 
them it was as if a man had come back from the 
Pleistocene period to tell them exactly how northern 
Kuropc looked during the Ice Age. The Pleistocene 
period had already been ablv treated by Professor 
James Geikie, who showed that the recent investi- 
gations of continental glacialists go far to prove 
that it was marked by great changes of climate. 
Eras in which more than half of Europe lay under 
Scandinavian ice alternated with others so mild that 
a temperate fauna and flora re-occupied the region, 
to disappear again at a fresh onset of Arctic cold. 
The climatic and geographical changes of this 
period were, without doubt, witnessed by our Pahc- 
olithic predecessors, who, however, with the mam- 
moth and giant deer, never revisited northwestern 
Europe after they were driven to southern France 
by the advance of the last great northern ice-sheet. 
Many lively discussions were elicited in the eco- 
nomic section by papers dealing ably with impor- 
tant social subjects, such as labor, the dwellings of 
the poor, and technical education. Topics of an 
exceedingly abstruse nature, however, predominated, 
and it is doubtful whether half a dozen of his 
hearers understood Mr. Edgeworth in his opening 
address on the points at which mathematical 
reasoning is applicable to political economy, al- 
though he evaded many difficulties by distributing 
to his audience printed notes illustrating the use of 
curves in special problems. The chemical section 
had, this year, a distinctly practical aspect. The 
manufacture of iron and steel received ample con- 
sideration, and, as also in the section of mechanical 
science, blast furnaces excited much discussion. In 
the last named section, deep interest was felt in Mr. 
Anderson's presidential address, which dealt with 
the conception of dynamic equilibrium in the ulti- 
mate particles of matter in all its forms. Inert 
solid masses he showed to be built up, like liquids 
and gases, of moving particles, and thus to be sub- 
ject to more or less permanent changes from exter- 
nal forces. The practical importance of these views 
lies in the explanation of such phenomena as the 
failure of pieces of machinery, which, theoretically, 
were abundantly strong for the work they had to 
perform ; spontaneous fractures, without any appar- 
ent cause, and often after long delay, in masses of 
metal manipulated by forging or by pressure in a 
heated condition, in such masses also as crank 
shafts, screw shafts, etc. ; long continued stresses, 
or stresses frequently applied, or the cooling of the 
mass, having imposed restrictions on the free 
movement of some, if not all, of the particles, 



developing internal stresses, which slowly assert 
themselves, with the disastrous consequences only 
too well known. 

This year being the jubilee of the practical intro- 
duction of photography by Daguerre and Fox 
Talbot, Captain Abney, in opening the section of 
mathematics and physics, discussed the effect of 
light on matter, especially on the salts of silver. 
The question as to the exact product of a silver 
salt by the action of light, led to the subject of 
photography in natural colors, which Captain 
Abney stated to have been already accomplished by 
a printing-out process. The spectrum, for instance, 
has been produced in all its natural tints by chlorin- 
izing a silver plate, exposing it to white light till it 
assumes a violet hue, heating it till it becomes 
ruddy, and then exposing it to a bright spectrum. 
The process is only interesting from a scientific 
point of view, as it requires not only a bright light, 
but also a prolonged exposure. The production by 
means of the camera of a negative in natural colors, 
from which prints in natural colors might be pro- 
duced, is quite another matter, and, in the present 
state of our knowledge, appears impossible. Cap- 
tain Abney explained the different steps by which, 
with the addition of various fugitive dyes to plates 
prepared by the gelatine process, it has been ren- 
dered possible to delineate those portions of the 
spectrum tfrat do not impress an ordinary photo- 
graphic plate. We have thus in photography a 
means of recording phenomena in the spectrum, 
from the ultra-violet to a very large wave in the 
infra-red, — a power which physicists may some day 
turn to account, possibly in a search for stars, dead 
or newly born, whose temperature — being below 
red-heat — renders them invisible to the eye in the 
telescope. Captain Abney concluded by the state- 
ment that if, as it deserves, photography had fol- 
lowers of the highest scientific calibre, it would 
soon prove itself the handmaid of Science as well as 
of Art. C. 



[Specially Observed for The Popular Science Jfews.] 

METEOROLOGY FOR NOVEMBER, 1889, 

WITH REVIEW OF THE AUTUMN. 



TEMfKRATURK. 



Average Thermometer, 



.\t 7 A.M. . 
At 2 P. M. 
At 9. P. M. 
Whole Month 



Last 19 Novembers 



Autumn of 1SS9 . . 
Last 19 Autumns . . 



ETER. 


Lowest. 


Highest. 

It- 


^s■6i• 
42.10' 

«.62' 


20' • 


38.58- 


t »n 1873. 


.43-62° 
in 1S89. 


51. 60- 
50.18° 


20° 
( in 1S7J. 


81° 
.5-J-57; j 

in iSSi. ( 



Range. 



44 
25° 

44 



12.50° 
61° 

5-73° 



The lowest point of the mercury the last month, 
at the hours of observation, was 20°, on the morning 
of the i6th, and this was also the coldest day, with 
an average of 27.33-^. The 30th was the next coolest, 
at 30". The highest point of the month was 64'-'. on 
the morning of the 3d, — a very unusual occurrence 
for the warmest observation of an entire month to 
be in the morning. The wind had been southwest, 
but changed to the northwest soon after that morn- 
ing observation, carrying the mercury down to 38" on 
the following morning, — a fall of 26° in twenty-four 
hours. The 3d was also the warmest day, at sS'-'. 
The entire month was 5.04-^ warmer than the aver- 
age, and the warmest November in nineteen years. 
The extremes of temperature in November have 
been 31.12° in 1873, and 43.62<^ in 1889,— a range of 
12.50" The frosts of the season have been very few 
and light, thus far : three in October, and seven in 
November, only two of which have been severe — 
those on the i6th and 17th. 



The average temperature the past autumn has 
been 51.60°, while the average in nineteen autumns 
has been 50. iS°, with extremes as shown in the table. 
Only three autumns in nineteen years have been 
warmer than the present, viz.: 5357° in 1881, 
52.51° in 1877, and 52.33° in 1878. 

SKY. 

The face of the sky, in 90 observations, gave 38 
fair, 16 cloudy, 26 overcast, and 10 rainy, with no 
trace of snow, — a percentage of 42.2 fair, while the 
average in nineteen Novembers has been 54. 2, with 
extremes of 400 in 1885, and 74.4 in 1874. Only 
one November in nineteen years has been more 
cloudy than the present. The following mornings 
were noted foggy: the ist, 9th, 13th, and 19th; that 
of the 9th was peculiarly dark, and the darkness 
continued through most of the day. And yet we 
had several very fine days in this very gloomy 
month; the 4th, 7th, 14th to i6th, 26th, and 29th 
were so noted. 

The per cent, fair in the last nineteen autumns 
was 56.3, with extremes of 41.8 in 1889, and 69.2 in 
1874, showing the present to be an extreme. Only 
three autumns in nineteen years have fallen below 
even 52 per cent. fair. 

PRECIPITATION. 

The amount of rainfall the past month was 5.76 
inches, while the average for the last twenty-one 
Novembers has been 417, with extremes of i.io in 
1SS2, and 7.45 in 1877. The amount in November 
has exceeded the present five times during this 
period, viz. : 6 87 in 1876, 7.45 in 1877, 6 25 in 
1878, 6.30 in 1885, and 7.28 in 1888. The largest 
amount the present November was 2.41 inches, on 
the 27th and 28th ; i 50 inches fell on the 19th, and 
the remainder in smallerquantities, well distributed. 
The amount of precipitation since January i has 
been 54.39 inches, while the average for the same 
months in twenty-one years has been only 43.16, 
showing an excess this year thus far of 11. 19 inches. 

The amount of rainfall the past autumn was 13.96 
inches, while the average for the last twenty-one 
autumns has been only 11. 11 inches, with extremes 
of 342 in 1874, and 21.47 '" 'S8S, — a remarkable 
range of 18 05 inches. 

PRESSURE. 

The average pressure the past month was 
30.011 inches, with extremes of 29.35 on the 22d, 
a'nd 30.52 on the 26th and 27th, — a range of 1.17 
inches. The average for the last sixteen Novembers 
has been 29.985 inches, with extremes of 29.840 in 
1878, and 30.193 in 1880, — a range of .353 inch. 
The sum of the daily variations the past month was 
6.45 inches, giving a mean daily movement of .215 
inch, while this average the last sixteen Novembers 
has been .232 inch, with extremes of .127 and .293. 
The largest daily movements were .56 on the 28th, 
•55 o" the 13th, and .50 on the 15th. There were 
five principal barometric waves during the month, 
with elevations on the ist, 5th, 12th, i6th, and 26th, 
and depressions on the 3d, loth, 14th, 22d, and 28th. 

The average barometer during the present autumn 
was 30.008 inches, while the average for the last 
sixteen autumns has been 30.001, with extremes of 
29.S81 in 1S75, and 30.070 in 1S80,— a range of .189 
inch. 

WINDS. 

The direction of the wind the last month gave 
II N., I S., 3 E., 34 W., 5 N. E., 18 N. W., 4 S. E., 
and 14 S. W.,— an excess of 15 northerly and ^4 
westerly over the southerly and easterly, and indi- 
cating the average direction the past month to 
have been W. 15" 32' N. The westerly winds in 
November, for the last twenty years, have uniformly 
prevailed over the easterly, by an average of 47.9 
observations, and the northerly over the southerly, 



12 



POPULAR SCIENCE ]S[EWS. 



[January, 1890. 



with four exceptions, by an average of 14.9, — thus 
indicating the approximate general average direc- 
tion for November to be W. I'j^ 17' N., showing 
the past montli to have been a near average. The 
relative progressive distance travelled b\' the wind 
the past month was 56.05 units, and during the last 
twenty Novembers 1,003 such units, an average of 
50.15, — showing less opposing winds the past month 
than usual. 

The direction of the wind the last autumn was 
W. 23° 39' N., and the distance travelled 114 6 units; 
and during the last twenty autumns the average 
direction has been W. 13° 30' N., and the distance 
travelled 2,191 such units, — showing that the winds 
have been lo'-" 9' more northerly, and less opposing 
winds, the last autumn than usual. D. W. 

Natick, Dec. 5, 1889. 



[Specially Computed for The Popular Science News.} 

ASTRONOMICAL PHENOMENA FOR 
JANUARY, 1890. 
The earth is in perihelion on the morning of 
January 2. Mercury comes to eastern elongation 
on the evening of January 13, when it is a little less 
than 19° distant from the sun. At the beginning of 
the month it is about 15° distant, and sets an hour 
later. It can probably be seen any evening during 
the first half of the month, when the sky is very 
clear, low down in the western horizon, soon after 
sunset. During ths latter half of the month it 
rapidly approaches the sun, and passes inferior con- 
junction on January 29. Venus is still a morning 
star, but is too near the sun to be conspicuous. At 
the beginning of the month it is about 12° distant, 
and by the end the distance is only 2'-', It will pass 
superior conjunction on February 18, and will then 
be an evening star until next December. Mars 
rises about 1.40 A. M. on January i, and at about 1 
A. M. on January 31. During the month it moves 
somewhat rapidly eastward through the eastern 
part of the constellation Virgo. It is gradually 
approaching the earth, and will be quite a conspic- 
uous object during the spring months. It will pass 
opposition with the sun on May 27, when it will be 
three and one-half times as near the earth as it was 
on January i. Jupiter is not in good position for 
observation in January, on account of its nearness 
to the sun. It passes conjunction on the morning 
of January 10, and becomes a morning star ; by the 
end of the month it has receded to a distance of 
about 17'^', and may possibly be seen in the early 
morning twilight. Saturn is in the constellation 
Leo, and is moving slowly westward toward Regu- 
lus, the brightest star of the constellation. It rises 
a little before 9 P. M. on January i. and at about 
6.30 P. M. on January 31, and is on the meridian a 
little less than seven hours later. It will come to 
opposition on February 18. Uranus is in the con- 
stellation Virgo, and moves slowly eastward during 
the month. It rises at about i A. M. at the begin- 
ning, and at about 11 P. M. at the end of the month. 
It is in quadrature with the sun on January 16. 
Neptune is on the meridian at about 9 P. M. on 
January i, and at about 7 P. M. on January 31. It 
is in the constellation Taurus, between the groups 
of the Pleiades and the Hyades. As it is only 
of the eighth magnitude, it cannot be seen without 
a telescope. 

The Constellations. — The following positions of 
the principal constellations give their places at 10 
P. M. on January i, 9 P. M. on January i6, and 8 
P. M. on January 31. Auriga is near the zenith, 
the principal star, Capella, being a little north. 
Orion is just coming to the meridian on the south, 
about halfway between the zenith and horizon. Below 
and a little east of Orion is Canis Major, with 



Sirius, the brightest of the fixed stars. Nearly on 
the same level, and east of Orion, is Procyon, the 
principal star of Canis Minor. Near the eastern 
horizon is Leo; above this. Cancer, and above Can- 
cer and near the zenith is (jemini. On the north- 
east is Ursa Major, the two pointers being nearly as 
high as the pole star, and the handle of the dipper 
pointing downwards. The greater part of Ursa 
Minor is under the pole, and the brightest stars of 
Draco are very close to the northern horizon. Per- 
seus is near the zenith in the northwest; below it is 
Cassiopeia, and Cygnus iS' on the horizon. An- 
dromeda is a little north of west, below Perseus, 
and Pegasus is just below Andromeda. Pisces is 
just west of Pegasus; above Pisces is Aries, and 
above Aries and near the zenith is Taurus, with the 
groups of the Pleiades and Hyades. Cetus is in the 
southwest, and Eridanus a little west of south. 

M. 
L-VKE Forest, III., Dec. 2, 1889. 



QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 
LETTER.S of inquiry should enclose a two-cent 
stamp, as well as the name and address of the wri- 
ter, which will not be published. 

Questions regarding the treatment of diseases 
cannot be answered in this column. 

K. T., Bombay, India. — Is there ^ny chemical 
substance which, when sprinkled over combustible 
bodies, will cause them to ignite.' 

Ansuter. — Phosphorus can be dissolved in bisul- 
phide of carbon, and when the solution is poured 
upon porous bodies, like paper or wood, it will 
spontaneously inflame as the liquid evaporates. 
This "liquid fire" is, however, an cxtremelv dan- 
gerous substance for inexperienced persons to 
handle, and we would not advise any experiments 
with it. 

F. I. D., New York. — What causes the fatal effect 
of powerful electric currents.'' 

Answer. — The most active cause is, undoubtedly, 
the shock given to the nervous system, but there is 
also a chemical decomposition of the bodily fluids, 
and a direct burning action, all of which may aid in 
the result. Just how electricity causes a nervous 
shock, no one knows, any more than we know what 
electricity really is. 

T. H. W., New Votk. — Is there any fu.'ible alloy 
which will melt at about 140"^ .' 

Answer. — The following mixture melts at a tem- 
peratu.e between 150° and i6o'-\ and is the most 
fusible alloy of which we have knowledge. Bis- 
muth, 50 parts; tin, 12 parts; cadmium, 13 parts; 
lead, 25 parts. Melt the lead and tin together, and 
afterwards add the bismuth and cadmium, stirring 
the mixture with a dry, clean wire. 

G. F. B., Boston. — Please give directions for mak- 
ing a mixture for blowing large and strong soap- 
bubbles. 

Answer. — We have given this recipe several times, 
but repeat it, as there may be others who have over- 
looked it. Take shavings of the best Castile soap, 
and make a saturated solution in warm water. Let 
it stand over night, and the next day pour off the 
clear liquid and add to it from one-third to one-half 
its bulk of glycerine. Shake well and it is readv 
for use. 



LITERARY NOTES. 

Chemical Technoloyy, edited by Charles Edward 
Groves and William Thorp. Vol. I., Fuel and 
Its Applications. P. Blakiston, Son & Co., Phil- 
adelphia. Price, $750. 

This is the first volume of a series of eight on 
chemical technology. It is the most exhaustive 
work that has been issued for some years, including, 
as it does, all our knowledge of chemistry as adapted 
to the arts and manufactures. The magnitude and 
importance of this work deserves a more extended 
notice, at some future time, than the limits of this 
column will allow. It is a complete compendium 
of all the existing knowledge on the subject of fuel, 
which, it may be remarked, is the very foundation- 
stone of nearly all industrial processes. We can 
recommend the work as indispensable to all who 



have control of any industrial establishment where 
the question of fuel is to be taken into consideration. 
The work is profusely illustrated, and the mechani- 
cal execution is of the superior quality of all books 
published by this well-known house. 



Mommsen's History of Rome. Abridged by C. Br\- 
ans and F. J. R. Hendy. Chas. Scribner's Sons, 
New York. Price, $1.50. 

Two English teachers have done an excellent 
work for schools and colleges in condensing Momm- 
sen's six volumes into this comely book of 542 
pages. The task has been performed with skill and 
judgment, and with a constant regard to educational 
purposes which cannot fail to win the favor of 
teachers and students. The 20-page index is a com- 
mendable feature. 



Experimental Science, by George M. Hopkins. 

Munn & Co., New York. Price, $4.00. 

This is a handsome octavo of 740 pages, with 6S0 
illustrations, devoted to experimental physics. It 
comes out very opportunely, when teachers are 
opening their eyes to the value of practical work in 
this department of instruction. It will be equallv 
useful to those who are well equipped with illustra- 
tive apparatus, and those who have to depend on 
such appliances as they can construct for them- 
selves from cheap and simple materials. The hints 
for this latter kind of work are particularly full and 
ingenious. The entire ground of school physics is 
covered by the book: the properties of bodies; rest, 
motion, and force; the mechanical powers; mole- 
cular action; hydrostatics and hydraulics : the phe- 
nomena of gases; sound, heat, light (including 
microscopy, photography, etc.), magnetism; elec- 
tricit3-, in all its forms and applications; lantern 
projection ; and the mechanical operations con- 
nected with the manipulation of glass and metals, 
and laboratory work in general. No brief notice 
can do justice to the merits of the volume, which is 
by far the best in its line that has appeared on either 
side of the Atlantic. 



The J. G. Cui)plcs Co., of Boston, have published 
a full account of Dr. Brown-Sequard's alleged new- 
discovery which has recently created so much 
interest in medical circles. It includes Dr. 
Brown-Sequard's original paper. Dr. Variot's ex- 
periments, and all the more important literature of 
the subject, together with a biographical sketch and 
portrait. Price, 50 cents. 



The J. B. Lippincott Co., of Philadelphia, have 
published a valuable work on Foods for the Fat, 
(price, 75 cents), by Nathaniel E. Davies, of the 
Royal College of Surgeons, England. It gives 
many useful hints in regard to diet, and other 
means of avoiding the evil of corpulency and 
decreasing the bodily weight, together with recipes 
and directions for cooking dishes suitable for per- 
sons troubled with an excess of adipose tissue. 

A Hand- Hook for Sugar Manufacturers and Their 
Chemists, by Guilford L. Spencer, contains all the 
necessary tables and information required in the 
important industry of sugar-making and refining. 
Many of the tables have never before been published 
in this country, and will be found of great value to 
those in charge of such establishments. Published 
by John Wiley & Sons, New York. 



From D. C. Heath & Co., Boston, we have received 
Rick's Natural History Object Lessons ($1.35), Niels 
Klim's Wallfahrt in die Unterwelt, and Victor Hugo's 
Bug Jargal, all school text-books of the highest 
degree of merit,, and worthy of examination by 
teachers and school committees. 



Everybody's Iland-Book of Electricity, by Edward 
Trevert, is a useful and popular little book, which 
everyone interested in the modern applications of 
this wonderful manifestation of energy can read 
with pleasure and profit. Damrell, Upham & Co., 
Boston. Price, 25 cents. 

Pamphlets, etc., received : Temperance Literature 
and Publications of the Woman's Temperance Pub- 
lication Association, 161 La Salle St., Chicago; 
Highway Improvement, by Col. Albert A. Pope, 
Boston ; The Transfer of the United States iVeather 
Service to a Civil Bureau; Graphic Methods ni 
Teaching, and the usual State and National Agricul- 
tural Reports. 



Vol. XXIV. No. i.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE ]S"EWS. 



13 



IQediciije aijd PliariQacy. 



IS CRIME A DISEASE ? 
Ix recent times the idea has become very 
prevalent among a certain class of senti- 
mentalists that crime is not an indication of 
innate depravity, but a symptom of mental 
and physical disease, or an inheritance from 
some criminal ancestor, and, therefore, the 
much-a])used murderer or robber is not a bad 
man, but only an unfortunate one, deserving 
of pity and care rather than punishment. A 
sick man, tiiey say, ought not to be impris- 
oned, and one who is staggering under a load 
of homicidal tendencies bequeathed to him 
by his grandfather, is not worthy of death, 
even if he does occasionally send some of his 
less unfortunate fellow-beings into the next 
world. This idea is carried out to its logi- 
cal conclusion in a somewhat noted book, 
Looking Back-ivard, written by Edward 
Bellamy, where, in his assumed ideal state 
of society a thousand years hence, the few 
criminals that are left are considered as vic- 
tims of atavism, or a reversion to previous 
types of humanity, and treated in hospitals 
instead of jails — an idea scarcely more absurd 
than the other ultra-socialistic theories of that 
most preposterous work. We doubt verv 
nnich that if a man should assault and rob 
Mr. Bellamy some dark night, he would turn 
and offer him a prescription for the cure of 
his '"atavism." 

To a certain extent, the above ideas are 
correct ; a man physically and mentally sound 
is less likely to commit criminal acts than one 
with a diseased body or abnormal mental 
action, and the history of the notorious Jukes 
family proves beyond question that from a 
single criminal ancestor may spring a long 
line of descendants, a majority of whom will 
be enemies to the welfare of societv. But 
granting that a tendency to crime may be 
inherited, it must originate somewhere, and 
if a man's ancestor may have been a sponta- 
neous criminal as it were, another man of 
the present day may also be laying up, on 
his own responsibility, a heritage of crime 
for his unborn descendants. 

It has been suggested — and the plan has 
met with general approval — that criminals 
should not be allowed to marry and repro- 
duce their kind to the injury of posterity. 
This would be a most excellent method of 
reducing the criminal population, if the pro- 
hibition of a legal marriage to such persons 
would ensure their leaving no descendants. 
Unfortunately, the victims of " atavism " have 
inherited a tendency to look upon the mar- 
riage laws of modern society as distinctly 
, superfluous, and we fear that the total number 
of children born among them would not be 
very greatly reduced by any such enactment. 

Practically, it is of very little consequence 
whether crime is a disease, an inheritance, or 



an original manifestation of "pure cussedness." j sufficient to keep the average worker in good 
The criminal is an enemy to society under j health. One part of nitrogenous to seven or 
any circumstances, and society has a right to | eight parts of non-nitrogenous food is found 
protect itself from him. A rabid dog is not to be a fair combination. A very small 
to blame for his condition, but we shoot him addition of stimulants appears to increase the 
just the same, as a matter of protection ; and, amount of possible work; but moderately 
for the same reason, it is right that a mur- i free drinking diminishes it. Women eat less 
derer should be put out of a world in which i than men, after making allowances for differ- 



he is not fit to live. If a man is not able to 
live among his fellows without robbing them 
or otherwise injuring their property or per- 
sons, let him be remo\ed from among them 
and permanently confined where he can do 
them no harm. It is not a question of pun- 
ishment or revenge, but of self-protection. 
If the abnormal tendencies can be eradicated, 
and the criminal made a useful member of 
society, every effort sliould be made to that 
end ; but, if crime is a disease, it seems — at 
least in its more serious manifestations — to be 
an incurable one. The percentage of re- 
formed criminals is discouragingly small, and 
that of those convicted for subsequent offences 
disproportionately large. The best treatment 
of such persons is a perplexing question, but 
the right of self-preservation is paramount to 
every other consideration, and the morbid, 
unwholesome sympathy shown by an increas- 
ing class of people towards those who are so 
much out of harmony with their social envi- 
ronment, will only result in great injury to 
the orderly and law-abiding classes of societv, 
without causing any decrease of crime or 
conferring any permanent benefit upon the 
criminals themselves. 

WE EAT TOO MUCH. 

A RECENT writer in an English medical 
journal shows conclusively that, while certain 
classes, owing to the stress of poverty, cannot 
obtain the nutriment they really need, the 
majority of people eat too much. Fortun- 
ately a moderate - degree oi over-eating does 
not appear to be markedly injurious. The 
digestive apparatus, thougli compelled to do 
more work than is really necessary, proves 
equal to the demands made upon it and does 
not break down or get seriously out of order. 
This is but one illustration out of many that 
might be given, showing how the marvellous 
mechanism of the human body adopts itself 
to conditions more or less abnonnal. It 
is lucky for the average man that physiologi- 
cal laws are not of Medo-Persic inflexibility. 
He can violate them to a limited extent with- 
out incurring the penalty, though he finds 
that, if he goes beyond that point, the punish- 
ment is swift and sure. 

Careful investigations prove that the daily 
"destructive metabolism," or, in plain Eng- 
lish, the inevitable waste and wear of the 
body, which is the measure of the work it 
does, varies but little for different occupations. 
A diet of from twelve to fourteen ounces of 
chemically dry Ibod, if the ingredients are 
in proper portion and readily digestible, is 



ences in weight and work. Where a man 
eats nineteen ounces, a women of the same 
weight and equally active habits eats only 
fourteen or fifteen ounces. This latter allow- 
ance, as will be seen from the figures given 
above, is more than enough for a hard-work- 
ing man, even when all meat is excluded 
from the diet. It is no' uncommon thing, 
however, for a man of average size and 
activity to eat double this amount, or from 
twenty-five to twenty-seven ounces of chemi- 
cally dry food in a day. In fact the writer to 
whom we are indebted for these statistics 
does not hesitate to assert that the majority of 
people in England eat literally twice as much 
as they need. 

We are inclined to think that excess in eat- 
ing is at least no less common in this country 
than in England. The abundance, variety 
and cheapness of food are naturally favorable 
to this over-indulgence. If we do not "live 
to eat," we are very far from making it the 
law of our diet to "eat to live." The palate 
is tempted to intemperance by appetizing- 
dishes when it would be fully satisfied with a 
normal amount of plain and wholesome food. 
Probably there are few of our readers who 
will not have to confess that often the 
appearance of the puddings or pies revives 
the appetite which had been completely 
appeased by the meat and its concomitants in 
the preceding course at dinner. We feel 
that we have had enough, but the new and 
savory appeal to our love for the good things 
of the table is too much for us. We have 
been eating because we were hungry ; we 
now go on eating because we enjoy doing it. 
It is not necessary, but it is "nice." Let us 
congratulate ourselves that, though gluttonv 
and intemperance are bestial sins and cannot 
escape their punishment, moderate over-in- 
dulgence in eating is, as we have said, 
apparently a venial offense against the laws of 
health ; but let us beware of presuming tco 
much upon the mercy with which Nature 
tempers justice in the enforcement of these laws. 

A Case of Glanders.— Much interest was felt 
alike by native and foreign physicians in Vienna, in 
the recent case of Dr. G. HofTmann, assistant in the 
Hygienic Institute at Vienna, who fell a victim to 
glanders whilst conducting experiments with the 
virus, and who was said to have contracted the dis- 
ease by using upon himself a hypodermic syringe 
with which he had made the inoculation of animals 
with the cultures of the bacteria. It is now author- 
itatively stated that this method of infection has 
been disproved by the post-mortem examination, 
which showed the respiratory mucous membrane to 
be the starting point of the infection. 



14 



POPULAR SCIEI^CE NEWS. 



[January, 1S90. 



I Specially Compiled for The Popular Science Neio8.\ 
MONTHLY SUMMARY OF MEDICAL 
PROGRESS. 
by w. s. wells, m. d. 
Suture of the Quadriceps Femoris-Tenuon. 
— Dr. W. T. Bull presented to the section in sur- 
gery at the New York Academy of Medicine, Nov. 
II, 18S9, a young man, aged 17, who, on the 29th of 
last April, was admitted to the New York Hospital 
with a cut across the knee received from a circular 
saw. The injury was three-quarters of an inch 
above the patella, laying open the joint and denud- 
ing the internal condyle of the femur of its cartilage, 
and severing the quadriceps femoris. A three-inch 
incision was made upward trom the center of the 
wound, and the ends of the tendon were approxi- 
mated and sutured with catgut. A drainage-tube 
was inserted and removed on the fourth day. The 
patient was up and around, with his limb in plaster 
of Paris, on the tenth day. He was discharged at 
the expiration of the fourth week, and the plaster 
dressing was removed three weeks later. Motion 
had gradually been restored to the joint, and at the 
present time the power of extension was normal, 
and there existed no interference with flexion. 



Dr. R. G. Wiener, at the same meeting, showed 
a patient whose tendon he had sutured at a point 
below the patella. The operation had been done in 
this case some five years ago, by Dr. Sands at the 
Roosevelt Hospital, and with good results as to 
union and motion. In December last the patient 
had fallen down stairs, and had ruptured the tendon 
once more, when he came under the speaker's care 
at Charity Hospital in June last. The patella was 
found to be four inches above the joint, and the 
power of extension was entirely absent. On the 
29th of June an incision nine inches in length was 
made, laying bare all the tissues down to the joint. 
No remains of the patellar tendon could be dis- 
covered. It was impossible to make the patella 
approach its proper relation to the joint, and the 
operator then divided the quadriceps femoris tendon 
above the patella, and, after restoring the latter to 
its proper position, drilled both it and the tibia, and 
secured the patella to the latter with stout wire. 
The continuity of the tendon above was then re- 
stored by suture. After a lapse of two weeks, pri- 
mary union was found to have resulted throughout. 



Dr. a. M. Phelps presented to the Academy of 
Medicine, New York, lately, a boy, about 7 years 
of age, who had been submitted to excision of the 
astragalus for tubercular disease of the ankle-joint. 
The disease relapsed, other bones becoming in- 
volved, and a surgeon had condemned the case for 
amputation. The patient then came under Dr. 
Phelps' care, and he opened the joint, followed 
sinuses down to the bones, and scraped nearly all 
the bone out of the periosteal covering except in the 
cuneiform. After suitable dressing without ligation 
• of the vessels, the Esmarch bandage was taken off 
and the cavities allowed to fill with blood. The 
dressing was not changed for three weeks ; union 
was primary; at the end of five weeks the bones 
had become solid, there having been reproduction 
of the OS calcis, cuboid, and scaphoid. There was 
very good motion of the ankle-joint, the child walk- 
ing as well as he had ever done. The operation 
was done last May. A plaster of Paris dressing was 
worn some time after the fifth week. 

Dr. Phelps also presented an Italian girl, who, 
when 5 years of age, had had extensive osteo-myelitis, 
involving, apparently, the entire tibia, fibula, and 
femur. The knee was anchylosed at a right angle. 
The patient had lain in bed five years. The ques- 
tion was debated whether to amputate or to exsect 



the knee. The latter method was adopted in No- 
vember last, and it was Dr. Phelps' intention on 
cutting down upon the knee to perform Fenwick's 
operation, making the end of one bone concave and 
the other convex, but he found tubercular or fatty 
degeneration in the interior of the femur and tibia, 
and consequently scraped them out, leaving only 
the shell, which he coaptated in a straight line by 
wires, allowing the cavities to fill with blood. 
When the first dressing was changed, at the end of 
five weeks, the clots had organized and formed bony 
union. 

Dr. Powers inquired of Dr. Phelps what histolog- 
ical changes took place in the reproduction of bone 
through blood-clot. 

Dr. Phelps replied that the blood-clot itself was 
not supposed to organize, but that it acted as a 
framework for the growth of the cell-tissue which 
took place in it, constituting the normal elements 
in that particular locality. As the new tissue 
formed, the blood-clot became absorbed. 



Dr. Robert Abbe presented a woman to the 
New York Academy of Medicine on whom he had 
excised the sheath of the flexors of the thumb and 
index and little fingers because of the growth of 
melon-seed bodies, now recognized to be the result 
of tubercular inflammation. The case was inter- 
esting in connection with the question of secondary 
operations to free divided tendons. Notwithstand- 
ing complete removal of the sheath of the tendons 
in this case, and in other cases, freedom and power 
of motion had afterward been complete. The 
wound, of course, must be kept antiseptic, and 
primary union take place, without any pus. In his 
case, only voluntary motion was resorted to ; this 
was begun on the sixth day. 



Dr. Curtis related the case of a girl who, last 
winter, had suflfered from an attack of cellulitis in 
the hand. When he saw her she had entirely re- 
covered, but the right fore finger was bound down 
by adhesions in the tendon at the metacarpo- 
phalangal joint. He laid back a flap, found the 
tendon and its sheath bound together in a mass of 
fibrous tissue, dissected them apart, put the finger 
in extension, closed the wound, kept up active 
motion, and had a result of normal power and 
motion. 



Dr. p. de Tullio, assistant to Professor Cantani 
in the University Clinique at Naples, has lately 
suggested {London Medical Record) a method of 
applying cold air directly to the interior of the 
lungs in cases of pulmonary hemorrhage. The 
apparatus consists of a metal box through which 
run several tubes, A^hich communicate with an 
outer larger tube leading to a mouthpiece, which 
the patient holds between his lips. The box is 
filled with ice, or with a mixture of snow and salt, 
so as to cover the tubes. Air is then pumped with 
a suitable bellows into the tubes, and in its passage 
through the box containing the refrigerant substance 
it becomes cooled down to 0° centigrade. This is 
ascertained by means of a thermometer introduced 
into the tube at some distance beyond the box, 
through an aperture which can be closed with a 
cork. Dr. de Tullio reports three cases in which 
severe h.-cmoptysis was arrested by this plan, when 
drugs, ice to the chest, and the other usual measures 
had failed. It does not, of course, cure the condition 
on which the bleeding depends, but it is an effectual 
remedy for the symptom. 



he asserts, to arrange phonograms by means of 
which the hearing can be accurately measured. The 
operation of the apparatus is simple. The ear-piece 
is applied to the ear which is to be tested, and a 
phonogram which is audible to the patient is 
sounded. The acoumetric scale is then descended 
until a phonogram is reached which cannot be 
heard. This marks the limit of hearing for that 
ear. In this manner the source of sound remains 
always at the same distance from the ear, and only 
the intensity of the tone differs. 



Milk sugar in cardiac dropsy is regarded by Ger- 
main See as the most reliable and least harmful diu- 
retic. He attributes the good effect of milk diet almost 
exclusively to the lactose. One hundred grammes 
(3% OZ-) of lactose will produce an enormous diure- 
sis, increasing the daily discharge in twenty-four 
hours to two and one-half liters, and daily over- 
reaching this, until on the third day, four to four 
and one-half liters are voided. Milk sugar, there- 
fore, removes cardiac dropsy surely and rapidly, and 
only fails if Bright's disease complicates it. 



M. G. See has recently pointed out, before the 
Academy of Medicine, that iodide of potassium, far 
from being a depressant, is really a cardiac tonic, of 
almost equal value to digitalis or strophanthus in 
certain cases. Indeed, he says that iodide of potas- 
sium is the real cardiac drug {vrai medicament du 
cacur), since, when prescribed in cases of uncom- 
pensated mitral lesions or affections of the myocar- 
dium, it increases the cardiac power and raises 
vascular tension. Thus, by subsequently causing 
dilatation of the arterioles, it enables the heart to 
recover its power, and affords also better facilities 
for the coronary circulation, thus improving the 
nutrition of the heart muscle. 



According to the Deutsche Medizinal-Zeitung, 
Lichtwitz maintains that Edison's phonograph fills 
the requirements for an acoumeter. It is possible, 



Dr. Rodriguez Mendez, professor of hygiene in 
the Medical Faculty of Barcelona, has just published 
in a new Spanish journal, La Medicina Practica, 
some notes of a case of a peculiar affection of the 
fingers and nails which appears to have been due to 
the patient's trade, that of a confectioner. Poncet, 
of Paris, and Albertin, of Lyons, have also noticed 
the existence of this aflfection among those who are 
engaged in the calling of a confectioner. Dr. Men- 
dez's patient was a man about 40 years of age. His 
trouble was a combination of onychia and parony- 
chia, caused by immersing the hand in hot and cold 
syrups. 

G. W. Watson, in the Ohio Journal of Dental 
Science, says: "I have very good authority for 
saying that diseased roots and teeth have a great 
deal to do in starting tubercutar trouble in the lym- 
phatic glands of people predisposed to this disease. 
Tubercle bacilli, gaining admission to the jaw 
through the diseased teeth, speedily infect the 
structures in their neighborhood. It would be 
right, therefore, for us to look well to the teeth of 
patients having a tubercular tendency, and see that 
they keep their mouth in a thoroughly healthv and 
aseptic condition." ♦ 



The cases of antifebrin poisoning are multiplying. 
Dr. Pauschinger {iluench. Med. Wochenschr.) reports 
one such case — that of a strong man, 34 years old 
who took at intervals of one hour five powders, each 
containing one gramme of antifebrin, for the relief 
of a supposed fever, when violent diarrhoea ensued, 
which confined him to his bed for ten days. 

Dr. E. Fuerth ( Wiener Med. Presse) reports 
another case in which a girl suffering from pain in 
one side of her head, took four grammes of antife- 
brin as a remedy. Nausea, eructation, pains in the 



Vol. XXIV. No. i.] 



POPULAR SCIETTCE NEWS. 



15 



stomach, and frequent vomiting followed quickly. 
The patient became almost unconscious. Cerebral 
symptoms and violent delirium soon succeeded. 
This condition continued for almost two days. 



A ciRiOL's case of poisoning is reported from 
New South Wales {Australasian Med. Gaz.) A 
woman who was suckling twins took a dose of 
chlorodyne at night and suckled the twins afterward. 
In the morning they showed signs of narcotic 
poisoning, and died during the day. 



Semmola declares that the administration of 
antipyretics in continued fevers, produces a poison- 
ous rather than a beneficial effect, the repose secured 
being at the expense of vital force. 



Dr. Koniostein, while giving directions in his 
class on the uses and prescribing of spectacles, said 
that green glass as a protection against strong rays 
was worse than useless, and did more harm to a 
sensitive eye than good, as they allowed the yellow 
rays to be transmitted, and unnecessarily irritated 
the eve. As a protection against strong rays, the 
blue or smoked glasses were the only real protection. 
The blue should be light. 



Semmola proposes sulphur as the coming antis- 
eptic, most serviceable, he thinks, forusein derange- 
ments of the alimentary canal. 



AN E.XPERIMENT IN COLOR-BLINDNESS. 

ExA.MiNATioN of Several color-blind persons hav- 
ing convinced me of the practical value of a com- 
pound tassel of green and gray silk cords as a 
preliminary indicator of defective color-vision; and, 
moreover, having studied Professor William Pole's 
interesting memoir, describing his own case, which 
is illustrated by a diagram, showing bands of 
" neutral gray " appearing to him in the middle of 
the green and at the deepest red, or crimson, o 
Chevreul's colored cercle chromatique ; I felt very- 
desirous of trying an experiment to see for myself 
whether it was possible, by the administration of af 
small dose of santonine, — which is said to cause 
temporary color-blindness, — to realize in my own 
case the imperfection of vision which seems common 
to most color-blind patients. 

Such an experiment I made on the 29th of 
August; but, before proceeding to describe the 
result, it should be mentioned that I have good 
proof of my being blessed with the possession of a 
normal sight ; for in the course of a long experience 
with coal-tar colors, and having frequent occasion 
to compare observations with regard to slight dif- 
ferences of tint with my six colleagues, I have never 
perceptibly deviated from the consensus of the labo- 
ratory staff, and may fairly claim to be reliable on 
this score. On a fine day, provided with an ample 
selection of chemical specimens and colored objects, 
and Ladd's direct vision spectroscope ready to hand, 
I took, fasting, a small dose of santonine, a grain 
and a half, dissolved in a small quantity of alcohol 
and diluted with water. In less than five minutes 
the drug had taken effect; the white table-cloth 
appeared of a delicate bluish green color — pale tur- 
quoise, and all objects were seen as through specta- 
cles of that precise tint. A rapid survey was made 
of my varied collection of objects, and I went into 
the garden to use my spectroscope. I could see all 
the solar colors in unbroken series with scarcely 
perceptible variation ; the Fraunhofer lines were 
there as usual (not th-ckened), the violet extending 
up to the usual limit, and so with the red end, with 
slightly diminished brilliancy, but hardly appreci- 
able absorption ; there was no neutral gray hand in 
the green, but this portion of the spectrum appeared 



quite normal and splendidly brilliant. The obser- 
vation was repeated a few minutes later with the 
same results. 

Turning to my colored specimens: Nickel, cop- 
per, and iron sulphates, iodide and chromate of 
lead, ultramarine, and ammonio-sulphate of copper, 
were quite normal; oxalate of cobalt had not lost its 
delicate pink color, nor nitrate of uranium its well- 
known shade. On the other hand, scarlet iodide of 
mercury was decidedly dulled, and a fine sample 
of carmine appeared more like crimson. By run- 
ning my eyes along the book-shelves in my library, 
I soon noticed that (jmelin's Chemistry — Cavendish 
Society series — and other old-fashioned green bind- 
ings assumed a kind of slatey appearance, crimson 
backs appeared as maroon, dark brown was con- 
verted to chocolate ; but I could see violet quite 
well, bright green pretty much as usual; the Chem- 
ical News, bound in scarlet, appeared red, and 
neutral gray bindings looked only darker in color. 
I could see quite distinctly the difference between 
light-green and slate-gray silk tassels, so that my 
condition was not so abnormal as many of my color- 
blind friends, who fail to see any radical tint-distinc- 
tion between these two dissimilar colors. 

Now for a word of caution. I had taken only 
what might be described as a quarter-dose, — " 2 to 6 
grains"' is the stated quantity in Martindale's Extra 
Pharrnacopaia : other authorities say more, — but at 
the end of fifteen or twenty minutes, the tension 
upon my nervous system proved so serious that I 
feared the worst consequences. I felt so giddy and 
depressed, with a kind of mild tetanus, that I was 
obliged to resort to an emetic, — mustard and warm 
water, — which soon gave me relief. I would 
earnestly warn my readers of the danger of repeat- 
ing this experiment; and now, on fuller inquiry, 
I learn that santonine is a drug reported to be 
" sometimes uncertain in its action," and occasion- 
ally developing " poisonous symptoms from its 
depressing effects on the nervous system." I had 
read of Dr. W. G. Smith taking a 5-grain dose to 
induce color-blindness, without dangerous conse- 
quences, and resolved to take a very much smaller 
quantity, 1V2 grains, in the first instance, well know- 
ing that more than this had often been' given to 
children. Perhaps taking it in the state of solution, 
and before breakfast, or a wrong dose, made all the 
difference. However that may be, I shall never 
again try ophthalmic experiments with santonine, 
and would warn others against doing so without 
proper medical advice. 

My object is accomplished : I wanted to search 
for Professor Pole's neutral gray bands in the solar 
spectrum, as he sees them in Chevreul's famous 
cercle chromatique diagram, but did not find them. 
Nor, it may be added, do any of my color-blind 
friends see any break in the solar spectrum, although 
we know that the heavy green pigments are by them 
so often mistaken for gray. Furthermore, it does 
not appear that santonine gives the same kind of 
color-blindness as commonly presented by the natu- 
ral defect, or my color test of green and gray would 
at once have indicated it. — Read by Prof. John 
Spiller, before the British Association. 



ON THE DILUTION OF COW'S MILK IN 
INFANT FEEDING. 

The writer, in September, 18S6, had occasion to 
consider this question in his daughter's case, owing 
to the mother's deficiency in milk. The food used 
as a substitute on that occasion has proved so suc- 
cessful in more than one case that it merits record- 
ing. 

The formula is mainly based on a process devised 
by Professor Frankland in rearing one of his own 
children. In his paper (published December, 1S54) 



Prof. Frankland gives the percentage amounts of 
the different constituents of human, ass's, and cow's 
milk as follows : 

Womatu Ass. Cow, 

Casein 2.7 1.7 4.2 

Butter 3.5 1.3 3.S 

Milk-sugar 5.0 .,.5 3.S 

Salts .; .5 .- 

These figures for human and cow's milk differ in 
several respects from the averages deduced from a 
wider range of analyses which are quoted bv Mr. 
Thomas Maben in a paper published in the Pharma- 
ceutical .Tournal, the most notable differences being 
those of sugar and fat; but on referring to the min- 
imum and maxinumi figures found bv Professor 
Leeds, from analyses of eighty samples of human 
milk from different sources, it will be seen that 
those given b_y Professor Frankland provide him 
with a basis for a formula which produces a fair 
imitation of human milk with that of the cow. 

In this formula. Professor Frankland takes no 
account of the differences in coagulable and non- 
coagulable albuminoids existing in each of the re- 
spective milks. His process practically consists in 
a precipitation (by means of rennet) of one-third of 
the casein from fresh cow's milk, and the addition 
of one-third more milk-sugar, but this was found by 
the writer somewnat tedious, except to a specially 
trained person. The process of dilution with water 
was adopted because it was simpler, and would 
enable the food to be prepared in a few minutes 
whenever it was required. 

Taking Professor Frankland's figures for the 
average of fresh cow's milk, as quoted, it will be 
seen that when it is diluted with water in the pro- 
portion of three parts of the former to two parts of 
the latter, the average amount of constituents is 
modified as follows : 

Fresh cow's milk, 3 parts; water, 2 jjarts — 

Casein. z.^z p^r cent. 

Fat i.iS 

Sugar 2.2S " 



Ash. 



.4Z 



From these figures the writer compiled the fol- 
lowing formula. The albuminoids, fat, and milk- 
sugar are by calculation made to approximate as 
nearly as possible to the average of these constitu- 
ents in human milk. 

Finely ground oatmeal. . .1/4 gradually increasing to '/j ounce. 

Fresh butter 1 drachm. 

Milk-sugar 2 drachms. 

Fresh cow's milk 6 fluid ounces. 

Pure water 4 fluid ounces. 

Salt 5 grains, or a sufficiency. 

Mix gradually the water with the oatmeal, milk- 
sugar, and salt, so that no lumps are formed in the 
mixture, then add the milk and butter, and heat to 
the boiling-point in a clean, enamelled saucepan. 
The product should be made up to the measure of 
half a pint, if necessary, and given lukewarm with 
a spoon when required. 

The oatmeal was introduced as a useful attenu- 
ant, and it has been found to act as a laxative, and 
also as a direct fat and heat-producer in tlie process 
of digestion. The process of feeding with a spoon 
is at first troublesome, but it is to be preferred to 
the use of a feeding bottle, as, if care be taken to 
have all the vessels employed scrupulously cleah, 
the infant will enjoy an immunity from thrush 
{Oidium albicans), diarrhoea, and other diseases 
that follow in their train.— George Smith, in 
Pharmaceutical Journal. 



THE STOMACH-BRUSH. 

A DENTAL journal publishes the following, trans- 
lated from the German : In 17 13 there was pub- 
lished a pamphlet entitled " A Complete Account of 
the most Useftil Stomach Brush which is now to be 



16 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



[January, 1890. 



had at the Brushmakers at the Old Court Sadler's 
Shop in Broad Street in Colln-on-the-Spree." Manj 
a one may have wished to be able once in a while to 
have his stomach thoroughly cleaned out, and this 
speculative brushmaker gave a practicable means to 
give effect to this wish. In the pamphlet there is a 
drawing of the stomach-brush : it resembles a pipe- 
cleaner, but, of course, is larger. The stalk is made 
of four wires twisted together, covered with thread, 
silk, or small ribbons; it is twenty-six inches long. 
The brush at the under end is two inches long and 
one and a half broad, and is made of goat's-beard 
hair; but, when one has been accustomed to use it 
for three or four weeks, a horse-hair brush is sub- 
stituted, this hair being somewhat stronger, and so 
the effect is better. The application of this most 
excellent brush is very simple. It is pressed through 
the throat down into the stomach, which, by draw- 
ing up and down of the brush, is cleaned. There- 
after cold water or brandy is to be drunk, and the 
operation is repeated till the cleaning is perfect. 
The cure is repeated every morning. The author 
says, according to the British Medical Journal, "At 
first you will find it rather troublesome to get the 
brush down, but when you put it in your mouth 
and on your palate, draw in breath and wind, and 
press it gently and gradually down, and, without 
any particular trouble, it will i-each the stomach. 
After eight to fourteen days' practice, it will come 
as easily to you as eating or drinking." Of course, 
the daily application of the stomach-brush is the 
infallible remedy or preventive of all diseases that 
can be imagined. " Whoever uses this cure requires 
no other medicine, for it is good against all — cold, 
hot, and poisonous fevers, it gives a good appetite 
for eating, it is good against asthma, hemorrhage, 
headache, chest complaints, coughs, consumptions, 
apoplexy, toothache, sore eyes, dysentery, quinsy 
on the tongue, quinsy in the throat, ulcers, ab- 
scesses, cardialgy; it favors digestion, strengthens 
the heart, drives away pimples on the skin, is 
against choking in the stomach, etc., makes too 
fat and asthmatical and swoUen-iip people thin", and, 
on the other hand, makes meagre and thin people 
fat. The great effect, however, is produced only 
when the use of the brush is combined with that of 
an elixir. This is compounded of aloes, saffron, 
rhubarbona, lark-mushroom, wormseed, eugian, 
myrrh, theriac. After the stomach-washing, forty 
to fifty drops of the elixir is to be taken in wine, 
and this preserves for twenty-four hours against all 
poison and pestilence." — Science. 



FORMYL AMIDOPHENOL ETHER. 
One of the most recently patented syntheticcom- 
pounds that has made its appearance in Germany is 
neither a hypnotic nor an antipyretic, but is said to 
act to an extraordinary degree on the spinal cord, 
completely antagonizing the action of strychnine. 
It is therefore proposed as a physiological antidote 
for that poison, and it is expected to prove of value 
in the treatment of tetanic affections. This com- 
pound is said to be made by heating together defi- 
nite quantities of the hydrochloric acid compound 
of paraamidophenolethyl ether, sodium formate, and 
formic acid in a flask with a reflux condenser, and 
separating the formyl compound formed by boiling 
the fused mass in water. On cooling, the water 
deposits the formyl amidophenol ether in handsome 
white brilliant tasteless scales, which melt at 69° 
C.) are slightly soluble in cold water, and are read- 
ily soluble in hot water, in ether, and in alcohol. 
This compound corresponds in its composition to 
that of phenacetin, save for the substitution of the 
formyl for the acetyl group. 



THE NUTMEG IN MEDICINE. 
Many familiar culinary substances have been 
found to have valuable medicinal properties, at 
least in household therapeutics ; but the nutmeg, so 
far as we are aware, has not been among the num- 
ber. Its turn has now come, however, for Dr. J. O. 
Shoemaker tells us, in the Medical Bulletin, that it 
is useful in the treatment of summer diarrhoea, 
many cases yielding readily to doses of half a 
drachm administered in milk. Insomnia is said to 
be effectually relieved by it, when opium has failed 
and chloral is objectionable. In delirium tremens 
it can be employed with safety and benefit, when 
anv other sedative would be dangerous. For itching 
and irritable hajmorrhoids an ointment of two 
drachms of powdered nutmeg, one drachm of tannic 
acid, and one ounce of lard, is an excellent applica- 
tion. Powdered nutmeg may be administered in 
doses of from two to ten grains for children, and 
from ten grains to two drachms for adults. Larger 
doses have produced profound coma, lasting for 
hours. 



PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE 

Popular Science News Company, 

5 Somerset !<itreet, Boston. 

ONE DOLLAR A YEAR IN ADVANCE. 

SETII C. BASSETT, 

Manager. 



SPECIAL NOTICE. 

The Publishers of the NEWS earnestly request that sub-, 
scribers will make their remittances either by draft on Bos- 
ton or New York, or by a postal order. If it is absolutely 
necessary to mail money, it should be sent only in a regiatf-red 
letter. The publishers decline to assume the risk of money 
mailed in unregistered letters. 

Remittances will be duly credited on the printed address 
label of the paper; but if they are received after the i5lh of the 
month, the change in the label cannot be made until a month 
later. If a formal receipt is desired, a two-cent stamp or a 
postal card should be enclosed with the remittance. 



HAIR-BALLS FROM THE STOMACH. 

At a recent meeting of the New York Pathologi- 
cal Society, Dr. T. Mitchell showed some hair-balls 
from the stomach of a pig. The balls were made up 
of the hair of the pig, which had been licked off and 
swallowed, mixed with sand and other matters. The 
hair had a curious spiral arrangement, showing the 
effect of the gastric movements. These hair-balls 
are found very commonly in the pig's stomach, but 
their occurrence is of interest by reason of the bear- 
ing that it has on human pathology, since they are 
sometimes found in the stomach of man. Dr. Prud- 
den then showed two hair-balls from the stomach of 
a 3'oung woman, which had been removed by Dr. 
Finder, of Troy, and presented by him to the mu- 
seum. There were two balls, one considerably larger 
than the other, which were made up of human hair, 
horse-hair, threads from blankets, pieces of string, 
etc. The girl had been insufficiently fed in her 
youth, and had got into the habit of swallowing 
miny kinds of inert and indigestible substances. 
Other specimens were presented of hair-halls from 
the cow's stomach. — Medical Record. 



MEDICAL MEMORANDA. 

A School for Children's Nurses. ^-A long- 
cherished plan of a training-school in New York 
for nurses for children has assumed definite shape, 
and such a school is expected to be in operation by 
January ist. Quarters have been taken in the 
Nursery and Child's Hospital, at No. 571 Lexington 
avenue. A regular six months' course of training 
in the care of children is to be adopted. This will 
include instruction in matters of hygiene, such as 
the care of the nursery, ventilation, preparation and 
administration of food, and dressing and washing 
children. A post-graduate course will provide in- 
struction in some of the simpler methods o( medical 
treatment of children. 

A reporter of the Pittsburgh Dispatch "does 
up" an amputation for the delectation of his readers, 
and explains the great care taken "to keep small 
insects out of the wounds." "After the leg was 
severed from the body," says the scribe, " the stump 
was scraped very carefully; the chloride of mercury 
was kept flowing constantly over the wound to kill 
any insects that might be drawn by the wound. 
The doctors hold that the air is full of poisonous 
germs, which are attracted to a wound where blood 
flows. All the linens and gauze which are used in 
operations, are soaked for twenty-four hours in 
bichloride from 100 to 500 per cent, in strength. 
This is done to pi-event the slightest irritation after 
the operation has lieen performed ! " 



Publisliers' Colimji!. 



The writing master who wrote that his business was flourish- 
ing, doubtless used Esterbrook's Xo. 128 extra fine elastic 
pen, the best for ornamental writing. 

All subscriptions to this journal received lo Dec. 26th have 
been credited on our mailing books, and the printed address 
label of this number. See if yours reads, Jan., '91. 

Try our Clubbing List when ordering your reading matter 
for 1S90. Send in the list of periodicals you want, for esti- 
mates, and see what we can save you. 

Why not have a good memory? Send a card to tlie Memory 
Co., 6 W. 14th St., N. Y. City, for a pamphlet giving u rive- 
ininute chat upon the subject. 



From Wilmer Brinton, M. D., Baltimore; " 1 have used 
CoLDEN's LiQjJiD Beef Tonic in my practice, and have 
been much gratified with the result. As a tonic in all cases of 
debility and weakness, aniemia, chlorosis, etc., it cannot be 
surpassed." 

Frye's Emulsion of Cod Liver Oil is continually grow- 
ing in favor among pliysicians, owing to the purity of its con- 
stituents, and the care and skill with which they are combined. 
Being emulsified by steam-power, the complete and minute 
subdivision of the oil globules is always assured. 



The Ice Machines made by David Boyle, of Chicago, 
have an enviable reputation for economy, efficiency, and relia- 
bility. In many cases they have been substituted for the 
machines of other manufacturers, with satisfaction and profit. 
They incidentally produce a large quantity of pure distilled 
water, which can be sold for domestic uses in localities where 
the natural supply is unsatisfactory. 



Dr. W. S. Leonard, Hinsdale, N. H., says : *' I have used 
Horsford's Acid Phosphate in my practice for the past 
eight or ten years, and have been much gratified with the 
results obtained from its use. In various forms of dyspepsia it 
reaches a class of cases that no other medicine seems to touch, 
and I have repeatedly seen patients, where opiates were contra- 
indicated, obtain refreshing sleep and rest at night from a 
single dose at bed-time." 

Littell's Living Age for 1S90. — In 1S90 JJttelf's Living 
Age enters upon its forty-seventh year of continuous and suc- 
cessful publication. A weekly magazine, it gives over three 
and a quarter thousand large and closely-printed pages of read- 
ing matter — forming four large volumes — every year. Its fre- 
quent issue and ample space enable it to present with freshness 
and satisfactory completeness the ablest essays and reviews, 
the choicest tales, the most interesting sketches of travel and 
discovery, the best poetry, and the most valuable biographical, 
historical, scientific, and political information from the entire 
body of foreign periodical literature, and from the pens of the 
most eminent writers of the time. Such authors as Prof. Max 
MuUer, Jas. A. Fronde, Prof. Huxley, Rt. IIon.W.E.Gladstone, 
Edward A. Freeriian, Prot. Goldwin Smith, Prof, Tyndall, 
Francis Cialton, The Duke of Argyll, Sir Lyon Playfair, Arch, 
deacon Farrar, \Vm. Black, Mrs. Thackeray-Ritchie, Mrs. 
Oliphant, Mrs. Alexander, Mrs. Parr, R.D.Blackmore,Th(unas 
Hardy, W. E. Norris, B. L. Farjeon, \V. E. H. Lceky, Alfred 
Russell Wallace, John Morley. W. H. Mallock, P. G". Hamer. 
ton, W. W. Story, Ruskin, Browning, and many other foremost 
writers in all departments of literary and scientific work, arc 
represented in its pages. As the only satisfactorily complete 
compilation of the best literature of the day, it is invaliuible to 
the American reader. It enables him, with a small expenditure 
of time and money, to keep fully abreast with the literary pro- 
gress of the age. The price is $S.oo per year, but by special 
agreement with Messrs. Litlell & Co., we can supply the Ago. 
' and the SciKNCE News for only $8.25. 



Cije ^0})ttlar Science 0tMiS 



AND 



BOSTON JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY. 



Volume XXIV. 



BOSTON, FEBRUARY, 1890. 



Number 2. 



CONTENTS. 

Familiar Science. — The Standard of Length 17 
The Proto- Helvetes. or Lake -Dwellers of 

Switzerland 17 

The Chigger 19 

The Rainy Season of Florida 19 

Scientific Brevities 20 

Practical Che.mistry and the Arts. — Nov- 
elties in Photography _ . 20 

The Scientific Knowledge of the Ancient 
Greeks and Romans 

Zinc 

In Ye Olden Time 

Industrial Memoranda 

The Out-Door World. — Prof Guttenberg"s 

Course in Mineralogy 

New York City Assembly of the A. A. . . 

Reports from Chapters 

Original Observations 

Mole Crickets "... 

Editorial. — Old Proverbs from a Scientific 
Standpoint 

A Double Statue 

Paris Letter 

Interesting Results of Defoliation of Plants in 
the Azores by a Cyclone 

Meteorology for December. 1889, with Review 
of the Year 

Astronomical Phenomena for February, 1890 

Qiiestions and Answers 

Literary Notes 

Medicine and Pharmacy. — Warts .... 

A Simple Water Still 

Chloride of Ammonium in Winter Cough 
Monthly Summary of Medical Progress . 

A Unique Prescription 

Medical Miscellanv 



21 

22 
22 
22 

22 
23 
23 
24 
24 

25 
26 
26 

27 

27 
28 

29 
29 

29 
30 
30 
31 
32 
■32 



Publishers' Column 32 



Fanjiliar Science. 



THE STANDARD OF LENGTH. 
In the United State.s and England the 
standard of length is the yard, and the ques- 
tion ari.ses, How long is a yard .' It may be 
said in answer that a yard is simply an arbi- i 
trary standard which tradition says is based 
upon the length of the arm of Henry VIII. ', 
At present the yard is the distance between i 
two marks upon a certain bar, kept in the 

Tower of London, and if it' should be de- 

I 

stroyed, the exact standard could never be' 
replaced. ! 

To avoid this uncertainty, and obtain a 
fixed and unvarying standard, the French, in 
the last century, made an accurate measure- 
ment of a quadrant of the earth's circumfer- 
ence, and, taking the ten-millionth part of 
this distance, gave it the name of »/e/rr, and 
adopted it as the standard of length. This, 
length, which is equal to about 39.37 inches, ! 
is now in universal use on the continent of 
Europe, and is authorized as a legal .standard 
in nearly all civilized countries. Consider-^ 
able discussion has arisen as to whether the 
original measurement \\ Jis perfectly accurate, ! 



and it seems probable that there was a small 
error, so that if the standard metre now kept 
in Paris should be destroyed, a re-measure- 
ment of the quadrant of the earth would not 
give us exactly the same metre. However, 
the error in any case is a very minute one, 
and the chances are very small that the origi- 
nal standard will ever be destroyed, to say 
nothing of the fact that the numerous copies 
distributed among the various nations of the 
world do not appreciably difter from it. 

The accompanying engraving shows the 
form of these standards, which have been 
copied with most scrupulous care from the 
original metre at Paris. It is probable that 
they do not differ from the standard over 
two ten-thousandths of a millimetre, or one 
five-millionth part of the entire length. 
These standard bars (i) are cast from an 
alloy of platinum with ten per cent, of 
iridium, forming a metal almost as hard as 
steel, practically infusible, and not acted 




upon by chemical reagents. The measure- 
ments are marked upon the surface A, (i), 
and the peculiar shape of the bar is especially 
calculated to endure a strain without bending ; 
and, in fact, a slight deflection — as shown, 
much exaggerated^ in 2 — will not materially 
alter the length of the face on which the 
scale is engraved. It has been proved that a 
weight of eighty pounds may be placed on 
one of these bars, while supported at the 
ends enly, without permanently altering its 
shape. 

The standard of weight is the gramme, 
which is the weight of a cubic centimetre of 
water at 4° C. — its point of maximum density. 
Practically, the standard at Paris is a block 
of the platinum-iridium alloy weighing one 
thousand grammes, or one kilogramme. 
Copies of this- standard of weight have also 
been made for the several nations comprising 
the International Metric Conference, and it 
is believed that they do not vary more than 
one hundred-millionth from the original — a 
dimension which is utterly imappreciablc. 



A meeting of the International Conference 
was held at Paris last September, when the 
work of the committee who prepared the 
various standarids was ratified, and the stand- 
ards accepted for the respective nations. The 
successful completion of this work, which 
has been in progress for about fifteen years, 
marks an epoch in scientific progress, and 
denotes an amount of care, skill, and accuracy 
on the part of those having the work in 
charge, which cannot be realized by anyone 
except those directly concerned in it. The 
simultaneous destruction of these widely scat- 
tered standards of measure and weight is 
almost impossible, but even in such a remote 
contingency, another measurement of the 
earth's circumference would practically give 
us back our metre, with no important change 
from its original length. 

A^ 



[Original in Popular Setaice Xewt.] 
THE PROTO-HELVETES, OR LAKE- 
DWELLERS OF SWITZERLAND. 

BY ADA M. TROTTER. 

The little town of Morges is picturesquely situated 
on a bay formed by the waters of Lake Leman. It 
boasts, among other attractions, a beautiful view of 
Mont Blanc. The castle (now used as an arsenal), 
the church, the quaint houses, with the castle of 
Wufflens on the heights, are very ancient — supposed 
to date back to the Roman occupation of the coun- 
try. The ancient city, however, which attracts the 
attention of scientists to this charming spot, is not 
the Morges visible to the eye. Those stone imple- 
ments and the rude pottery which the Museum of 
Antiquities at Lausanne displays as from the 
"ancient city of Morges," belong to pre-historic 
times, dating back to ages before the Romans set 
foot in Helvetia. 

But if the Lacustres, or lake-dwellers, were a 
pre-historic race, how are we to learn anything 
about them .' The archneologists, to whom we look 
for the solution of this problem, do not fail us; one 
by one they have wrested the objects in the 
museums from the bottom of the lake, and from 
them have evolved a history of the habits and cus- 
toms of this interesting people. The lakes of 
Switzerland kept jealous guard of the secrets com- 
mitted to their charge. A mere accident revealed 
the pre-historic occupation of the country. A bone 
implement, rudely fashioned, was found bv a scien- 
tist in a marsh. A small thing this; still, falling 
into the right hand*, enough to open out a new 
field of archaeological research. 

But, before we follow the labors of the patient 
men of science, it will be well for us to take advan- 
tage of the oppol-tunity this visit to Morges affords 
us, to see for ourselves the site of one of the cities 
of the Lacustres. We must take a boat, for the 
palafittes* of this primitive people were built on 

*Term universally used to express " Ikke-dwellin^,*' from Ihe 
IUIi»a Pala rUte. 



18 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



[February, 1890. 



piles, between 100 and 150 yards from shore. The 
boatman barely moves the water with his oars, as 
he directs our attention to the veptiges of the ancient 
city. Fortunately, the azure lake, this glorious 
April day, is clear as crystal, without a whisper 
from the "bise" to ruffle its serenity. We see the 
piles in irregular groups, some two to three yards 
below the surface. Those of the most ancient sta- 
tions are merely trunks of trees driven deep into 
the mud. They stand from one to three feet in 
height, in semi-circular form, with intervals that 
look like passages between the groups. As we 
move slowly over the lake, we pass a boat at 
anchor, in which are two scholarly looking men, 
— fishing.' Yes, fishing; though the quality of the 
fish they hook would scarcely satisfy the mundane 
appetite. These fishermen belong to the coterie of 
scientists whose researches have lifted the veil from 
the past of the Proto-Helvetes. " They work here," 
says my boatman, "every clear day and all day 
long." The difficulties which attend these labors 
may be realized by a glance at the piles beneath the 
dazzling, moving waters, between which are the 
objects sought, covered with the mud or gravel of 
at least three thousand years. The work has to be 
carried on by means of special apparatus. Today, 
a magnifving-glass a foot in diameter floats close to 
the boat. One of the professors bends over this 
instrument, as he makes use of his dredge ; the 
other is cautiously manipulating a long pole. 

Drifting here upon the breast of Leman, the 
majestic head of Mont Blanc confronting us with 
his crown of dazzling brilliancy, with the men of 
science to aid us in our effort, can we not re- 
construct upon these sunken piles the city of this 
ancient people ? 

Who were the Proto-IIelvetet.' Why did they 
build their dwellings in this laborious manner on 
the lake? A learned archieologist* tells us that the 
L,acustres were colonists from Asia, — not by any 
means savages, as we understand the term. Pro- 
fessor Virchow, who has made an exhaustive exam- 
ination of the skulls found among the palafittes, 
corroborates this statement. The conformation of 
the skulls shows the race to have been Aryan, and 
of a high degree of intelligence, capable of as much 
— if not more — development than ourselves. Fur- 
ther proof may be found, if needed, in the objects 
ranged in the museums, which demonstrate the 
evolution of the Proto-Helvete from the earliest 
Stone Age to that of the comparative civilization of 
the Bronze. It must not be forgotten that the 
forests extending to the shores of the lakes were 
then haunted by wild beast*. The stone weapons 
were insufficient protection against the ravages of 
these enemies, and we may suppose that the colo- 
nist was driven to erect hie dwelling on the lake, 
as a defensive measure. 

It was impossible to make any mental picture of 
these dwellings until about ten years ago, for all on 
the lakes of Switzerland had been destroyed by fire. 
M. Frank, however, inspector of the forests at 
Schussenried (Wurtemburg), was fortunate enough 
to find a palafitte of the Stone period in a marsh 
which he was surveying. It was in a perfect state 
of preservation, and by its means we can gain some 
idea of the dwellings of the Lacustres. It was built 
on piles, in the shape of a right angle, ten meters 
long, by seven in width. It was divided into two 
compartments, communicating by a passage made 
of three beams. There was only one door, which 
faced the south, and was one metre in width. The 
outer room, in which a pile of flat stones and debris 
of charred bones indicated a fire-place, was the 
kitchen, or living-room; perhaps, also, in the cold 

* The Proto- Helves, by Victor Gr»s<. 



season, a shelter by night for the domestic animals. 
The inner and more spacious compartment was 
probably the sleeping-room. The floors were 
formed of round poles lying close together; the 
partitions, of piles split in two; while the roof had 
the circular form of an old-fashioned bee-hive. 
Thus, taking this palafitte for our model, we can 
build our city of Merges with the mind's eye. We 
see in the Lacustres' an industrious people, busily 
at work, having their work-shops on the platforms 
surrounding their dwellings. Here they fashioned 
their weapons, their pottery, and their utensils of 
horn, bone, and wood. 

And now, having seen the vestiges of this race in 
one of the eastern lakes, let us pass to the western 
lakes of Switzerland, where the archieological work 
has been carried on with much greater success. 
The rectification of the courses of the rivers Aar 
and Thielle, with the construction of canals, neces- 
sary to dry the marshes of Seeland, lowered the 
level of Lakes Neuchatel, Bienne, and Morat. The 
stations of the Stone Age became dry, and those of 
the Bronze almost so. The researches could be 
carried on all the year round, and without the use 
of the cumbrous engines hitherto considered indis- 
pensable. In the eastern lakes, the scientists are 
confined to the months of winter, when the waters 
are at their lowest level. 

The Stone stationt laid bare revealed such dis- 
tinct characteristics, that Dr. Gross found it neces- 
sary to sub-divide the age into three periods, taking 
the objects found in the palafittes as exponents of 
his theory. 

The products of the first period are very primi- 
tive. The hatchets are small, unpolished, roughly 
shaped, and the tools of horn and bone equally 
unfinished. The mineral used for the stone imple- 
ments is always that of the country, the softest, 
most easily worked, being most frequently used, — 
such as the molasses rock. The pottery is made of 
coarse clay, without the aid of a turning-wheel, and 
shows by its clumsiness the very infancy of the pot- 
ter's art. No trace of ornamentation is found on 
arms, tools, or pottery. The large number of sta- 
tions which produce this rude handiwork gives 
convincing proof to the archaeologist that many 
centuries must have passed ere the Lacustre arrived 
at the perfection which the palafittes of the second 
period display. 

This second period is one of continuous progress. 
The museums show hatchets and hammers which 
would do credit to our own skilled workmen. The 
weapons and utensils of horn, bone, and wood are 
beautifully finished, and the pottery takes graceful 
forms, even showing crude traces of ornamentation. 
A very interesting featurfe of this period is the pres- 
ence of foreign minerals, not merely in arms and 
implements, but in beads and small ornaments. 
Hatchets in nephrite, jadeite, and chloromelanite 
are found in the proportion of five to eight of 
indigenous material. It is impossible to solve the 
problem as to how the Lacustres obtained these 
Asiatic minerals. The theory that the first colo- 
nists brought them to the country is contradicted bv 
the fact that only indigenous mineral is found in the 
earliest stations of the Stone Age. Dr. Gross 
thinks it probable that the Proto-Helvetes of this 
second period held commercial relations with other 
nations, thus obtaining the harder stone they 
required for their weapons and implements. This 
would seem to be the more probable explanation, 
since directly copper was introduced the foreign 
mineral disappears. Metal quickly supplanted even 
these beautiful minerals, which are capable of such 
great polish. Arrow-heads of stone, flint, and bone 
are found in all three periods of the Stone Age. 
That these objects served another purpose has lately 



been proved by M. de Fellenberg. who found a 
curious instrument of wood, at the station of Fenil, 
in which these heads, fastened with resin, form a 
strong saw. Two indentations are made in the 
handle for the fingers of the workman. The pala- 
fittes furnish sufficient proof of the intelligence and 
industry of the Lacustres. This second period ot 
Stone finds them feeling their way towards a stage 
of civilization which requires more of life than 
merely food and shelter. The innumerable objects 
in horn, bone, and wood display skilled workman- 
ship. Among these may be cited : arms, tools, 
fish-hooks, harpoons, small goblets, beads, brace- 
lets, cleverly carved pendants, large buttons, needles, 
combs, hair-pins (perforated, sometimes, so that 
they might be fastened by a thread to the hair), and 
well-shaped spoons. Bone, being a material less 
easily worked, was reserved for articles requiring 
greater strength, such as poignards, arrow-heads, 
and combs for carding flax. The debris of wooden 
objects has brought to light an unequivocal sign of 
progress among the Lacustres of this period — noth- 
ing less than a yoke for oxen. It is interesting, 
also, to note among the fragments of cups, plates, 
and dishes, a variety of small boats, shovels, etc., 
— evidently playthings for children. Bows, the 
complements of the arrow-heads, are rarely found. 
Communication with the shore was made by means 
of bridges and boats. The piles give evidence of 
the existence of the former, while remains of the 
latter abound — mere trunks of trees hollowed by fire. 
A boat was lately dug out of the mud at Vingrave 
(Lake Bienne), which is well preserved and of a 
diflferent shape. The stern is square instead of 
round, the bows are pointed, notches are cut in the 
sides for the oars, while there is a place in the bot- 
tom for a false keel to keep the water out. This 
boat, carefully preserved by means of frequent 
applications of linseed oil, is now in the museum of 
Neuve-ville. The palafittes were also supplied with 
ladders long enough to reach from the bottom of 
the lake to the platform on which the Lacustre 
performed his daily work. Dr. Gross has one in his 
collection. Teeth of animals (wolf, bear, and dog) 
were perforated and worn as armulets. 

The second period was followed by what is termed 
by archaeologists the epoch of copper, which means, 
in fact, the transition stage of the age of Stone to 
that of Bronze. This transition period is recognized 
as a separate epoch in the evolution of other races 
besides that of the Lacustre. In Hungary, for 
instance, (according to certain authors), objects of 
pure copper are as numerous as those of bronze. 
North America furnishes more than a hundred 
instruments in copper from one State (that of Wis- 
consin), all of which appear to have been fashioned 
with a hammer. Copper, in its native state, lends 
itself perfectly to the fabrication of tools and arms, 
as it can be shaped into poignards and arrow-heads 
by means of a pebble. The operation of smelting 
ore demands a certain amount of technical skill 
seldom possessed by a primitive race. Still, the 
palafittes deliver up objects evidently moulded, 
proving that the Lacustre was not without elemen- 
tary ideas of the art. The epoch of copper is largely 
represented in the western lakes. But, until the 
discovery of the station of Fenil (Finily), the con- 
clusions drawn with regard to this transition period 
were much restricted by the small number of 
objects found. This station of Fenil, situated on a 
little gulf of Lake Bienne, exposed to the north 
wind, was entirely buried in sand and mud, thus 
escaping the notice of the savants, until the peas- 
ants — in making a ditch — came upon this rich 
archa;ological bed. more than a meter below the ^ 
surface of the soil. Though but a third of this . 
station has, as yet, been examined, the rich yield of 



Vol. XXIV. No. 2.] 



POPULAE SCIENCE NEWS. 



19 



copper objects has thrown new light upon the 
transition period. The old supposition that the 
Lacustre imported his metal implements was over- 
thrown bv the proofs furnished at Fenil to the con- 
trary, amid the debris of the palafittes. But, though 
the chisels, beads, poignards, etc., were home-made, 
the metal was cerfainlj imported. Fenil is the 
exponent here, also, for several ingots of pure cop- 
per have been found at this station, made in porta- 
ble form, pierced for the rings bv which they were 
suspended. The copper poignards are rivetted to 
the wooden handles ; small copper plaques (dress 
adornments) are also furnished with rivets. This 
is a great advance, even on the neat handiwork of 
the second period. It is evident that during this 
transition period — which lasted only until the La- 
custre found that an alloy of tin with the copper 
produced a harder, more beautiful, and more ser- 
viceable weapon — the implements of stone fell into 
disuse. There was no longer a demand for the 
foreign minerals, and the importation ceased. The 
workman was wrestling with the problem of 
metallurgy. The Stone Age was practically dead. 
The pottery of the transition age of copper is dis- 
tinguished by grace and elegance of design ; also by 
a special mode of ornamentation, obtained by means 
of tying threads at equal distances around the vases, 
found also on the urns in the tombs of northern 
Germany. Other forms of decoration also appear — 
the series of lines crossing one another, and impres- 
sions made by the fingers, being, perhaps, the most 
frequent. Remains of baskets, linen tissues, and 
nets belong to this period, and, from the station of 
Locras, Dr. Gross obtained a complete spindle, 
formed of wood, surrounded with thread ; it only 
lacked the stone shuttle. Several shuttles have been 
found, furnished with wooden cylinders, and a clew 
of thread, which, if it were not charred, would seem 
to be of modern handiwork. 

Such, in brief, are the distinguishing character- 
istics of the three periods of the Stone Age, which 
lead us from the earliest ages of the Proto-Helvete 
to his artistic triumphs of the "beautiful age of 
Bronze."* 

Among the bones of animals found in the debris 
of the palafittes, we have those of the ox, horse, 
goat, pig, sheep, cat. stag, roe-buck, beaver, hedge- 
hog, bear, wolf, wild-boar, fox, frog, otter, hare, 
swan, duck, pigeon, pike, carp, etc. Remains are 
also found of fruits and cereals ; of fruits — the 
apple, acorn, nut, plum, strawberry, raspberrv, 
mulberry, pea, bean, lentil, chestnut, etc.; of 
cereals — wheat, oats, barley, millet, etc 

It is not possible to do more than approximate 
to the length of time between the advent of the first 
colonists to the lakes and the beginning of the 
Bronze Age. Dr. Gross thinks that at least twenty 
or thirty centuries must have passed, judging from 
the number of the stone stations, and the gradual 
progress of the workmanship of the objects found in 
the palafittes. 

The waters of the lakes have been faithful guardi- 
ans of the secrets confided to their care. Perchance, 
the clumsy implement which the patient professor 
in the boat at our side has just succeeded in wresting 
from the " sands of time," has been in hiding for at 
least two thousand years. And the hands that drove 
the piles into the lake, upon which we have built 
our phantom city, have been dust — how long.' 

•Prof. Desor. 



, rOriginal in Popular Seienee Xewa.} 
THE CHIGGER. (Leptus Irriians.)* 

BY H. M. WHELPLEY, PH. G., F. R M. S. 

This is a minute insect, much smaller, but in form 
closely resembling, the true tick (Ixodida:.} It varies 
in color from a dull brick-red to a bright blood-red. 
It has six well-developed legs, each one terminating 
in two stiff hairs. Its maxillje are strong and 
elbowed, and look much like a pair of partially- 
developed legs. The mandibles are large and well 
marked internally by three indentations. After 
measuring twenty specimens, I found the average 
dimensions to be 15 mm. long and 1-6 mm. wide, 
(1-125 by 1-150 inch), and the body is about as 
broad in front as behind. The legs are about the 
same length as the body, and 1-40 mm. (1-2,000 
inch) wide. The following illustration gives a very 
good idea of the animal, as seen under an amplifica- 
tion of about two hundred and fifty diameters : 



Easy Method of Obtaining Oxygen. — It is 
proposed by C. F. Gohring to prepare pure oxygen 
by adding permanganate of potash to peroxide 
of hydrogen rendered slightly alkaline by ammo- 
nl». 




. Professor C. V. Riley gave an account of the 
insect in the American Naturalist for January, 1873, 
and christened it Leptus irritans, or the "harvest 
mite." In its habitat it is variously known as the 
"chigger," "jigger," "red bug," and "harvest 
bug." I find what is undoubtedly the same insect 
referred to in a European work as the Leptus 
autumnalis, or "harvest flea." In this country, 
this human parasite is confined to the Missi.ssippi 
valley, ranging in latitude from the 35th to the 40th 
degree. It makes its appearance in the early sum- 
mer, about the first of the month of June, and 
continues to annoy human beings until the first 
frost kills off the season's supply. It is most active 
in the month of August. The little pests are found 
on all kinds of vegetation, but especially on black- 
berry bushes. They are least likely to be found on 
cultivated vegetation, and do not thrive well in wet 
seasons. It is in the dry, hot time that the chigger 
adds most to the discomforts of humanity. It seems 
to be partial to mankind, and, as far as I know, does 
not trouble any other animal. They seem to attach 
themselves to the clothing of anyone who comes' 
their way, and immediately start out on a tour of 
inspection to find a suitable place to commence 
operations. If the underclothing is changed soon 
after they become attached to it, the little fellows do 
not give up, but patiently wait, even for several 
days, for the wearing apparel to be put on again, 
when they will crawl upon the flesh and act as lively 
as ever. The majority of them make for the axillae, 
pubes, and the inside of the thighs, while a few fall 
by the wayside and commence operations wherever 
they happen to first come in contact with the flesh. 
On boys and men they are very partial to the exter- 
nal genitals, and sometimes cause an alarming 
inflammation of these part?. 

Within a few hours' time the animal will have 
completely buried itself in the integument, and 
causes a small red swelling with a putulous center. 

*A paper read before the St. I-o\iiR Club ol Microscopists. 



This action is accompanied by intense itching, and 

the animal may be scratched out, but not until it has 
started a sore which will take from a day to a week 
or more to heal. It is a curious fact that some 
people are never troubled by these parasites, no 
matter how much they are among them. It has 
also been noticed that persons from other parts of 
the country will have much more severe sores than 
the natives of the part of the country where they 
abound. After one or two seasons, a stranger be- 
comes acclimated, and is not excessively irritated by 
them. I well remember my first season's experience, 
but subsequent summers I did not fare worse than 
the average persons. 

The methods of treatment are numerous, for, 
although the sores are not dangerous, they are very 
disagreeable, and many things have been tried to 
cure them up quickly. Among the principal appli- 
cations are raw salt pork, bacon fat, water of ammo- 
nia, chloroform, ether, carbolic acid and glycerine 
or oil (80 grs. to i oz.), sulphur ointment, salt 
water, bicarbonate of sodium solution. The most 
effectual method is to look for the individual insects 
by aid of a magnifying-glass, and remove them with 
a pin-point. They are very active before they get 
located, and will travel with considerable rapidity. 
Children become quite expert at catching them 
when on the flesh, and I have known of more than 
a score being removed at one hunt before any had 
found time to take hold of the flesh. The fat salt 
pork grease is the most popular application for the 
sores, but the glycerine and carbolic acid is 
undoubtedly as effectual. The pustule should be 
opened and the pus removed before the lotion is 
applied. 

Judging from the immense numbers that make 
themselves manifest by attacking man every year, 
the chigger must be a very prolific animal. Its 
mode of life shows that vegatation is its normal 
food. But, like the man-eating tiger, the chigger 
that once tastes human blood has no more use for 
its former food, and perishes in a vain attempt to 
devour all mankind. 

To the microscopist, the chigger is an object of 
interest. It makes an interesting and popular 
mount. In order to obtain the animal in all its 
glory, it should be caught while seeking a lodging 
place on someone's body. Place it directly into 
glycerine, and mount in the same medium while the 
animal is endeavoring to swim: then you will have 
a perfect specimen, in good position to study. 
Examine with a 4-10 inch objective. 

The literature on the subject is exceedingly scarce, 
the article by Prof Riley to which I have referred 
being the only one of note that I have been able to 
find. 



[Original in Popular Science News.] 
THE RAINY SEASON OF FLORIDA. 

BY PROF. THOMAS R. BAKER. 

Thk rainy season of Florida usually begins early 
in June, and continues about three months. This 
year it began on the 15th of June, and ended on the 
24th of September, its time — both of beginning and 
ending — being quite clearly defined. This season 
is characterized by not only frequent, but by fre- 
quently excessive, rains. For many successive days 
there may be showers every day, but there may be 
intervals of several days — as was the case during the 
rain^' season of this year — when no rain falls. There 
is an average of about one heavy rain a week during 
this season. 

I quote some interesting facts on this subject from 
the notes of a local meteorological observer of this 
place (Orlando) : From the beginning of the rainy 
season (June 15) to the end of June, rain fell on 
fourteen days. Rain fell on fifteen days during 



20 



■POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



[FiBRUARY, 1890. 



July, twenty-onfe days during August, and eleven 
days during September. There were three heavy 
rains in June, six in July, six in August, and one in 
September. During the June part of the rainy 
season there was a rainfall of 10.23 inches; in July 
the rainfall was 9 41 inches, in August it was 11.30 
inches, and in September (to the end of the rainy 
season) it was 6 02 inches. The total precipitation 
during the rainy season was 36 96 inches. 

The rains of this season are sometimes produced, 
as rains ordinarily are, from clouds that have slowly 
formed ; but the typical rainy season shower comes 
with little warning from an almost cloudless sky, is 
of short duration, and is followed very soon by a 
clear sky again. During some rainy seasons there 
is a great deal of thunder and lightning, while there 
is very little during others. The season of this year 
was one of many thunder-storms, the accompanying 
lightning being often very vivid and abundant, 
while last year's rainy season had but few thunder- 
storms. 

The cause of this season of abundant rains may 
be learned from a study of the nature and direction 
of the winds that prevail in this region during the 
summer months. The United States (except 
Alaska) extends through two wind zones, the 
variable and the sub-tropical zones, and Florida 
lies in the sub-tropical zone. In this zone the 
easterly trade winds prevail in the western part of 
the United States, but in the eastern part the trades 
are 'frequently interrupted by monsoons from the 
Gulf of Mexico. These monsoons, warmed by the 
Gulf Stream, — on account of which the temperature 
of the western coast of Florida is several degrees 
warmer than that of the eastern coast in the same 
latitude, — and heavily charged with moisture, meet 
the colder trades in this region, and to this occur- 
rence the rains of our rainy season are largely due 

The rainy season, occurring as it does during the 
hottest months of the year, is of immense benefit to 
the climate and vegetation of Florida. If excessive 
exposure to the direct rays of the sun can be 
avoided, a Florida summer, with its almost constant 
breezes, and cool nights, is much more tolerable 
than the summer weather of many regions of the 
North, especially those not in the vicinity of moun- 
tains. Vegetation is very luxuriant during this 
season, — indeed, the rainy season is the great plant- 
growing season of Florida, for two important con- 
ditions of plant growth, heat and moisture, are then 
abundantly supplied. It is during this season that 
citrus trees — and hence, also, their fruit — make their 
most vigorous growth. If our long summers were 
dry, and our winters were wet, living in Florida 
would be far less desirable than it is, — for our win- 
ter climate, as well as that of our summer, would 
siilTer thereby, — and the products of the soil would 
be of far less value than they are. Indeed, if this 
were the case, the citrus fruits might not be success- 
fully produced in Florida. The Florida orange 
would certainly not be the superior fruit that it is. 

An interesting matter connected with heavy rain- 
falls in Florida, is the readiness with which the soil 
in most places receives the water. It might be sup- 
posed that an average of three inches of rain a week 
for twelve successive weeks, — the average during 
our last rainy season, — would iill the soil beyond its 
capacity for holding water, and that much of the 
rain-water would flow off. But this is not the case; 
most of this large amount of water, which, were it 
to fall on clayey soils, would produce damaging 
floods, quietly sinks into the sand, and is lost to 
sight. Only when rain falls rapidly and in large 
quantities, are surface streams formed, and these 
soon disappear. The surface soil of central and 
southern Florida is composed of sand and vegetable 
mould, and this stratum is succeeded by almost 



pure sand, extending to the depth of several feet, 
and underlying this there is usually a stratum of 
clayey sand, called "hard pan." Sand follows this, 
and a second layer of hard pan is usually met before 
selid rock is reached. 

Although winter is called the dry season of Flor- 
ida, it is not to be understood that it is always its 
dryest season, as there is often less rain during the 
spring and autumn months than during the winter. 
The rainfall during March, April, and May of this 
year was i 77, 2.45, and 2 08 inches for the respec- 
tive months, and that for October and November 
was only i 84 inches, while last winter was quite 
wet, the rainfall during January and February alone 
being 15.08 inches. These facts lead to the conclu- 
sion that Florida really has no dry season. It 
would be more correct to classify her seasons, so 
far as precipitation is concerned, as the rainy season, 
and the season of irregular rains. 

Orlando, Fla., Dec. 13, 1889. 



Practical Clioiiiistry aijd tlje yirts. 

NOVELTIES IN PHOTOGRAPHY. 

The applications of instantaneou.s photog- 
raphy are constantly increasing with the 
greater sensitiveness of modern plates, and 



SCIENTIFIC BREVITIES. 

Hot Water Plants. — ^J. Walter Fewkes has an 
interesting paper in the May number of the Ameri- 
ean Naiuralist on the vegetation of hot springs. 
That vegetation can exist in these hot springs — the 
highest temperature on record in which it occurs is 
200° Fahr. — indicates that vegetation may have 
occurred at a much earlier stage of the earth's his- 
tory than has been generally supposed. The pre- 
vailing form of vegetation in these heated waters is 
algae. Diatoms also occur, but sparingly. They 
have been found in Nevada at a temperature at 
which the vegetation of hot springs is most flourish- 
ing, but usually occur in great abundance in the 
cooled waters of hot springs. 

Combined Fresh Water, Brine, and Gas 
Well. — One of the most remarkable things of 
which Pittsburg boasts is the combination well that 
has been struck on Liberty street. It produces at 
one and the s«me time cold water, pure and sweet; 
salt water, and a flow of gas that, when ignited, 
illuminates the entire surroundings. The well was 
drilled some time ago, to get a supply of pure cold 
water for use in a bakery in the summer and during 
flood times, when city water is not desirable. At 
100 feet the fresh water was struck, and at 200 feet 
the salt water and gas were found. Two casings 
were inserted, — one for the salt water and gas, the 
other for the fresh water, — and now, when the 
engine is started and the gas lighted, spectators 
behold the wonderful sight of fresh water, salt 
water, and fire all coming out of one well at the 
same time. 

Twenty Years of Science. — The editors of 
Nature (London), on the occasion of the twentieth 
anniversary of the establishment of the magazine, 
take occasion to review the progress of science dur- 
ing that period of years. In the physical sciences, 
the development of the atomic theory and the estab- 
lishment of a connection between the theories of 
electricity and light, have been the main achieve- 
ments ; in chemistry, the proclamation of the peri- 
odic law of the elements and the development of 
organic chemistry ; in astronomy, the development of 
the spectroscope, the use of photography, und the 
extension of the nebular hypothesis ; in biology, 
the firm establishment of the Darwinian docrine, 
the development ot the study of bacteria, and, later, 
the effort to determine the position of the Lamarck- 
ian principle, have been the main features. In 
botany, the key-note has been the study of proto- 
plasm and cell-life ; in geology, the greatest advance 
has been in the application of the microscope and 
the stxidy of rock structure. 




Fig. 1. 

the more powerful developers which are 
being almost daily discovered. Apparently, 
there is no limit to the brevity of the time in 
which the sensitive gelatine film may receive 
arid retain a luminous impression, and photo- 
graphs have been taken in such a minute 
fraction of a second, (0.000076), that the ele- 
ment of time is not worth cosideration, and 
they may be considered as absolutely " instan- 
taneous" pictures. 




Fig. 1. 

In Fig. I an instantaneous view of an erup- 
tion in the crater of Vesuvius is shown. It is 
necessaril}' somewhat obscured by the clouds 



Vol. XXIV. No. 2.] 



POPULAE SCIENCE NEWS. 



21 



of steam, but the masses of lava and scorias in 
mid-air are well shown, and indicate the 
quickness of the exposure. The picture was 
taken by a French amateur, M. Luys, on the 
27th of September last. 

Fig. 2 is an excellent view of aman in the 
middle of a high jump. The remarkably 
awkward position of the bodv is noticeable, 
and shows how easily the eye is deceived by 
quick movements. No artist would venture 
to draw a man in such a position as a truthful 
representation of the attitude in jumping, but 
the eye of the camera cannot be deceived, 
even by the most rapid movements. 

Fig. 3 is a reproduction of a photograph 
made without any lens, a metal plate pierced 
with a hole 3-10 of a millimetre (i-ioo of an 
inch) taking its place. The time of exposure 
in a good light was i minute, 18 seconds. A 
sheet of pasteboard may be substituted for the 
metal plate. 




Although the "pin-hole" objective cannot 
replace the usual lenses in all cases, it has 
some advantages over them besides its cheap- 
ness and portability. Spherical aberration 
is avoided, the focal distance can be varied at 
pleasure, and in copying engravings and 
drawings in line or stipple, a very soft and 
pleasing picture is obtained, in which the 
lines or dots are blended together, and the 
details of the artist's work are not so unpleas- 
antly prominent as when the copy is made by 
a regular photographic objective. 

This method is worthy the attention of 
amateurs, and, after a few experiments in 
regard to the time of exposure, very satisfac- 
tory results can be obtained. It is important 
that the edges of the hole be perfectly sharp 
and clear, as the presence of a fringe of fibres 
of pasteboard or metal %\ould have a very 
injurious effect upon the finished picture. 

The, engravings are reproduced from 
La Nature. 



Canary-seed is composed of albuminoids, 138 
percent.; fat, 5.4; extractives, 50.7; indigestible 
fibre, 8.2; ash, 6.8; and water, 15.1. 



[Original in Popular Scunrf y ws.} 

THE SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE 

ANCIENT GREEKS AND ROMANS. 

BY JOHN C. ROLFE, PH. D. 

III. 

MAGNETIS.M AND ELECTRICITY. 

Oi'R word magnetism is derived from Magnesia, 
the name of a town of Lvdia in Asia Minor. In the 
neighborhood of this place there was found a kind 
of stone, variously called Magnesian stone, Ljdian 
stone, stone of Heracles, and Siderite, which was 
observed to have the power of attracting iron. This 
stone, our loadstone (or, more properly, lodestont), 
was known to the Greeks as early as the fourth cen- 
tury before our era. According to Pliny, the Ro- 
mans knew four other localities which furnished the 
mineral: Magnesia in Thessaly, (to which our Eng- 
lish dictionaries erroneously refer as the place from 
which the name was derived), Ethiopia, Boeotia, 
and the Troad. Plato observed that the armature 
of a magnet itself became magnetic; and Lucretius, 
in his great poem on Nature, speaking of the lode- 
stone, says: "It often produces a chain of rings 
hanging down from it. Thus you may sometimes 
see five and more suspended in succession and toss- 
ing about in the light breeze, one always hanging 
down from the one above it and attached to its 
lower side, and each one in turn from the other ex- 
periencing the binding power of the stone, with such 
a continuous current the force flies through all." 
He explains the attraction by assuming the existence 
of an etherial force which poured forth from the 
lodestone or magnet itself, and permeated the pores 
of the magnetized object. Plutarch appears to ex- 
plain the phenomenon on the same principle. The 
magnetic power of the earth itself and the 
phenomena arising from it were, in spite of some 
wild theories to the contrary (it has even been 
claimed that the ancients were acquainted with 
the mariner's compass), completely unknown in 
that day. There were, however, stories of all kinds 
suggested by the power of the lodestone, the best 
known being that of the " magnetic mountain," 
which drew the iron nails from the planks of ships 
that came too near it, and caused them to fall to 
pieces. Ptolemy, the geographer, gave the exact 
latitude and longitude of this remarkable mountain, 
whose existence was firmly believed in. 

Still less did the ancients know o{ electricity. It 
was known from the time of Thales, who lived at the 
beginning of the sixth century B. C, that electron, 
when rubbed, had the property of attracting light 
objects. What is meant by electron in this con- 
nection is not certainly known ; amber, a mixture of 
gold and silver, tourmaline, a certain enamel, 
and platinum are some ol the conjectures of those 
who have discussed the question. However this 
may be, it was afterwards learned that amber was 
the best material for generating this kind of 
electricity. This attraction was personified by the 
imaginative Greeks. They spoke of a soul in the 
amber, as the Chinese physicist Kuo-pho did in his 
Poem in Praise of the Magnet. Plato's view was 
that the amber contained a flame-like essence, but 
gave it out only when the pores of its surface were 
opened by rubbing. This essence, when given out, 
had the same action as the magnet, but. by reason 
of its lightness and weakness, could attract only the 
lightest and driest substances. Pliny, too, speaks 
of a flame which pours out of amber. The con- 
nection of this frictional electricity with the external 
manifestations of atmospheric electricity, and with 
the shocks given by electric fishes (found in the 
Mediterranean and Red Seas), was never suspected 
by the ancients. 

IV. — CHEMISTRY. 

There enn be no question that some of our efctmi- 



cal experiments may lay claim to a very high anti- 
quity. According to Plutarch, whose etymology is 
approved by no less an authority than Alexander 
von Humboldt, the Greek word for chemistry, from 
which our own word comes, was derived from an 
Egyptian word, l<emi, originally meaning Hack, 
which was later a designation of the whole land of 
the Nile ; so that chemistry was synonymous with 
the hlack art! The first known Greek chemist 
(more properly a metallurgist) was Theophrastus, 
who lived in the fourth century before Christ. In a 
a book of his On Minerals he treats of the extraction 
of metals from the ore, and describes the various 
compounds which were formed in the process. 
Among these are white lead and verdigris, which he 
states to be earths, expressly distinguishing them 
from stones or minerals. 

Unfortunately this is the only work on chemistry 
written before the Christian era which has come 
down to us, although we know from references of 
Pliny that such books existed. Their loss is partic- 
ularly to be regretted, because it is possible that 
they might have thrown some light on the subject 
of polychromy, by telling us what aid the Greeks 
derived from chemistry in the preparation of the 
colors with which they decorated their statues and 
temples, and ornamented their walls with paintings. 
The encaustic painting of the Greeks has been 
especially discussed. Cato the Censor, who has 
already been referred to in these papers as having a 
practical knowledge of an important principle of 
heat, expresses some remarkably sound views about 
the rusting or oxidizing of metals under the in- 
fluence of the air, and upon the evaporation of 
water from springs to produce salt. 

The writers of the first century of our era bear 
witness to the chemical progress of earlier times. 
We find from their reviews of the past achi«vements, 
that various chemical preparations were used in 
medicine, especially in the composition of salves, 
and that alloys and amalgams of many kinds were 
familiar. He distinguishes the oxides of copper, 
lead, and zinc from one another. The only acids 
that appear to have been used are vineger (acetic 
acid) and sulphuric acid ; to the former was 
attributed a dissolving power far greater than it 
really possessed. In his passage of the Alps, Han- 
nibal, for example, is said to have dissolved rocks 
which barred his progress by the agency of vinegar. 

The process of distillation was used by the an- 
cients. Aristotle refers to this operation, which is 
clearly described by later writers, together with the 
retort and the rest of the apparatus. The progress 
in the knowledge of alloys is seen in the Roman 
coins of small denominations. These at first were 
made simply of copper, but from the time of Corn- 
modus they were composed of bronze with a vary- 
ing proportion of zinc. 

Soaps were known to the ancients, but were 
merely mechanical mixtures, not chemical. One of 
the supposed soaps found at Pompeii proved ta be 
nothing but fuller's clay. 

Alchemy began in the first century of our era, and 
the atomic theories of the philosphers are said to 
have led to the attempt to change the baser metals 
to the nobler ones. Towards the end of the fifth 
century this pseudo-science became very popular, 
and there were numerous guilds of alchemists at 
at that time. The prolific writer, Hermes Trisme- 
gistus, wrote a book called Tabula Smaragdina, 
professing to teach the art of making gold, which 
was translated at Nuremberg in 1541. 

In the concluding paper of this series the remain- 
ing departments of science will be briefly considered. 

Errata.— In the preceding paper Boethius was 
misprinted Bcethius, and Ptolemaius (thrice) as Ptol- 
enteit^fs. 



22 



POPULAR SClEi^OE l!5EWS. 



[February, 1890. 



[Original in Popular Science JVewi J 
ZINC. 

BY GEORGE L. BURDITT. 

Zinc, sometimes called spelter, is one of our most 
useful metals, and is widely distributed, although il 
never occurs alone. Sulphide of zinc and carbonate 
of zinc are its chief sources, and from these com- 
pounds it has to be distilled. The first step in the 
extraction of zinc is to reduce the ore to an oxide. 
Carbonate of zinc heated gives oxide of zinc and 
carbonic acid gas, (Zn C03 = Zn O + CO2.) Sul- 
phide of zinc roasted gives oxide of zinc and sulphur 
dioxide, (Zn S + 30=Zn O + SO2.) 

To get pure zinc from the oxide, the oxide is 
mixed with coal and heated in a retort. The zinc 
volatilizes, and comes out of the mouth of the retort 
as a vapor. Cadmium is always mixed with the 
zinc, and cadmium vapor comes out first. It is 
lighted, and burns with a brown flame. As soon as 
the zinc vapor begins to come off, the flame changes 
CO green. An iron cap is then placed over the 
mouth of the retort, through which the vapor 
passes, and is condensed into a fine dust. Gradu- 
ally the cap becomes hot and melts the dust into 
liquid zinc, which runs into moulds and is cast into 
blocks. 

The process described is called the Belgian pro- 
cess; there are two others, the Silesian and the 
English. The Silesian process differs only in the 
retort. The mixture of ore and coal is put in and 
heated, and the vapor passes out through a tube 
bent at right angles to the retort. The tube is kept 
cool, but not cool enough to condense the vapor 
into solid zinc. If this should happen, the pipe 
would become clogged and the retort would burst. 
In the English process, the retort consists of a 
tightly covered crucible, through the bottom of 
which passes a pipe. This pipe is stopped with a 
wooden plug, and the mixture of ore and coal is put 
into the crucible and heated. As the mixture grows 
hotter, the plug is converted into charcoal, allowing 
only the zinc vapor to pass through. The reaction 
which takes place in the furnace is, in all cases, 
2Zn + C=2Zn-|-C02. 

The pure zinc obtained by either of these pro- 
cesses is a bluish-white metal, having a metallic 
lustre and a crystalline fracture. It does not rust 
easily, and takes a good polish. Owing to this 
polisfi, it is used for making stage jewelry. Under 
the most favorable conditions, however, it rusts 
slightly, becoming carbonate of zinc. At ordinary 
temperatures it is brittle, and when heated to 100° — 
150° it becomes malleable, and is rolled into sheets. 
The specific gravity is 7.03, and the melting-point 
412°. It is quite volatile, burns with a green flame, 
and is one of the metals that expand on cooling. 

Next to iron, zinc is the cheapest of the useful 
metals, and, on account of this, has a number of 
uses. It is used in the galvanic battery. In this 
case, pure zinc would be very expensive to use, and 
it is not easily dissolved by acids. Impure amal- 
gamated zinc is cheaper, does just as well, and is 
readily dissolved in acids. Galvanized iron is iron 
coated with zinc to preserve the iron. If the zinc 
begins to rust, a galvanic couple is formed, the 
hydrogen collecting on the iron, thus preserving it. 
Zinc is alloyed with copper to form brass ; is used 
in making hydrogen, and is used in many places 
where iron and tin cannot be, on account of their 
rusting. Oxide of zinc, not being attacked by sul- 
phuretted hydrogen, is used in making white paint 
for laboratories. 



IN YE OLDEN TIME. 
When the "Best Friend," which was the first 
locomotive used in the South and the first built in 
this country, was put on the track of the South 



Carolina Railroad, its performances excited great 
curiosity. For a time its driver did quite a profita- 
ble business carrying the curious, in small parties, a 
few miles out on the line from Charleston and 
return, for a consideration. 

An old schedule and freight tarift" of the South 
Carolina road, now in the possession of an oflicer of 
that company, provided, among other things, that 
no dogs should be admitted to cars without the con- 
sent of the passengers; that conductors must require 
all guns or pistols in the possession of passengers to 
be discharged before the persons carrying them 
should enter the cars, and that no package should 
be entered on the conductor's freight list for less 
than 6\'i cents. 

After the explosion of the boiler of the "Best 
Friend," through the stupidity of its negro fireman, 
who held the safety-valve down a little too long, to 
avoid the annoyance of escaping steam, a special 
platform car was placed between the engine and the 
first car of the train, and loaded with bales of cotton 
as a means of protecting the passengers. 

In the early days of the South Carolina Railroad, 
before the telegraph came to be the handmaid of the 
railway, and when hours of delay in the arrival of 
trains were of less importance than are minutes 
now, the good people of Charleston were notified of 
the approach of a train by a flag displayed from the 
steeple of the railway station. It was the duty of 
an employe to keep a lookout from this steeple, and 
hoi.st the flag when he should catch the first glimpse 
of the smoke and steam of the locomotive. — Kailuay 

Ag.- ^^ 

INDUSTRIAL MEMORANDA. 
Hydrogen Occluded in Steel. — The theory of 
Dr. Mueller concerning the character of the gas 
occluded in steel, has been confirmed in a striking 
manner. The inventors of the famous Mannesmann 
method of making steel tubes, by rolling them 
eccentrically from a solid bar, sent to the Charlotten- 
burg laboratory two tubes closed at both ends, a 
partly finished product, therefore. The steel con- 
tained 0.46 carbon, 0.26 silicon, o.ojj phosphorus, 
o.oi sulphur, 0.23 manganese, and a trace of copper. 
The hollow cavity contained 911 c. cm. of gas at a 
pressure of 760 mm. Chemical analysis showed 
that this gas was composed of 99 per cent, of hydro- 
gen and only i per cent, of nitrogen, confirming 
Mueller's theory that the gas occluded in steel cast- 
ings is hydrogen. 

Co.MPRESSED Air AS Motive Power in France. — 
The use of compressed air as a motive power for tram- 
ways in France is extending. The system adopted 
is that invented 'oy M. Mekarski, director of the 
Nantes tramways, which have been open since 1879. 
Two years ago the system was successfully applied 
on the tramways at Nogent, in the neighborhood of 
Paris, and more recently on those of Berne and 
Limoges. This year it will be substituted for horse 
power on the tramways of Lyons. The inventor 
asserts that his system is far more economical than 
horse traction, — the cost of coal per day of a machine 
equal to 8 or 10 horse power being only $1.00, — much 
cheaper than electricity or steam power, and that 
machinery is simple and does not require a skilled 
mechanic to control it. The British consul at 
Nantes, in a recent report, states "that the tram- 
ways of that town, which are worked by the system 
ofM. Mekarski, alluded to above, continue to give 
satisfaction. The cars are comfortable and lun 
smoothly with little noise. They do not interfere 
with the general traffic in the streets, and their im- 
munity from accidents is remarkable. The average 
speed is about eiglit miles per hour; but it can be 
easily increased or moderated, and in case of need 
an almost instantaneous stoppage eflfected." 



Tlie Out-Door CLlorld. 



Edited by HARLAX H. BALLARD. 

President of the Agassiz Association. 
[P. O. Address, Pittsfield, Mass.] 



PROF. GUTTENBERG'S COURSE IN 
MINERALOGY. 

About a year ago, Professor Gustavo Gut- 
tenberg, then teaching in the Erie (Penn.) 
High School, undertook to give an Agassiz 
Association course of lessons in mineralogy. 
His plan is simple, and modeled somewhat 
after the excellent course previously conducted 
for us by Professor W. O. Crosby, of the 
Boston Society of Natural History. The 
course is conducted bv correspondence. 

Each pupil receives a set of minerals in a 
neat case, together with test-tubes, litmus 
paper, and streak-plate. Accompanying this 
case is the first lesson, in the form of a 
pamphlet, containing necessary definitions 
and concise instructions for a series of obser- 
vations on the first twenty-five specimens, 
which are numbered, but not labeled. There 
are blanks, on which the pupil records the 
results of his work. When the first blank is 
properly filled, it is returned to Professor 
Guttenberg, who corrects it, makes needful 
suggestions, and returns it, together with 
labels for the specimens alreadv examined. 
For all this work he makes no charge, and 
for the case of minerals and instrtunents, and 
the printed pamphlets, he makes only the 
nominal charge of one dollar. He divides 
the whole work into four grades, two of 
which were issued up to last August. Pro- 
fessor Guttenberg then received an appoint- 
ment as professor of biology of the Central 
High School of Pittsburgh, Pcnn., and his 
removal to his new post has caused a little 
delay in the issue of the third grade. This 
will soon be ready, however, and may be had 
upon application to him. All members of 
the A. A., and all subscribers to the Popular 
Science News, are cordially invited to take 
up this course of lessons. One who begins 
it in complete ignorance of mineralogy, will 
be surprised to find himself easilj' led along 
to a familiarity with all the more common 
forms of rock and mineral, and brought to 
a stage of progress whence advancement to 
higher work in determinative anahsis will be 

easy and rapid. 

^^►^ 

The organization of a Corresponding Geo- 
logical Chapter of the Agassiz Association — 
on a plan similar to the one so successfully 
carried out by the Gray Memorial Chapter — 
is now in progress. The undersigned organ- 
izing committee desires to brinjj this matter 
to the attention of every student and teacher 
of geology, mineralogy, and paleontology 
throughout the continent, whether a member 
of the A. A. or not. The object of the 
Chapter is to extend the knowledge of these 



Vol. XXIV. No. 2.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



branches among its members, by circulating 
papers and notes on local geology and geo- 
logical phenomena, and by the exchange of 
specimens. The final organization will be 
effected February 20, and it is earnestly hoped 
that a goodly number of members will ha\e 
enlisted by that date. All interested are 
invited to correspond with Amadeus Grabau, 
(Secretary of Chapter 132), 154 Maple 
Street, Buffalo, N. Y., at their earliest con- 
venience. — Professor Franklin W. Barrows, 
George T. Wardwell, Amadeus Grabau, 

Organizing Committee. 

*»* 

XEW YORK CITY ASSEMBLY OF 

THE A. A. 

At a meeting of the New York City 
Assembly of the A. A., December 19, it 
was unanimously resolved, that, 

Whereas: Having been informed in a compre- 
hensive communication of our President's efforts to 
secure an oflScial organ for the \. A., and of his 
ultimate full measure of success; 

Resolved: That the Corresponding Secretary 
be instructed to inform the President of the A. A., 
officially, of our entire satisfaction with the maga- 
zines selected — the Popclar Science News, and 
the combined Santa Claus and Swiss Cross. 

Resolved: That this Assembly heartily wishes 
the undertaking and its projectors the thorough 
support and success which thev deserve. 

Resolved : That, inasmuch as this Assembly, 
bein;} a constituent body, can take no direct action 
in the matter, each Cliapter be requested to appoint 
one canvasser to secure as many subscribers as 
possible to one or both magazines. 

Theodore G. White, Cor. Sec. 

This action of the New York City Assem- 
bly is exceedingly gratifying. That Assembly 
was the only one of our larger bodies which 
happened to hold a meeting after the arrange- 
ments referred to had been completed, and 
before the issue of the first number of the 
magazines. It was, therefore, the only one 
to which special notice of our action was 
sent. There has not yet been time to hear 
from other Assemblies and Chapters since 
the issue of the first installment of " The 
Out-Door World." Indeed, at the date of 
this writing (December 30), on account of 
unavoidable delays, the January News is just 
off the press ; but, if the whole Association 
shall be equally hearty in endorsing the new 
departure, the future of the A. A. will be 
brijrhter than ever before. 



We hope to make the personal observations 
of our members a special feature of this de- 
partment, and to this end we solicit as prompt 
and full notes of such observations as possible 
from evervone interested. When convenient, 
let these notes be accompanied by pictures — 
photographs, India- ink drawings, or even 

pencil sketches. 

<♦» ■ 

We acknowledge reports of continued 

interest and activity from Chapters 55, 107, 



108, I20, 15S, 165, 199, 234, 2S7, 347, 354, members. They have studied the evergreens and 

the trees about Plainfield, and have just commenced 
the study of the roots of plants. Illness and 
removal of members have interfered with the work 
of the bird division, but there is great interest in the 
study of birds. All the early-comers have been 
noted, and the specimens in cases have been 
studied. — William Moore, Sec. 



362, 381, 399, 404, 414, 440, 444, 452, 478, 

4S1, 494, 513, 5S4, 603, 604, 624, 957, 965, 

and 972. 

*♦>- 

REPORTS FROM CHAPTERS. 
jS, Philadelphia, Penn., [D].— I think the results 
of our work are very obvious. Two of us are doc- 
tors of medicine and a third is a student in medicine. 
The Chapter address is 1314 Franklin Street. — 
Joseph McFarland, M. D. 



923, Columbus, O., [C]. — During the past year 
we turned our attention entirely to the study of 
mineralogy. In this we were very kindly aided by 
Prof. Lord of the Ohio State University, who gave 
us a very interesting lecture on the subject. For the 
purpose of study, we bought a good collection of 
minerals, a large cabinet for specimens, and several 
good books. Besides the Chapter collection, indi- 
vidual members have made collections of minerals 
from the neighborhood, which abounds in sand- 
banks of glacial origin. Regular meetings were 
held every two weeks throughout the year. — S. C. 
Kershaw, Cor. Sec. 

977, Fort Leavenworth, Kan., [A]. — We have 
twelve members, and are getting on quite smoothly. 
Some are studying chemistry, using Cooley's text- 
book, and are making analy.ses of diiferent dyes; 
some are studying botany, using Gray's book, and 
are working up the forest trees that grow in this 
vicinity; others are studying geology, with the help 
of Shaler's geology and Overman's mineralogy, and 
are learning the characteristics of rocks and the 
geological structure of this region. We all enjoy 
our work immensely. ^S. L. Bayard Schindel, Sec. 



824, Fall River, Mass., [B].— Our local Chapter 
and the Wilson Ornithological Chapter (213) have 
progressed so much since my annual report that I 
wish to write of them again. We have increased 
our membership, and have secured a room in the 
Y. M. C. A. building. We have had interesting 
debates, and papers of exceptional excellence have 
been read. The Ornithological Chapter has reached a 
membership of fifty-three. The plan of observation- 
work laid out for our members is succeeding finely, and 
we have on hand a large amount of valuable notes 
and lists. To illustrate our work, on December 3. 
iSSS, two ornithologists, Mr. Strong and Mr. Curtis, 
of Wisconsin, joined us. Through their efforts, we 
now have some Wisconsin members, organized into 
a committee, and studying the bird-life of their 
respective towns. — ^J. B. Richards, Pres. 



264, Plainfield, X. J., [A].— Chapter Xo. 264 (A) 
reorganized in Xovember in four divisions, for the 
study of insects, minerals, flowers, and birds. At 
the meetings of the insect division, the caterpillars 
found in the vicinity of Plainfield were studied. 
Specimens were brought to every meeting, and 
drawings were made and descriptions written of 
each kind. During the winter months, the mos- 
quito, earth-worm, fly, and ant were studied. Much 
interest has been shown in this division, and the 
members are waiting for the spring to continue 
the work. The meetings of the mineral division 
began in Xovember, and have been held in the 
science room, where the members had all the neces- 
sary apparatus for the blow-pipe and chemical tests 
of the minerals of Plainfield. The members have 
studied quartz, calcite, and copper with its numer- 
ous ores. A little study on the formation of rocks 
has also been taken. One excursion to an old cop- 
per mine was made in the autumn. The flower 
division has held regular meetings. There arc ten 



267, Pittsfield, Mass., [CJ. — While we were in 
Waterbury, Conn., last winter, we collected between 
400 and 500 good cocoons of those beautiful silk- 
moths, Saturnia spini and Atlas, also a larga num- 
ber of the Cecropia and Luna. In Great Barrington, 
Mass., in one day, we collected 75 specimens ol 
Grapia progue and about 50 of Vayiessa antiopa, 
besides some very fine Papilios, including Cres- 
phontes. We expect daily in exchange from Ger- 
many 300 lepidoptera and 500 coleoptera. — 
Theodore A. Schurr, Pres. 



353, Philadelphia, Penn., [K]. — During the past 
year we have held twenty-seven meetings, and have 
increased our membership to fifteen, seven having 
joined since our last report. At each meeting one 
of the members is appointed to prepare an essay for 
the next meeting, w hen it is read and discussed ; 
after this, if there are questions to be asked, they 
are in order. At every meeting we have the use of 
the microscope for examining objects that may 
interest us. — Theo. G. Brinton, Sec. 



365, Hyde Park, 111., [A]. — We have at present 
thirty-five members. Our President is Mr. Wm. L. 
Boyd. We have held meetings every two weeks 
during the year, and they have been much more 
interesting than hitherto. — Grace M. Lane, Sec. 



3S0, Elk Rapids, Mich., [A].— Xumber of meet- 
ings, twenty-one; number of members, seventeen. 
Studies : Geology, zoology, taxidermy. Topics of 
late discussions: "Carbon," "What Forms an Inland 
Beach," "Cause of Musical Sound along Telegraph 
Wires." — Frank Vandeburg, Pr«s. ; John Pfeiffer, 
Sec. 



382, Brooklyn, N. Y., [F].— Our work lastwinter 
was chiefly in analytical mineralogy, in connection 
with w hich we read and discussed a portion of Prof. 
Crosby's " Common Minerals and Rocks." During 
the summer the members visited various localities, 
and brought back notes of observations, also several 
additions to the collection, such as a fragment of 
rock from the Rocky Mountains, containing a num- 
ber oftrilobites of various sizes; lichens of various 
kinds, one weighing over seven and a half pounds; 
and a wasp's nest, eighteen inches in diameter. An 
interesting oak-gall, resembling white spun glass 
with rose-colored spots, was observed, and a praying 
mantis and leaf insect brought from Virginia. 
Photography has been of absorbing interest to sev- 
eral of our members, who have taken some credita- 
ble impressions. Several notes in the Swiss Cross 
concerning snakes hiding in their parent's open 
mouth, are indorsed by an observation made by one 
of our members near White Plains, N. Y., who 
killed a black snake, four feet long, and, after death, 
at least a dozen tiny snakes, three to four inches 
long, crawled out of its mouth and were very lively. 
We have received for our cabinet fine specimens ot 
labradorite and crocydolite, or tiger eye, a bottled 
flying-fish, and tropical sea-weed, also Alex. Agas- 
siz's "Expedition of the Blake." Our average 
attendance is seven ; membership, eight. — Henry 
S. FuUerton, Cor. Sec. 



387, Baltimore, Md., [E], Johns Hopkins Univer- 
sity.— During the year we have had sixteen meet- 
ings, fairly well attended, and at one time our ranks 



24 



POPULAR SGIENOE NEWS. 



[Fejsruaky, i8c,o. 



were greatly increased. We gained, as active mem- 
berg, J. Ames and S. Cone, and as honorar;^ 
members the following gentlemen, most of them 
professors in ths Johns Hopkins University : H. 
Newell Martin, Ira Remsen, Alfred M. Mayer, Wm. 
H. Howell, H. V. Wilson, F. H. Herrick, E. A. 
Andrews, and A. C. Gill. One of our members, 
Mr. R. G. Harrison, presented to us a very nice 
chest of drawers for minerals, and at another time 
we had a good-sized shelf-cabinet built for alcoholic 
specimens. The latter is now quite full. A short 
while ago we created a junior membership, our 
active membership being limited to persons 18 
years of age and excluding girls. The juniors will 
have all the privileges of the Chapter, but no voice 
in its government. In the first part of the year, 
Mr. Orr, a graduate student of the University, gave 
us a lecture and demonstration on hypnotism, 
which we opened to University men, and it proved 
of a great deal of interest. Dr. Geo. A. Williams, 
professor of geology here, gave us a delightful lec- 
ture on " How to Study Geology," and we derived 
a great deal of useful information. Our latest step 
was to raise the yearly subscription and initiation, 
each to three dollars, hoping that it will be of 
benefit. As the spring approaches we look forward 
to many dolightful days in the open air. — Edward 
McDowell, Pres., 117 W. Franklin Street; Charles 
S. Lewis, Sec, Box no, Johns Hopkins University. 

449, Fitchburg, Mass., [F]. — Our Chapter is in a 
"live" condition, and has done some systematic 
work in botany and entomology. We classify all 
our work, and keep full reports of what each mem- 
ber accomplishes. We should like to correspond 
with other Chapters. — G. F. Whittemore, Pres. 



507, Tonawanda, N. Y., [A]. — We have gained 
three members, and now have thirteen. We have 
held thirty-four meetings, and have given one suc- 
cessful public entertainment. Our President is Mr. 
J. O. Wilson. — Bettie Fisher, Sec. 



523, Madison, So. Dakota, [A].— We now have 
twenty-four active members. We meet every week, 
with good attendance. We appoint three or faur 
members to read papers at each meeting. Mr. 
Yoder gives us lessons in botany and zoology. We 
have made two expeditions — one to Lake Madison 
and one to Lake Herman. We have a case for 
minerals and about sixty specimens. We have also 
begun a collection of insects, and one of birds' eggs. 
We have opened one Indian mound, under Mr. 
Yoder"s direction, and obtained good specimens of 
beads, arrow-heads, etc. — G. Murray, Sec. 

565, Waseca, Wis., [A]. — Two of our members 
are taking Prof. Guttenberg's course in mineralogy. 
Another has gathered 150 sets of eggs. The Cas- 
pian tern was noted here last spring for the first 
time. — J. F. Murphy, Sec. 

577, Barton, Ross, England, [A]. — The subject 
at present taken up is entomology, and we are 
making collections of lepidoptera, coleoptera, and 
hymenoptera. The Chapter has the advantage 01 
owning a very good microscope. All the members 
beg to send their best wishes to the A. A., and 
to record their hearty appreciation of the good work 
it is doing. — Frances Maclean, Pres. 



ORIGINAL OBSERVATIONS. 

25S. Flight of a Hum.mino-Bird. — May 17, in 
my garden, I saw a humming-bird describe several 
times the following curve : 



Many of the foregoing reports have been 
unavoidably delayed, and appear out of their 
regular order ; but they are too good to lose, 
and are much better late than never. Reports 
from the Third Century (Chapters 201-300) 
should reach the President by March 1 . 



STOP 




VERY TAST 



At the lower part of the curve, I could not see 
him, for his swiftness, and he was then making a 
very loud humming noise. — G. H. Claybrooke, 
Santa Monica, Cal. 



[Written for "The Out.Door World."] 

MOLE CRICKETS. 

BY S. L. CLAYES, 
Of the Agit»8iz Association. 

Running the share deeply into the earth, what is 
this that the ploughman has turned up, in this old- 
world garden, lying in the village of Bresselsleigh, 
which is quite in the heart of Merry England.' 
Something which, surely, our American eyes have 
never seen before. A queer creature, about two 
inches long, of a velvety-brown color, its body 
divided into three portions. After a closer look, we 
observe that its center is of a somewhat grayish 
tint. Two wings spring from the hinder part; each 
lengthens into a sort of fillet that stretches far 
beyond the short wing-covers, reaching, in fact, 
quite to the end of the body. 

But the most noticeable things of all about the 
stranger are its two wonderful fore-legs. These are 
enormously large and strong, far more so than its 
other legs, (which are themselves of no contempti- 
ble size), and gradually broaden at their ends into 
something resembling a hand, terminating in five 
short, strong fingers, — or, perhaps, claws may be 
a more nearly accurate name by which to call them. 
Of these claws, one is star-shaped. It must be that 
this is that curious creature, the English mole 
cricket, we think; and we do not wonder that it is 
so named, for the insect, while very like a cricket, 
also bears, in some respects, a close personal resem- 
blance to the mole. Especially is this true of these 
digging feet, which seem to be as distinctly out of 
proportion to the rest of its body, as would the 
brawny wrist and hand of a laboring man if it was 
seen protruding from the little dress-sleeve of a two- 
year-old child. But these stout, broad feet are 
almost precisely like those of a mole. 

The mole crickets live under ground, and seldom 
emerge into the open air; indeed, one may say they 
never do so, except at night and during fine, dry 
weather. With their strong fore-feet, with which 
they can work even more expeditiously than the 
mole, they dig for themselves burrows in the earth, 
fashioned into galleries leading from a central 
chamber, and communicating with the upper air by 
a small aperture. Although the little creature pre- 
fers to work in a soil composed of loose sand, and 
her tunnels are only about one-fourth of an inch in 
diameter, she manages to finish them very smoothly 
upon the inside. Her central chamber — which is 
not lar from the size of a couple of hazel-nuts, and 
used as a living and sleeping-room — is not designed 
to serve as a cool and shady residence during the 
warm weather alone. It is sunk deep enough down 
to be but slightly affected by any sudden change of 
temperature, and here our little friend retires when 
winter comes, and falls into that long, death-like 



sleep which is so common among insects, and is 
possible even to some among the higher organisms 
of our globe. 

In this cell she passes the greater part of her life 
quite alone, for mole crickets are not gregarious, or > 
even pairing, but are solitary creatures, each one 
setting up for him or herself a separate establish- 
ment, with chambers arid galleries all complete, and 
meeting with their kind only when they go out to 
take the air above ground. Even in these rare 
gatherings they do not seem to be a harmonious 
little people. The males often fight each other to 
the death, the conqueror celebrating the victory by 
eating up bodily all that is left of his vanquished 
foe. But. although cannibals upon occasion, and 
capable of subsisting for months even on animal 
food, the mole cricket is really a vegetable-eater. 
Its ordinary diet is the roots of plants, and in some 
places it becomes a true pest, through the damage 
it does to crops, and even grass and flowers, by 
feeding upon their roots. 

In the evenings and nights toward the end of 
spring and beginning of summer, the mole cricket 
sounds his love-making song. His chirp, which is 
somewhat softer in its shrillness and more musical 
than that of the domestic cricket, is supposed to be 
produced in precisely the same way, that is, by the 
friction of the wing-sheaths ; indeed, the sound has 
been made artificially by rubbing together those of 
a newly-killed insect. This song, which is truly a 
rather dull, jarring sort of music, has gained for the 
mole cricket a good many popular names. In some 
parts of England it is known as churr-worm, in 
others as jarr-worm, and again as eve-churr, and as 
croaker. For another of its names — that of earth- 
crab — it is indebted to the hard, shelly covering of 
its limbs and body. 

The female lays her eggs in the spring. They are 
about the size of a sugared caraway seed, and are in 
color of a grayish-yellow. Each insect lays from 
one hundred to four hundred. The mother builds 
a special chamber for their reception, which in size 
and shape is very much like a hen's egg longitudi- 
nally cut in Iialf. This apartment, while placed 
quite near the surface of the ground, that it may 
benefit by the warmth of the sun's rays, is most 
carefully guarded. It is entered by a complicated 
system of winding galleries that .surround it on all 
sidts. It is also strengthened by fortifications and 
entrenchments, while circling the whole is a ditch 
of such size that few insects are capable of passing it. 

The mother is devoted in her care of her young. 
There is a species of black beetle which is one of 
her most dreaded and dangerous enemies, and 
which often succeeds in destroying her little ones in 
great numbers. She watches this creature with the 
greatest care, placing herself near the entrance of 
her nest, and when the beetle has fairly got inside 
it, this cunning guardian jumps upon it from behind, 
seizes it, and fairly bites it in two. The young 
ones live together for a considerable time, under 
their mother's care in the home which she has pre- 
pared for them. They are very active little creatures, 
in both the larva and pupa states, running about in 
all directions. • 

The mole cricket is always exquisitely neat and 
clean in its own person, both to the eye and touch, 
notwithstanding its earthy abode and its continuous 
labors in the way of burrowing in th. soil to the end 
of building and fortifying its dwellings and nur- 
reries. The cause of its exemption from impurity 
lies in a fine down that covers its skin, and, while 
adding to its beauty by giving it a soft, velvet-like 
texture, also eflectively prevents the adhesion to it 
of the earth in which the little creature spends so . 
great a part of its life in w orking. 



Vol. XXIV. No. 3.] 



POPULAR SCIEIS'GE NEWS. 



J- 



25 



Slje Popular Science I^ews. 



BOSTON, FEBRUARY i, 1890. 



AUSTIN P. NICHOLS, S3., . 
WILLIAM J. ROLFE, LiTT.D., 



.... SiHtor. 
Attodate Editor. 



The principal object of scientific — and pop- 
ular — interest the past month has been the so- 
called Russian influenza, or "la grippe," 
which has overspread a large portion of the 
country, and numbered its victims by the 
thousands if not millions. There is really no 
explanation to be given of this remarkable 
epidemic, and the symptoms and general 
details of an attack are doubtless sadly familiar 
to most of our readers. There is some rea- 
son to doubt whether the present epidemic is 
really the true European disease, or a native 
production occurring coincidently with it. 
The first cases reported in this country, 
occurred almost simultaneously with the 
European ones, and it seems impossible that 
the infection could have crossed the ocean in 
so short a time. The first cases in this city 
occurred in the county jail — perhaps the most 
unlikely place in the whole city for an im- 
ported epidemic to make its first appearance. 
It is also stated that the United States war- 
ships encountered it in mid-ocean on their 
way to Europe, and that their crews were 
aflTected by it. We are afraid, however, that 
this entertaining yarn was spun for the benefit 
of the "marines." Whatever its source, the 
mild and harmless type of the disease is a 
matter for thankfulness, and, in spite of the 
persistent and reprehensible sensationalism of 
the daily press in regard to the matter, seri- 
ous or dangerous cases have been extremely 
rare. 



The phenomenal weather of the present 
season is amply sufficient to account for the 
epidemic, even if a similar disease had not 
appeared in Europe. Up to the time of writ- 
ing (Jaiuiary 15th) there has been neither ice, 
snow, nor frost of any consequence, and the 
weather of last winter has been exactly re- 
peated. Two such unusually mild winters 
occuring consecutively, have never been 
recorded before, and the etfect of the unsea- 
sonable warmth must be very injurious to the 
public health, not to mention the possibility 
of a total failure of the ice-crop, the harvest- 
ing of which is such an important New 
England industrv. 



The cause of this unusual mild weather is 
hard to explain. Of course the direct csiuse 
is the prevalence of warm southwesterly 
winds, and the absence of the cold northwest- 
erly gales which usually blow during the 
winter months ; but what determines the pre- 
valence of one wind over another is at present 
outside the limit of our knowledge. The 
story has gone the rounds of the press that 



the Gulf Stream has been deflected from its 
course and approached nearer to our coasts, 
but such a deflection would have but very 
little effect upon the climate of the sea-board, 
and none at all upon that of the interior of the 
country. Both our warm and cold winds 
blow towards the ocean, and not from it. 
Besides, it is not true that the Gulf Stream has 
changed its course, and no observations have 
been made which would indicate that it is flow- 
ing in any other than its usual direction. We 
have heard this Gulf Stream theory advanced 
to explain unusually warm weather for the 
last twenty years, and never with any more 
basis of fact than at the present time. There 
is not the slightest reason to believe that any 
permanent change of climate is taking place, 
and the average temperature for any long 
period of years always remains about the 
same. 



M. MoissAN, who isolated the element 
fluorine a few years ago, has succeeded in 
forming an anhydrous platinum bi-fluoride 
(Pt Flj), by passing a current of fluorine gas 
over a bundle of platinum wires heated to 
dull redness in a tube of fluor-spar. At a 
bright red heat the compound is decomposed, 
and the reaction gives a comparatively easy 
method of obtaining fluorine. Very curiously, 
a dilute solution of platinum bi-fluoride in 
water may be kept for a few iniiuites with- 
out decomposition. Soon, however, it breaks 
up into hydrated platinic oxide, and hydro- 
fluoric acid. An analogous compound of 
fluorine and gold has also been obtained. 



Professor Simon, of Johns Hopkins 
University, has been investigating the peculiar 
power possessed by a young boy in Baltimore,' 
of causing heavy objects to adhere to his 
fingers, when closely pressed upon them. 
The nature of the substance is of no conse- 
quence, but the adhesive power is greatest 
when they possess a clean, dry, and smooth 
surface. For this reason, the best results are 
obtained with glass and polished metals. A 
maximum weight of about five pounds has 
been lifted in this mysterious manner. The 
adhesive power is quite variable and uncertain 
in its action, and a careful microscopical 
examination of the boy's fingers shows no 
unusual or abnormal structure of the skin. 
Professor Simon, while admitting his inability 
to fully explain the phenomena, which he 
describes at length in a recent number of 
Science, considers that they are due prin- 
cipally to atmospheric pressure, and notes 
several circumstances connected with their 
manifestations which tend to confirm that 
theory of their cause. 



It has recently been discovered that sulphate 
of quinine possesses the power of rendering 
light non-actinic, and that a plate of white 
ground glass, which has been covered with a 



strong solution and allowed to dry, may be 
used in the photographic lantern instead of 
that of the ordinary ruby color. We have 
recently seen a bromide print developed by 
the non-actinic white light produced in this 
manner, which was perfect in every way and 
did not show the slightest trace of fogging. 
If future trials show the method to be a practi- 
cal one, the use of red light in photography 
will become a thing of the past. We shall be 
glad to hear from any of our readers who 
may make a trial of this peculiar property of 
the hitherto exclusively medicinal alkaloid. 

»*v 

Some genius out in Indiana announces that 
he has discovered a process of condensing and 
solidifying natural gas, so that it can be 
handled like coal, and that with the aid of a 
ten-horse-power engine he can reduce enough 
gas in one day to supply a city of fifty thous- 
and inhabitants with fuel for twenty-four 
hours. The readers of the Science News 
will hardly need to be reminded that this is 
an impossible achievement. The composition 
of natural gas is perfectly well known, and 
although it is possible by expensive and com- 
plicated apparatus to temporarily liquefy a 
a few grains of any gas, yet the process costs 
many thousand times its fuel-value, to say 
nothing of the fact that as soon as the exces- 
sive pressure and cold employed in the pro- 
cess are removed, the gas returns at once to 
its normal condition. The supply of scientific 
humbugs is unceasing, and vve often wonder 
what will be the next manifestation in that 
direction. 



Some experiments recently made by Mr. 
Baynes Thomson, upon the deviation of a 
pendulum when brougiit near to another 
body, lead him to believe that the generally- 
accepted theory of a mutual attraction of 
gravitation between all masses of matter is 
incorrect, and that the tendency of bodies to 
approach each other must be explained on 
other grounds than that of an inherent attractive 
property. He suggests that the position of 
two bodies in relation to each other is the 
determining fiictor, in that they screen each 
other from the bombardment of the molecules 
of the ether. This revolutionary theory is 
hardly to be accepted without further evidence. 
An inherent attractive force in matter is not a 
very satisfactory hypothesis to account for the 
phenomena of gravitation, but it is certainly 
more rational than an assumel bombardment 
of the supposed molecules of a hypothetical 
ether, the actual existence of which has never 
been proved. 



OLD PROVERBS FROM A SCIEN- 
TIFIC STANDPOINT. 
There is much true wisdom and scientific 
observation embodied in many popular 
beliefs and sayings, even when the logical con- 
nections between the premises and conclu- 



26 



POPULAR SCIEIYCE ITEWS. 



[February, 1890. 



sions is not at first sight evident. For 
instance, it was believed for many years that 
the presence of barberry-bushes in the neigh- 
borhood of a wheat-field had an unfavorable 
effect upon the crop. This was always con- 
sidered an agricultural superstition until it 
was found, that, in one stage of its existence, 
a fungus very destructive to wheat, takes up 
its lodgment on the barberry-bush, forming 
the curious growth known as the "cluster- 
cups." 

Sayings in regard to the weather are very 
abundant, and, although in many cases, such 
as the alleged influence of the moon, they 
have no basis in fact, in others they are really 
dependent upon well-known meteorological 
laws. Many of the "weather proverbs" have 
descended to us from our English ancestors, 
and are not applicable to the climatic condi- 
tions of the western world. Among these 
are the dread of east winds, which in England 
are cold, dry winds, blowing from the large 
areas of land lying to the east, forming 
the countries of Russia and Siberia, while 
with us the east wind is a moist sea breeze, 
and rarely or never has a temperature much 
below the freezing-point. 

A very reliable sign of stormy weather is 
when the sun rises clear and shortly goes into 
a cloud. This indicates the presence of rap- 
idlv condensing moisture in the atmosphere, 
which is likely to soon fall as rain. A lurid 
color of the sky at sunrise, halos around the 
sun and moon, "a rainbow in the morning," 
and the "sun drawing water" are due to the 
same cause, and are all omens of stormy 
weather. 

The belief that if "it clears off in the night" 
the fair weather will not continue, has, appar- 
ently, no basis in fact, and as far as our obser- 
vations go is by no means correct. Fair 
weather seems to be as likely to come at one 
period of the twenty-four hours as another. 

Sailors say that if a storm clears with the 
wind "backing round" to the north, another 
storm will immediately follow. This can 
be probably explained by the fact that when 
the center of a cyclone or rotary storm passes 
over any point, there is a temporarv calm, 
after which the wind commences to blow 
from the opposite direction. This sign, how- 
ever, like manj' others, is by no means infal- 
lible. 

When the water in the tea-kettle boils away 
rapidly a storm is said to be near at hand. It is 
true that the low atmospheric pressure preced- 
ing a storm would slightly lower the boiling- 
point of water, but we do not believe that the 
effect would be appreciable. It seems more 
likely that in this case the common belief is: 
founded more upon theoretical than practical 
considerations. 

The saying that "a green Christmas makes 
a fat churchyard" is a popular recognition of 
the unhealthfulness of a warm, open winter. 
Unseasonable weather of any sort has an 



unfavorable efiect upon the system, and the 
ennervating effect of a high temperature in 
winter, when the usual cold, bracing weather 
is to be expected, is very marked. 

On Candlemas day (February 2) the wood- 
chuck is said to come out of his hole and 
look around to see if his body casts a shadow. 
If it does, he goes back for a longer sleep, but 
if the sky is clouded he knows that winter is 
over, and does not return to his former quar- 
ters. We are afraid that in New England 
the woodchuck must very often consider him- 
self a victim of misplaced confidence, but 
the belief may have arisen from certain 
weather observations, showing that clear and 
cold weather about that date was likely to 
continue, and that storm and rain indicated 
a more or less early breaking up of winter. 

As to the January thaw, the Indian sum- 
mer, the equinoctial storm, and the dog-days, 
they have no existence whatever as definite 
meteorological phenomena. One might as 
well speak of i/ie January snow-storm, as to 
consider any particular period of mild 
weather in that month a special and regular 
occurrence. These periods of hot, cold, or 
stormy weather, may occur at any time within 
their appropriate seasons, but do not recur in 
successive years with any regularity what- 
ever, and they can only be foretold on the 
principle of the old-fasiiioned almanacs, 
whose predictions of a — storm — may — be — 
expected — about — this — time, extended over 
an entire month. 

As to the influence of the changes of the 
moon, the spots on the sun, the markings of 
the breast-bone of a goose, and many other 
similar signs and wonders, upon the changes 
of the weather, or other terrestrial phenom- 
ena, they must be considered as superstitions 
pure aiul simple, without any basis whatever, 
either in scientific theory or actual fact. It is 
remarkable how much faith ordinarily intelli- 
gent people will place on these signs, which 
every day experience shows to be utterly un- 
reliable, and it can only be accounted for by 
the fact that the failures are quickly forgotten, 
while the occasional coincidences are care- 
fully remembered and handed down to suc- 
ceeding generations. The natural forces and 
laws governing the weather are entirely irreg- 
ular in their action, and there is no possible 
way in which the state of the weather can be 
predicted for more than forty-eight hours in 
advance, and even for that length of time the 
conspicuous failures of the government "in- 
dications" show how little is really known 
about the matter and how suddenly the con- 
ditions governing meteorological phenomena 
may change the manner of their manifestation. 



the front, it presented no unusual appearance, 
but, when placed before a large mirror, the 
reflection from the back of the statue showed 
the image of Marguerite's lover, Faust, 
standing, apparently, just behind her. 

This remarkable effect was obtained by 
ingeniously carving the features and figure of 
Faust in the back of the original statue. The 
face was formed by the hair of the statue, and 
the same arms answered for both figures, in 
one case being held in front, and in the other 




crossed behind the back. The folds of the 
robe of Marguerite at the back were modelled 
so as to form the figure of I'''aust, and it is to 
be noted that the illusion was only perfect 
when viewed in a mirror. If the back of the 
statue was observed directly, the secondary 
figure was not so evident. The statue is a 
most remarkable example of the sculptor's 
art, and indicates an unusual amount of artis- 
tic and mechanical talent. 



A DOUBLE STATUE. 
Among the curiosities at the Paris Exposi- 
tion was a statue representing the legendary 
German heroine Marguerite. Viewed from 



[Speciiil Correspondence oi Popular Scifwe Ncws.\ 

PARIS LETTER. 
Scientific travellers are the lions of the day, and 
much interest is exhibited in the results of the vari- 
ous expeditions conducted in the heart of the black 
continent by different. travellers. Stanley brings us 
the results of three gears' experience, and, although 
he has been enabled to accomplish his journey 
under the most favorable circumstances and with 
the best equipment which could be provided, he 
still deserves much credit for his courage. When, 
however, he speaks of continuing Livingstone's 
work in Africa, he excites some wonder among 
those who know the moral character of the great 
pioneer of civilization in Africa, and have been able 
to see how very much the temper of both men are 
dissemblant. Unfortunate Camille Uouls, a verv 
young African explorer, has just met with his end. 
Captain Binger has just returned from his excursion 
on the Niger, and brings back many important 
facts; on the other hand. Captain Trivier, a jour- 
nalist and traveller, has, alone, and without any 
army of men and luggage, achieved a very hand- 
some feat, crossing Africa from west to east in 
less than a year, from Congo State to Mozambique, 
after crossing the lake region, which he found to be 



Vol. XXIV. No. 2.] 



POPULAE SCIEN"CE NEW?5. 



27 



much agitated in consequence of Stanley's recent 
passage with liis army. All these travellers will 
surely, Fmin Pasha being the most prominent, give 
us a large amount of information concerning the 
numerous terras incognitas of the old African conti- 
nent. All Europe is looking to this part of the 
world, and most nations are struggling to secure 
the largest and best part of the cake. Concerning 
the •' cake," we must remind our readers that a very 
successful African explorer. Captain Victor Girand 
of the French navy, has just published a book 
which is full of information as to the lake region of 
Africa. He visited the lakes in 1883-1885, and has 
summed up his experiences in a very interesting 
work, where information and adventure are mixed 
in a very palatable manner, and filled with very 
good engravings. M. Girand's (Les Lacsde I'Afrique 
Equatoriole, Hachette) meets with a large success, 
in consequence of the interest which belongs to all 
works pertaining to Africa. Concerning travels, 
we have two good works ; the one by A. Mellion, 
on the Deserts of Mongolia, Arabia, Africa, and 
South America (/,e />sert),and the other by Capus, 
on the Pamir region (/,« toU du Monde.) I merely 
mention these books, both of which are very valu- 
able to geographic and general readers. 

.\n interesting experiment has been made in 
Paris during the exhibition. It is known that a 
special pavilion was devoted to ostreiculture and 
pisciculture, and that a large number of marine 
animals were kept in life during the exhibition, not- 
withstanding the temperature. In 1878, the same 
thing had been done, but the expenses for sea-water 
brought by rail from the Channel, were enormous: 
they reached some ten thousand dollars, and in 
1S89 it was decided that unless some cheaper process 
could be invented, the marine exhibition should not 
be attempted. So experiments were maile to con- 
coct an arlifical sea-water, and they met with full 
success. The water was made as follows: In 3000 
litres of river-water, were dissolved 79 kilogrammes 
of chloride of sodium, 11 of chloride of magnesium, 
3 of chloride of potassium, 5 of sulphate of magne- 
sium, and 2 of sulphate of calcium, — sum total, 100 
kilogrammes of the different salts for 3cxx) litres of 
water. The whole expense did not exceed four 
hundred dollars, and the result was quite as satis- 
factory as if real sea-water had been used. 

The agricultural exhibit of the United States 
attracted a great deal of attention from the part of 
specialists here, and many were most enthusiastic 
over it. Among these persons, and among those 
who are most competent and well fitted for 
delivering a competent opinion, is M. Grandeau, 
whose name is certainly well known to the United 
States agricultural delegates. M. Grandeau, in his 
recently published fourth volume of the Etudea Ay- 
rononiiijues, which he regularly issues at this time 
of the year, devotes the largest part of his book to 
the agricultural exhibitions of the United States and 
of the other countries, and the American agricul- 
turists will certainly have much pleasure in reading 
M. Grandeau's papers and comments, and will de- 
rive therefrom much benefit. Being well read on 
foreign agriculture, M. Grandeau already perceives 
how much remains to be done in France to secure 
better crops, and how much must be done to teach 
the agriculturists, especially the small farmers, that 
their ways are erroneous and must be altered in 
conformity to the discoveries of science. M. Gran- 
deau has done a great deal in this useful line, and is 
now begining a series of publications on the matter; 
cheap and clearly written papers, untechnical, and 
easy of comprehension for the average, and rather 
dull brain of the small farmer and peasant. The 
I'etite Encyclopidie Agricole meets a positive demand. 
During the latter part of December, Paris, as well 



as the remainder of France and a greater part ' of the needle. The wind freshened after dark, and 
of Europe, has been visited by an epidemic of , by midnight was blowing a hurricane from the S. S. 
generally mild character, a sort of influenza, which ; E., which lasted for several hourf , the wind hauling 
spread everywhere and upon almost everybody. In from the S. S. E. to the N. W. through the W. 
some cases the disease has been fatal, when it came The squalls were fierce and incessant, striking the 
upon persons of weak disposition; in some cases it water with such fury that the whole surface of the 
has assumed a very marked malignant character, , ocean seemed to be lifted up and flung on to the 



killing generally through pneumonia. Is there 
some microbe underlying the disease? It seems 
likely enough, judging from the symptoms and ex- 
tension of the disease. At all events, the spreading 



land in clouds of spray. Houses shook, windows 
and doors were blown in, trees and plants uprooted 
and broken, and leaves torn off or left hanging in 
ribbons; and, as no rain fell to wash" away the salt. 



of the influenza — if it really is influenza — has been i every green thing was burned or scorched, and the 



much favored by the mild and unhealthy tempera- 
ture at the end of the year, which has followed the 
brisk frosts of the end of November. 

Concerning microbes, I wish to say a word of an 
interesting experiment recently conducted by M. 
Charrin. This distinguished young bacteriologist 
has shown that if blood serum of a normal animal 



whole island on the nth looked as if a fierce fire had 
swept over it in the night. 

The above account of this storm, which occurred 
at nearly the same date with similar ones all around 
the globe, was given me by Miss Alice Dabney, of 
Fayal, who witnessed it all. Rgaching Fayal Oct. 
1st, it has been exceedingly interesting to observe 



and of a vaccinated animal be used for the purpose | the results of the violent defoliation of vegetation 



of cultivating the bacillus of the disease (pyocyanic 
disease in M. Charrin's experiments) a very marked 
difference is noticed in the behavior of the two cul- 
tures. In the serum of the vaccinated animal, the 



by the salt spray. After a brief rest, most of the 
plants seemed to recover from their surprise, and 
began to push new leaves ; but they seemed unable 
to stop there, for many, forgetting it was winter. 



development of the bacillus is much more difficult went on to develop new shoots and flowers, and soon 



and slow than in the serum of the non-vaccinated 
animal. It therefore seems that vaccination exerts 
some direct influence on the blood and renders it 
unfavorable to the life and growth of the bacillus. 
This fact is a very important one, and one may 
expect that the chemical study of the serum may fur- 
nish some facts which will help to account for the 
mechanism of immunity. 

Zoologists will be much interested in learning 
that the scientific results of the campaign of Prince 
Albert of Monaco are now being published in a 
series of very handsomely printed large quarto vol- 
umes. The Prince, it is known, has been for the 
past year engaged in the study of oceanic currents in 
the Northern Atlantic, and of the marine fauna of 
this part of the world. The results now obtained 
are numerous enough, and the publication is a 
timely one. The Prince is to prosecute his re- 
searches, and a steam yacht is being built for this 
purpose. 

Anatomical work seems to meet with much favor 
in France. Two important German treatises have 
recently been translated in French : Gegenbauer's 
Human Anatomy, and Krause's Human Anatomy. 
A third work is now being published on the subject 
by a Frenchman, Prof Debierre, of Lille. 

Prof Deslougchamps, a well known geologist of 
Caen, died a few days ago. The teaching of geology 
is going to be somewhat changed in the course of 
the next few years, as many aged professors are to 
retire and be replaced by younger men. The result 
will not prove unfavorable to science generally, 
as many of the present professors are too old to give 
much of their time to orginal work, and live on 
their past reputation. H. 

Paris, Dec. 24, 1889. 

_**, 

[Oriuiual in Popular Science Xewjt.] 
INTERESTING RESULTS OF DEFOLIATION 
OF PLANTS IN THE AZORES BY A 
CYCLONE. 

BY EDWARD G. HOWE. 

On the night of September lo-ii a severe cyclone 
•truck Fayal and the other islands belonging to the 

' central part of the Azorian group. The weather on 

: the loth had been unsettled, showery, and cloudy, 
but there was no indication of the approaching 
storm, beyond the falling of the barometer. The 
mercury continued to fall steadily throughout the 

I day, and, as night set in, it fell very rapidly — in an 
hour and a half dropping 30-100, finally reaching 

i 29.19°, >>hen several persons noticed the quivering 



set fruit. The new- leaves seemed normal in shape 
and texture, but pale and small, frequently only in 
tufts at the ends of the branches. The blossoms — 
which, added to the usual blooms of the season, 
made the gardens very delightful — were often re- 
markably fine and numerous, but seemed to lack 
substance, fading soon when gathered nnd dropping 
early without setting fruit, although bees, butter- 
flies, and moths seemed numerous enough for those 
needing aid in fertilization. But while this was 
true of individual blossoms, the process seemed so 
hampered by the unprepared state of the plants, that 
new blossoms have continued to struggle along for 
sixty days. Notable examples of this have been the 
judas-tree, peach, apple, grape, eucalyptus, and 
paulownia. Should anyone desire further details, I 
shall be happy to furnish them on application. 
Fayal, Azores, Nov. 30, 1S89. 



[SpcciiiUy Observed for rnpular Science Xtwit.] 

METEOROLOGY FOR DECE.MBER, 18S9, 
WITH REVIEW OF THE YEAR. 

TB&>:'ERATUKE. 



AVBRAOE TlIEHMOMKTKR. 



-M 7 A. M 32.SI' 

At a I'. M 4' .8;" 

At 9 p. M 35.74* 

Whole Month .... 36.81* 



Lowest, I Highest. Range. 



53- 
61* 



Last 19 Decembers 



33.97* 



S 21. i9* 

j in 1S76. 



36.81* 
in iS8o. 



Year iSSy S0.4.*' 

Last ly Years .... 47.66* j 



i-H \ 89* j.io 



j 45-15 
i in 1S75. 



in 1SS9. 



S' 



'S-5»" 



9'' 

5 ■2;' 



The present December has been a remarkable 
month, being the warmest on my record for the last 
nineteen years; and the year, also, has been a 
remarkable year, being the warmest during the 
same period, as shown in the above table. The 
lowest point reached by the mercury the last month 
was lo*^ ajjove zero, on the 4th, and this was also 
the coldest day, with an average of 14°. The 14th 
and 15th were the next coldest, each averaging 22°. 
The highest point reached was 6i", on Christmas 
day, making an unusually warm Christmas, with an 
average of 51-33°. The 9th was the warmest day of 
the month, averaging 53°. Eight days toward the 
close of the month — 19th to 26th — averaged 42.33°, 
ranging from 30° to 61°, and fell below the freezing- 
point but twice, at the hours of observation, — and 
this approaching mid-winter I The entire month 



28 



POPULAR SCIEN'CE NEWS. 



[February, 1890. 



I 



was 7.84° above the average in the last nineteen | 
Decembers, and only 1.77° below the average of 
November, while the average difference between 
these two months is 951°. Five Novembers in 
nineteen vears have been colder than the present 
December. 

The temperature of the entire year was 2.76° 
above the average of the last nineteen years, which 
is an excess equivalent to 1007. 4*^ during the year. 
The lowest point reached during the last year was 
— 2°, February 24th, and the highest 89°, May loth. 
The lowest point in nineteen years was — 20°, Janu- 
ary 30th, 1873, and the highest 95'-', July 4th, 1S73, — 
a range of uj°. The lowest yearly range was 84°, 
in 1S77, and the highest 113'^, in 1873. 

SKY. 

The face of the sliy the last month, in 93 observa- 
tions, gave 50 fair, 16 cloudy, iS overcast, 6 rainy, 
and 3 snowy, — a percentage of 53.8 fair, while the 
average fair in nineteen Decembers has been just 
50, with extremes of 40.9 in 1887, and 75 3 in 1877. 
Only two Decembers have been moro fair than the 
present, though several have been nearly the same. 
The mornings of the nth and 19th were noted 
foggy. The last half of the month was generally 
fine and warm — more like autumn or spring than 
winter. "What remarkable weather for the sea- 
son," was a frequent observation. On the morning 
of the 27th, at about 3 o'clock, a beautiful aurora 
was noticed in the northeast, resembling, however, 
more the break of day than the ordinary northern 
lights, as it was a steady light, destitute of stream- 
ers, extending four or five points in the horizon, 
and rising 25° to 30° upward, and gradually shading 
off into the blue sky. It continued for an hour or 
more. 

It will be seen by the table below tliat the entire 
year has been less fair, and, con.sequently, more 
cloudy, than usual, and that this cloudiness extended 
through the year, except the three winter months. 
Two of these months — January and December- 
were remarkably warm, and nearly destitute of 
snow. 

PRECIl'IlATION. 

The amount of precipitation the past month, 
including about 5 inches of snow melted, was 2.97 
inches, wliile the average amount during the last 
twenty-one Decembers has been 3.96, with extremes 
of 73 in 1875, and 7. 89 in 18S4. The precipitation 
came in small quantities, principally on nine differ- 
ent days, well distributed. The first snow of the 
season fell on the 3d — only about half an inch. On 
the 14th about 4'!! inches f.-U, giving two days of 
very imperfect sleighing. On the i8th the snow 
had entirely disappeared, and so continues until the 
present. The ground has much of the time been so 
free from frost, that plowing and other farm work 
need not be hindered. 

Th^ amount of precipitation the last year has 
been 57 32 inches, while the average yearly amount 
for twenty-one years has been 47.11, with the 
remarkable extremes of only 32.26 inches in 1883, 
and 64 40 in 1888, — a range of 32.14 inches. The 
amount of the present year has been exceeded but 
twice in twenty-one years — in 1878 and 1888. The 
amount of snowfall the past year has been remark- 
ably small, only 17V2 inches, and this fell entirely 
on the first three and last months of the year. 

PRESSURE. 

The average pressure the last month was 30.068 
inches, with extremes of 29.30 on the 26th, and 
30.75 on the 31st, — a range of 1.45 inches. The 
average for the last sixteen Decembers has been 
29.959 inches, with extremes of 29 804 in 1876, and 
30.073 in 1879, — a range of .269 inch. The sum of 
the daily variations was 8.86 inches, giving an 



average daily movement of .286 inch, while this 
average the last sixteen Decembers has been .263, 
with extrenies of .190 and .329. The largest daily 
movements w-ere .53 on the 25th, and .52 on the 
nth, downward, and .50 on the 27th and 30th, 
upward ; on four other days the movements were 
.42 to .46, showing large barometric waves. The 
month closed with a very high barometer, 30 75, the 
highest point, with one exception, in sixteen years. 
December i, 1887, it reached 3080. The lowest 
point rtached during this period was 28. 70, in 
November, 1873, — a range of 2.10 inches. The 
mercury has fallen below 29 inehes but five times in 
sixteen years. 

The average yearly pressure in sixteen years has 
been 29 948 inches, with extremes of 29.891 in 1880, 
and 29.993 in 1883, — a range of .102 inch. The 
average daily movement in the sixteen years has 
been .184 inch, with extremes of .158 in 1877, and 
.2n in 1887. 



1 

Direction of the Winds, com- 
bined from 8 Points. 


f 


'—■ V- '-^ 'O ""«- '^ "tT 'ov ">o "« "n '•»■ 
^ \n xn '» Nin— ^— f^vj 
'10 %. % ":? 00 t^ V V) So V- w^ % 


. 1 

1 




ZZ^izZ.'i'nuiZZ^Z 




Hi's K!S>!S?"5~S-S^3:^S- 
°5 V ft °i- ■'■ "8 "S" 1:? "'^ r V "2- 


i 

c 


'q 


+ +|-|-|-f--f-l--f -f-l- 


4- 


f 




i 

8- 


NO 






u 

c 

a ' 

a 



i 




3;-ffS'!f£-S"8.S,CifS!8; 

roNo'dddwioMoJo 

+ 1 1 l-l-l-t--f-l-l-fl 


6 

-f 


t 


00 P» ^«JfO(<! dv^"^roiO« 


5; 






i 







q q\q»o- "^m^*:^ «*-o«5 

+ + \ 1 iTTiTTT-i- 


1 


f 


q i;.q\D\q « ^'^", C)\«oo 

t^d rJ)ir)— ' fi — ^ — J N ^ 


CO 


i 


<4-r>.— — "(}-c5 — (^M^d -^ 




i 


le" 

a 




-f- 


f 






i 
0. 












& 


Ji, -j:. S < s S. ^ <: rf, y. a 



The direction of the wind, in 93 observations, the 
last month gave 14 N., o S., 4 E., 28 W., 8 N. E., 
25 N. W., 2 S. E., and 12 S. W., — an excess of 33 
northerly and 51 westerly over the southerly and 
easterly, and indicating the average direction to 
have been W. 32° 54' N. The westerly winds in 
December have uniformly prevailed over the east- 
erly for the last twenty years, by an average of 
54.95 observations, and the northerly over the 



southerly, with two exceptions, by an average of 
19 40, — thus indicating the approximate general 
average of December to be W. 19° 27' N., and show- 
ing the direction of the past month to have been 
13° 27' more northerly than usual. The relative 
progressive distance travelled by the wind the past 
month was 60.74 units, and during the last twenty 
Decembers 1,166 such units, an average of 58.30, — 
showing less opposing winds than usual for De- 
cember. 

The direction of the wind, observed three times 
daily for twenty years, five being leap years, has 
required 21,915 observations, distributed as follows: 
2,599 N., 1,606 S., 1,867 E., 5,192 W., 1,716 N.E., 
4,073 N. W., 722 S. E., and 4,140 S. W.,— giving an 
excess of 1,920 northerly and 9,100 westerly over the 
southerly an"d easterly, and indicating, approxi- 
mately, the grand average direction of all the 
months for twenty years to have been W. 11° 55' N., 
or almost exactly one point N., or, as sailors would 
say, " W. by N." 

The accompanying table is worthy of careful ex- 
amination, as it contains the combined results of 
over 75,000 observations, carefully computed and 
clearly arranged. These observations have become 
so numerous that the averages now secured give 
quite a reliable standard of the weather for this 
locality, in regard to the five aspects observed. The 
unusual high temperature for the last year, e. g., 
raised the general average only sixteen hundredths 
of a degree. So in regard to the other divisions. 
The table is sufficiently clear without further expla- 
nation. D. W. 

Natick, Jan. 8, 1S90. 



[Specially Computed for Populxr Sctetice A'««w.] 

ASTRONOMICAL PHENOMENA FOR 
FEBRUARY, iSyo. 
MiiRruRY is a morning star throughout ihe 
month, and is far enough away from the sun to be 
seen during most of the latter half of the month. 
It attains greatest western elongation on February 
23, and is then nearly 27° west of the sun; but, as it 
is at the same time nearly 10° south, it rises only 
about an hour and a quarter before the sun. Venus 
passes superior conjunction with the sun on Febru- 
ary 18, and changes from a morning to an evening 
star. It will remain an evening star for a little 
more than nine months, or until December 3, when 
it passes inferior conjunction and becomes a morn- 
ing star. During the month it will be too near the 
sun to be easily seen, and at the end will be only 3° 
distaht. Mars is getting into better position for 
observation. It is in quadrature w-ith the sun on 
February 9, and rises a little before i A. M. on Feb- 
ruary I, and just after midnight on February 28. It 
is moving eastward in the constellations Libra and 
Scorpio, and at the end of the month is only about 
2° west of .Ssto Scorpii. This distance will be still 
smaller in March, as the planet passes within 8' 
of the star. The actual distance in miles of the 
planet from the earth is rapidly diminishing. On 
February i it is I34,ooo,oo»; on February 28 it is 
109,000,000. At its nearest approach (on June 4) 
the distance will be about 48,000,000 — only about 
one-third of what it is on Februarv i. Tupiter is 
now a morning star, and rises about an hour before 
the sun on February i and about an hour and three- 
quarters before on February 28. It is moving east- 
ward from the constellation Sagittarius into Capri- 
corn. Saturn is in the constellation Leo, and is in 
good position for observation. It is in opposition 
with the sun on February 18, and rises at 6h. 33m. 
P. M. on February i. At the end of the month it 
rises before sunset. During the month it moves 
westward about 2° toward the first magsitude star 
Regulus {Alpha Leonis), and at the end of the 



Vol. XXIV. No. 2.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEAVS. 



29 



month is about 2^ east of the star. Uranus is in the 
constellation Virgo, and is moving slowly westward. 
Neptune is in the constellation Taurus, and is in 
quadrature with the sun on the morning of Feb- 
ruary 20. 

Tin Consiellations. — The poiitiont given are for 
lo P. M. February 1,9?. M. February 15, and 8 P. 
M. Feb. 28. Gemini is near the zenith, the princi- 
pal stars, Castor and Pollux, being a little south and 
east. Canis Minor, with the first magnitude star 
Procyon, it on the meridian to the south ; and 
below that is Canis Major, with Sirius, the brightest 
of the fixed stars. Cancer is just east of Gemini, 
and Leo is about halfway from the eastern horizon 
to the zenith, while Virgo is just rising in the east. 
Ursa Major is high up in the northeast, and Bootes 
i» below it on the horizon. Ursa Minor and Draco 
lie principally to the east and below the pole star. 
Cassiopeia is in the northwest, about the same alti- 
tude as the pole star. Just west of the zenith is 
Auriga; below this and a little to the north of west 
is Perseus; and Andromeda is near the horizon, 
below Perseus. Taurus, with the groups of Pleiades 
and Hyades, is a little south of west, and below it 
are Aries and Pisces. Orion is about halfway be- 
tween Taurus and the southern meridian, the prin- 
cipal stars being at a little lower altitude than those 
of Taurus. M. 

L.\KE Forest, III., Jan. i, 1890. 



C^JESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 
Letters of inquiry should enclose a two-cent 
stamp, as well as the name and address of the wri- 
ter, which will not be published. 

Questions regarding the treatment of diseases 
cannot be answered in this column. 

G. R. A.., Missouri. — If water is cooled it contracts 
till a temperature of 39.2° is reached, and then 
expand.s to the freezing-point. Now if the resulting 
ice is cooled, does it contract, or continue to expand? 

Anstver. — After water is once frozen, the ice acts 
like any other solid body, and contracts as the tem- 
perature diminishes. 

G. B. D,, Cambridge. — How can sulphur be 
detected in spring water.' 

Answer. — A regular analysis is the only means of 
detecting small amounts, but the odor of sul- 
phuretted h.ydrogen gas — the usual form in which it 
occurs — is the best test for any appreciable quantity. 
This gas has a very offensive odor, similar to that 
of rotten eggs. Or, you may add a few drops of 
solution of acetate of lead, and note if a dark dis- 
coloration or precipitate is produced, indicating the 
presence of sulphur. These tests should be made at 
the spring, as the gas rapidly escapes from the 
water when exposed to the air. 

A. P. H., Maine. — Next to the diamond, what is 
the purest form of carbon .' 

Answer. — A well-made lampblack is almost chem- 
ically pure carbon, containing only a small quantity 
of hydrocarbon compounds. 

G. D. N., Alabama. — Can you give a formula cf 
cliemicals to be dissolved in water, and kept in 
bottles for the purpose of extinguishing fires.' 

Answer. — Common water is the best of all sub- 
stances for extinguishing fire, and the addition of 
chemicals adds very little to its efficiency. You can 
use common salt or alum in the water, but they will 
not be of much use. 

D. L. P., Boston. — Hydrogen gas is occasionally 
formed in steam and hot water radiators, from the 
decomposition of the water by the iron. The 
inflammable gas, which was blown out of the air- 
valve of your radiator, was doubtless due to that 
cause. 

B. J. C, Chicago. — Hydrogen gas has been lique- 
fied, but it requires a pressure of 10,000 pounds to 
the square inch, and a temperature of 220° below 
zero. It forms a blue liquid, which,- by the cold 
produced by its own evaporation, may be frozen for 
an instant, to a solid with a metallic lustre, thus con- 
firming the theory that hydrogen is a fai»«ou« m«t«l, 
just as morcury is a liqufd ont. 



LITERARY NOTES. 

The National Medical Dictionary , by John S. Bil- 
lings, A. M., M. D. Two volumes. Published 
by Lea Brothers & Co., Philadelphia. 
This most comprehensive work furnishes to stu- 
dents and practitioners of medicine a clear and con- 
cise definition of every medical term in current use 
in English, French, German, and Italian medical 
literature, including the Latin medical terminology. 
Dr. Billings has had the collaboration of numerous 
specialists, and the result has been the most com- 
plete work of the kind ever published, and one that 
will be of the greatest service to all persons con- 
nected with the medical profession. Numerous 
tables of food values, expectation of life, weights 
and measures, and many others, add to the value of 
the work. 

A Text-Book of Assaying, by C. & J. J. Beringer. 

Published by J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia. 

This text-book includes all the principal wet and 
dry methods of assaying, and also gives directions 
for the determination of many of the rarer elements, 
as well as those which have a commercial value. 
In drawing the line between "assaying" and 
"analysis," the authors have always given the 
benefit of the doubt, thus adding to the complete- 
ness and value of the work. 



Evolution, published by James H. West, 192 Sum- 
mer street, Boston, ($2.00), is a compilation of 
various popular lectures and discussions before the 
Brooklyn Ethical Association. It is a systematic, 
concise, and comprehensive presentation in popular 
form of the foundation and theory of evolution, and 
should be read by all interested in the subject, 
whether from a biological, sociological, or philo- 
sophical standpoint. 



A. S. Barnes & Co., Of New York and Chicago, 
publish a revised edition of Wood's Lessons in the 
Structure, Life, and Growth of Plants, edited by 
Oliver R. Willis. ($1.00.) Dr. Wood's works on 
botany have always ranked with the best, and the 
present edition, fully revised and brought down to 
date, will be found a valuable text-book for classes, 
and also suited for botanical amateurs taking up the 
study by themselves. 



P. Blakiston, Son & Co., Philadelphia, announce 
Ostrom's Massage and Swedish Movements, Bevan on 
Mental Diseases, and [fumphry's Manual for Nurses. 
They will also continue to publish the Ophthalmic 
Review, under the new editorship of Dr. Edward 
Jackson, of Philadelphia, assisted by a large number 
of eminent English and American ophthalmologists. 

*<H 

Herbaceous Grafting. — Annuals, or herba- 
ceous plants, belonging to the same genus or natu- 
ral family, says the American Agriculturist, will 
adhere and grow on each other as readily as do 
woody plants. Thus, a cauliflower will grow on a 
cabbage, a tomato on a potato, or vice versa. The 
garden cucumber will grow on the wild vines of the 
same family which are sometimes used for covering 
arbors. And these grow to an extraordinary length, 
while the garden cucumber seldom exceeds six or 
eight feet. This knowledge of grafting annuals 
may be utilized and made profitable, especially when 
the potato is forced to ripen seed by engrafting or 
inarching on the tomato. Cucumbers may be 
grown on a high trellis, or around the upper-story 
windows of any building, by training one of the 
wild cucumber vines — either Sicyos angulatus, the 
single-seeded or star cucumber vine, or the Echino- 
cystes or wild balsam apple, either of which grows 
fifty or sixty feet in a single season — up to the de- 
sired height. This is easily done by sowing cucum- 
ber seed of any of the'garden varieties in a flower 
pot, and, when the plant is six or eight inches high, 
joining it to one of these wild vines when it has 
reached the desired height. Merely scraping the 
bark of each and tying them firmly together with 
any soft material is sufficient. They will unite in 
about ten or twelve days, or sooner, and produce 
fruits at a height to which the garden cucumber 
oould never attain. I 



n^edicirje arjd Pljaripacy. 



[Original in I'oputar Science Xeu!».'\ 
WARTS. 

It seems highly proper to devote a few moments 
to the consideration of these exceedingly common, 
decidedly unsightly, and often very obstinate, 
growths; and they more especially appeal for path- 
ological and surgical consideration, since the various 
methods of treatment suggested b^' housewives and 
others, frequently fail to produce any effect upon 
the offending growths, or, by appearing to remove 
them, establish a suitable nidus for the growth of 
superstition in the minds of the credulous; while in 
not a few instances means are employed for their 
removal which, while accomplishing this end, pro- 
duce scars quite as unsightly as the warts themselves. 

Warts, or technically speaking, verruca, are pa- 
pillary excrescences of the true skin, due to hyper- 
trophy and elongation of its papilla", together with 
hypertrophy of the epidermis, or scarf-skin. They 
occur on nearly all parts of the body, though the 
fingers and the hands are their favorite seats. When 
the papilla; are prominent and their dermal cover- 
ing so arranged as to render them distinct to the 
naked eye, the wart presents a split or lobulated 
appearance, and receives the name of "seed-wart," 
or verruca lobosa. 

The cause of these growths is unknown. A warty 
state of the skin is often produced in those who 
continually expose their hands to irritating fluids, 
or hot surfaces, or even to long continued friction, 
but this condition of the skin so plainly caused by 
one's occupation gives no clue whatsoever to the 
cause of the spontaneous growths so frequently 
found on hands, as well as other portions of the 
body, not thus exposed. Common warts are well 
known to form much more frequently in children 
and young subjects than in old persons. That they 
are contagious is exceedingly doubtful. • 

Various means are employed for the removal of 
these offenders. Many need no treatment whatever, 
undergoing spontaneous involution and disappear- 
ing as mysteriously as they came. These are the 
warts which yield so readily to the ridiculous 
methods of treatment which have originated in 
superstition and ignorance; That "charms" acting 
through the mind have no effect upon the excres- 
cences, we are not prepared to say. Carpenter be- 
lieved that they did thus in some instances produce 
their disappearance, and cited a case in one of his 
physiological works ; and although we have met 
with persons who have told us that their warts dis- 
appeared in a week, after they had counted them 
and buried in the garden as many pieces of meat as 
there were warts, and others who were relieved of 
their warts by touching each one with a piece of 
brown paper which they afterwards threw over their 
lefl shoulder at sunset, we have also met with in- 
finitely more with whom all charms have failed, and 
we are inclined to be quite as skeptical as Dr. John 
Mason Good, who in his Study of Medicine savs, 
"they (warts) often disappear spontaneously, and 
hence are sometimes supposed to be charmed away." 
What, then, are the means by which these growths 
can be destroyed.' These are the ligature, the 
knife, caustics, and the cautery. Of these methods, 
the first two are probably the best, but even they 
are not to be recommended in most cases. The 
application of a ligature can only be effected when 
the wart is pedunculated, and the slow tightening of 
the loop is at the best a painful process, while warts 
thus removed are quite apt to recur. However, if 
the pedicle is narrow, and especially if the growth 
be upon the face or neck, il may be "advisable ti> 
attempt its removal by means of a silk ligature. 



30 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



[Fe bruary, 1890. 



The removal of warts b\- excision with some sharp 
instrument, as a razor or bistoury, was formerly 
much practiced, and is still the method of treatment 
employed by a few. It is, however, not usually to 
• be advised, even though it may appear to be a 
rational plan of treatment. The wound produced 
bv the sharp instrument employed for the excision, 
usually heals at once without producing any degen- 
eration of the roots of the papilla; and deeper struc- 
tures, and these by continuing to enlarge and 
elongate, in not a few instances soon elevate their 
heads quite as high above the surface of the skin as 
they were previous to excision. Although the vital- 
ity of these excrescences is usually not very great, 
still considerable hemorrhage may be caused by thus 
cutting the enlarged vessels of the papillae. We 
would, however, recommend excision of peduncu- 
lated warts, occurring upon the eyelids and other 
portions of the face, and the excision should be 
thus performed : Traction should be made upon 
the growth with a pair of forceps applied to its 
free extremity, and it is then snipped oft' as low as 
possible with a pair of curved scissors. For these 
warts this treatment is usually quick, thorough, and 
causes but momentary pain. 

Warts can be destroyed by caustics, and although 
this is the plan of treatment most universally re- 
commended, and is, in fact, quite efficacious, still it 
has serious disadvantages and can in no way com- 
pete with a form of treatment yet to be described. 
The application of caustics is often attended with 
much pain, their action is exceedingly slow, they 
discolor the tissues to which they are applied, and, 
what is of more consequence, they not only destroy 
the wart, but when applied in sufficient strength and 
amount to accomplish this end, they also invade 
and destroy the surrounding tissues, thus producing 
a wound which in healing almost invariably leaves 
an extensive scar. If, however, the treatment by 
caustics is adopted, let them be properly applied. 
Pare down the wart with a sharp knife to the level 
of the surrounding skin and then apply some strong 
caustic,— as the nitrate of silver stick, or nitric, 
muriatic, or glacial acetic acid, — repeating the appli- 
cation daily until the wart is destroyed. Care 
should be taken not te apply the caustic to the nor- 
mal tissues. 

These growths may also be destroyed by the gal- 
vano-cautery, or even the actual cautery, but in the 
experience of the writer, by far the best way of re- 
moving all ordinary warts is by means of the der- 
mal curette, or " sharp spoon." A rather large 
sized instrument should be employed. Its edge 
should be forced deeply around the base of the wart, 
which usually comes away with the production of 
but little pain and scarcely any bleeding, leaving a 
clean ulcer, which soon heals over, so as to form a 
smooth and uniform surface. By this means a 
large number of warts can be removed at one sitting. 
This is a favorite method of most dermatologists, 
and we could easily cite numerous cases which have 
been under our own personal observation, to prove 
its efficacy. After the use of the curette, the result- 
ing ulcers may be touched with the lunar caustic 
stick, or otherwise stimulated, but this will usually 
be unnecessary, as the curette itself usually produces 
sufficient irritation to the roots of the over-nourished 
papillae to cause their entire absorption. In default 
of the dermal curette, these growths may well be 
removed by means of a stout pair of dressing for- 
ceps — such as is to be found in every complete sur- 
geon's pocket-case. The wart is firmly grasped 
from above with the forceps, and twisted from its 
base. The therapeutical treatment of the common 
warts is so uncertain that we may dismiss it without 
further consideration. Dr. Verco reports a case in 
which a severe crop of these growths disappeared 



rapidly during a sea voyage, but we can quote nu- 
merous cases in which they have persisted under 
similar circumstances. J. H. E. 

*»* 

[Original in Popular Sei*ht€ ^ w«.J 
A SIMPLP: WATER STILL. 

BY EPHRAIM CUTTER, M. I). 

When one lifts the cover of a dinner pot or wash 
boiler, the amount of hot water that will drip from 
the cover is noticeable. Now this water is con- 
densed steam. 

The idea struck the writer, why not utilize this 
for procuring pure water for drinking use in places 
where the natural water is not potable, i. e.. alkaline 
or salt. 

Acting on this hint I made a sketch of a device to 
do this for a patient who went to live at Malad 
City, Idaho, where the water was alkaline, three 
years ago. I tested it at home on -the kitchen range 
and it worked well. It was also tested with success 
in 1889, in London, at 119 New Bond street. 

DESCRIPTIOX OF THE STILL. 

(A) Does away with the worm. (B) With the 
condensing water. (C) Condenses by air which as 
fast as heated passes off". (D) A reservoir of 
tinned iron, 18x9 inches, with tight top, which fits 
into a kettle. 




At the bottom is soldered a flange of tin flaring 
upwards. At B is a tube to lead off the water 
that condenses inside and runs down the sides. 

The drops of distilled water are aerated during 
their fall through the air to receptacle, and becomes 
palatable, unlike ordinary distilled water, which 
goes from the still into the receptable without con- 
tact with the atmosphere. 

Fig. I. One eighteenth actual size — is a section 
of the apparatus made in London to show the prin- 
ciple. A B B' is a tin cylinder, 9 inches in diameter, 
and 18 inches high, covered with a conical tight 
cap. D is camp kettle — any common pot or kettle 
will answer. E is a handle. F F' is a flange to fit 
the kettle or pot as seen in any cover to a dinner 
pot. C C is another flange liWe F F', turned upside 
down, so that water condensed on the inside, 
A B B', and rnnning down, may collect and run 
into a receptacle, H. The use is clear. Put water 
bad as it may be in the camp kettle D. Set on 
stove, range, or fire, so that when ABB' is put on 
the kettle the tube B G may come oyer the recep- 
tacle II. Then have a gentle fire so that steam will 
not issue from G. Pure distilled water will soon 
drip from G, which will be whole-oome to drink. 
XEW POINTS OP THIS APPARATUS. 

I. It does away with a worm and cold water for 
condenser. It is found that there is a current of air 



from all sides cooling the condenser, A B B', enough 
to give with this apparatus five pints in ten hours. 

2. The distilled water of the chemist is known to 
be brackish, but this is due to the distillate being 
discharged in closed, or comparatively closed, ves- 
sels. In the present case the water in drops falls 
through the air, arid this pre.sents a large surface to 
the atmosphere, Avith the practical result of an 
aerated water like that of a spring. 

3. The material shnuld be tinned iron, — not 
zinc, which distills zinc oxide, — or may be of 
enamelled ware, glass, porcelain, crockery, clay, 
potter^', etc. 

4. Variations. — Take a dinner pot, remove cover 
to it and fit a tin cylinder to cover eighteen inches 
long; at the other end put flanges and tube as above, 
and this will also do the work. The apparatus may 
be made coUapsibla, like the collapsible drinking 
cup. Liquids of a less boiling-point that water can 
also be distilled with this device, for example, 
alcohol. 

Water produced by this process will be pure and 
clear as crystal. The importance of .purified water 
is great. The late Consul General of Japan in the 
United States, Mr. S. K. Takahashi, told me that 
when cholera in Japan carried off thousands, none 
of the Chinese died of it. He thought this immu- 
nity was due to their drinking-water always being 
boiled and filtered. The highest medical official of 
the British army told me that when he had rain- 
water, boiled and filtered, his health did not suffer, 
while ordinary water would make him feel unwell. 

1130 Bro.\dway, New York. 

*.>v 

CHLORIDE OF AMMONIUM IN WINTER 
COUGH. 

Dr. William Murrell, of London, possesses 
high scientific attainments combined with a rare tal- 
ent for getting up a new cough remedy every year. 
Terebene, apomorphia, sirup of tar, have all been 
recommended as marvels of therapeutic utility. 
For the coming winter. Dr. Murrell proposes to 
give us chloride of ammonium inhalations. This is 
not a new thing, but it is served in a little different 
style. Dr. Murrell, however, does not depart en- 
tirely from his earlier loves, for he usually employs 
the chloride of ammonium vapors as a vehicle for 
using terebene, sandal-oil, or some other balsamic 
compound. 

We rejoice to see that Dr. Murrell possesses not 
only an orginal and observant mind, but that he 
has a sense of humor which adds much to the 
interest of his clinical notes. In illustration of 
the value of the ammonium inhaler, he cites the 
following case : 

" N. B. , a general, retired. Is deaf. Has 

been deaf for years. Was in the artillery. Says all 
gunners are deaf, so that they never hear anything 
not good of themselves. Has strange noises in his 
ears. Dislikes any noise in a 'room, especially 
rattle of knives and forks at dniner. Prefers dinin" 
alone on this account. General conditions very 
bad, partly from want of exercise. Has consulted 
all the specialists, and has had his ears examined 
with many strange instruments. Says that the 
advantage of consulting many doctors is that no two 
of them agree, and you are not alarmed by what 
they tell you. Not much in favor of inhalers. 
Tried one once, but it blew up. Is introduced to 
the inhaler, and takes to it kindly. Chloride ol 
ammonium used first alone and then with pinol. 
Purchases one for himself, and at end of month 
writes to say it has done him much good." 

This is a report of a case full of practical sugges- 
tiveness. 

The following note is almost equally valuable : 



Vol.. XXIV. No. 3.] 



POPULAR SCIEN"OE NEWS. 



31 



"Miss A. W , singer, contralto, often losses 

her voice, especially when she has an engagement. 
Chest and vocal cords healthy. Thinks symptons 
partly due to nervousness. Voice uncertain, and 
apt To give in the wrong place. Something wrong 
with an upper C. Uses the chloride of ammonium 
inhaler, and takes phytolacca assiduously for a 
couple of days before singing. Maintains that it 
does her good. Impossible to contradict a lady, so 
treatment continued." 

\Ve trust that Dr. Murrell's politeness had its 
therapeutic reward. The inhalations of ammonium 
should be taken once to thrice daily, for half an hour 
at a time. — .V. }'. Medical Record. 



I Specially Compiled for Popular Science Netes.} 

MONTHLY SUMMARY OF MEDICAL 

PROGRESS. 

BY W. S. WELLS, M. D. 

Every surgeon knows how difficult it is in certain 
cases to get a broken bone to heal by bony union. 
The ends may be pegged and hammered and sutured 
indefinitely without success. In the case of fracture 
of the radius there are oftentimes special difficulties, 
since resection — the last resource of the surgeon — 
leaves a gap between the end of the radius, which 
is shorter than the ulna beside it, and so it is almost 
impossible to bring the bared ends of the fractured 
parts into apposition and to keep them there. Even 
if a piece be cut out of the unfractured ulna, so that 
inequality in the length of the two bones is removed, 
a satisfactory result cannot always be obtained. In 
the London Lancet, Professor McGill reports this 
case : A man, twenty years of age, had fractured 
both bones so that the ends of the radius protruded 
throHgh the wound on the radial side of the fore- 
arm. The ulna healed quickly and well, but the 
radius remained ununited, although the ends had 
been refreshed and wired three months after the 
accident. Some eight months afterward he came 
to the hospital. He had a scar over the wound, 
and the ends of the radius were quite movable, the 
usefulness of forearm and hand being much im- 
pared. An Esmarch's bandage was applied, and an 
incision was made in the line of the old scar. The 
ends of the bones showed no signs of union, but 
were rounded and covered by a thick membrane-like 
periosteum. When this had been filed away, an 
interval of three-quarters of an inch was left between 
the fragments. This interval was filled with thirteen 
pieces of bone, each about one-sixth of an inch in 
length, chiselled from the femur of a freshly-killed 
rabbit. The bones were not wired. The skin 
wound was tighly stitched, without drainage, with 
catgut. Firm pressure was applied by means of 
salicylated wool and bandages, and the forSarm 
was placed on an interior splint. There was no 
suppuration and very little discharge. The patient 
left the hospital in six weeks, with the bone firmly 
united. Three months later, the injured arm was 
as useful as the other. Is it not possible that this 
method used by Professor McGill may be of service 
in the treatment of old ununited fractures in other 
parts .' It is possible that a more vigorous action 
might be set up, by presence of the implanted 
healthy bone, than would naturally occur in the 
fragments of a fractured long-bone in a person of 
feeble constitution. 



M. Perier, chief surgeon, and M. Patien, chief 
pharmacist of the Hospital Lariboisiere {Paris Med.) 
have ertiployed salol as a surgical dressing instead 
of iodoform, and have found that it gives a real im- 
pulse to the work of cicatrization, without causing 
any disagreeable sensation. 

Thus in the case of a man suffering from an ex- 
travasation of urine, with gangrene of the parts, 



iodoform was used as a dressing for about six weeks 
without marked improvement, but as soon as salol 
was substituted healing took place rapidly. 

Excellent results, much superior to those of iodo- 
form, have been accomplished with salol in a great 
varietyof surgicalcases, viz. : Ulcers, epitheliomata, 
mammary fistulx and abscesses, abscess of the 
antrum of Highmore, abscesses at the anus, vege- 
tations at the vulva, caries of the sternum and tha 
fsmur, etc. 

Both agree that even laymen prefer it greatly to 
iodoform for two reasons, viz., its agreeable odor 
and its moderate price. 

One great point dwelt upon by them is its abso- 
lute harmlessness as far as toxic effects are con- 
cerned, which latter ferm a source of danger when 
sublimate, iodoform, phenol, etc., are used, while 
the antiseptic action of salol is deemed by them to 
be equally valuable. 



A NEW diagnostic sign of abscess of the antrum 
was brought forward by Dr. T. Hervng, of Warsaw, 
at the Congress of Otology and Laryngology, held 
at Paris during September. The patient is placed 
in a dark room and his mouth lit up with a small 
electric lamp, placed above the tongue. Two bright- 
red spots will then appear before the lower eyelids. 
If the cavities are filled up with pus, or occupied by 
a tumor, these red spots will not appear, but, as 
soon as the pus escapes or the cavity is washed out, 
the spots again become \\sih\e:.— Medical and Sur- 
gical Reporter. 



BoETHRiCK recommends sulphonal for night 
sweats. In the majority of cases the sweating 
ceases after the administration of half a gramme 
(7 1-2 grains.) He is of the opinion that the in- 
hibitory action of sulphonal on the secretion of 
sweat is not inferior to that of atropine. Its action 
is so lasting that during the second night (without 
sulphonal) perspiration was less profuse than be- 
fore the institution of the treatment. — Jour, de Med. 
de Paris. 



Sahli and Nencki, in a discussion before the 
Medical Society of Berne, recommended the use of 
salol in cases of diabetes, on account of the carbolic 
acid It contained. Dr. Mundel, Milwaukee, has 
used salol in three cases of diabetes during the past 
year, and found at the expiration of that time that 
the sugar in the urine had entirely disappeared. 
Dr. Mundel prescribed 0.5 Gm. (7 1-2 grains) four 
times daily. 



Dr. William Perry Watsox, from observation of 
thirty cases of enuresis, feels justified in saying 
that in sulphate of atropia we have a remedy which, 
when given to its full physiological effects, is un- 
equalled in our materia medica. — Medical Bvlletin. 



A French physician relates a case in which a 
boy of fourteen suffered from persistent bleeding 
after the extraction of a molar tooth. Perchloride 
of iron was without effect, and so much blood was 
lost that syncope was induced. On recovery, the 
hemorrhage again broke out, and perchloride of 
iron was once more tried, but vainly. The cavity 
was then plugged with two or three pledgets of lint 
steeped in solution of antipyrine. The bleeding at 
once permanently ceased. It was noticed that 
while the perchloride caused severe pain, the anti- 
pyrine was not objected to. It is suggested, not 
improbably, that the antipyretic action of this and 
similar drugs may possibly be due to the fact that 
they diminish the blood-supply by their astringent 
effect on the blood-vessels. — Vhio Journal of Peiital 
Science. -• 



Cholewa recommends for the treatment of furun- 
culosis of the external meatus, a twenty-par cent, 
solution of oil of menthol, introduced into the 
meatus by means of firmly twisted rolls of cotton, 
which by their size exert a gentle pressure upon the 
inflamed surface. The action of the remedy is not 
only antiphlopistic and analgesic, but, above all, 
antibacteric. The staphylococcus aureus, which, 
according to the investigations of Garrc and others, 
causes the formation of furunculic, does not develop 
in nutritive substance which has been slighty im- 
pregnated with solution of menthol oil (o.S of men- 
thol : So aqua.) As soon as the coccus comes in 
direct contract with the solution, it dies quickly; 
even the vapor of menthol is sufficient.— t'frt/;-a//- 
hlat f. d. Med. Wissen. 



The following formula is suggested in Im Cliniqiie 
with the view of facilitating the removal of accumu- 
lations of wax in the external auditory meatus : 

R. Acidi borici, gr. Iv. 

Glycerini, f § iss. 

AqusE dest., f| iss. 

This should be warmed and instilled into the ear, 
leaving it there for a quarter of an hour, and repeat- 
ing the process for a day or two. The result is to 
soften the plugs and make their removal compara- 
tively easy by means of the syringe. 



Dr. Geo. H. Powers, San F"rancisco,Cal., writes : 
In reading an article on "Death from Chloro- 
form," I notice the absence of the one antidote on 
which I most rely, namely, nitrite of amyl. I always 
keep it ready for use in my office, and carry it 
with me when I use chloroform elsewhere, and find 
it of great value, in cases where chloroform does 
not act kindly, in restoring the heart's functions. 
In the exceptional cases when cocaine causes faint- 
ness and collapse, a few inhalations of nitrite of 
amyl quickly restore a normal condition. — .,V. J-!. 
Medical Journal. 



Dr. Konigstein, {.Medical Press), while giving 
directions in his class on the uses and prescribing of 
spectacles, said that green glass as a protection 
against strong rays was worse than useless, and did 
more harm to a sensitive eye than good, as it 
allowed the yellow rays to be transmitted, and un- 
necessarily irritated the eye. Against strong rayS 
the blue or smoked glasses were the only real pro- 
tection. The blue should be light, as a deep blue 
color produces a clear violet disk in the center of 
the lens, which apparently corresponds to the fovea 
centralis, and by a protracted use of dark-blue spec- 
tacles the patient may become annoyed by the 
mosiac work of the fundus of the eye appearing 
before him. The phenomenon seems to be connected 
with the pigmenting changes in the macula lutea. 



Hitherto it has been deemed permissible to add 
soda bicarbonate to milk to assist in its preservation, 
but now the Council of Hygiene of the Seine has 
condemned the practice as one of danger. The 
transformation of milk-sugar into lactic acid, in 
milk so adulterated, gives rise to i. lactate of soda 
which is purgative, and frequently a source of 
almost uncontrollable diarrhoea in infants. Conse- 
quently, the Council in its liullelin decides that: 
-'Soda shall no longer be permitted in milk, which 
is an aliment of the first order, and very often pre- 
scribed for invalids and children." 



According to the Pharmaceutical Record, com- 
pa.rtitive examinations of many mouth-washes 
show that those containing thymol as the disinfect- 
ing agent^of the mouth-cavity and teeth, are to be 



32 



POPULAB SOIEKCE KEWS. 



[February, 1S90. 



preferred to other*. The action of thymol is not 
verv rapid, but its use has no deleterious influence 
on "the teeth whatever. Salicjlic acid acts on the 
teeth. 



According to the Peoria Medical Monthly, stains 
produced by the explosion of gunpowder may be re- 
moved by first painting the slcin with a solution of 
biniodide of ammonium in an equal part of distilled 
water, then with dilute hydrochloric acid. 



Parasiticide Ointment. 

Salicylate of mercury, 16 grains. 

Vaseline, i ounce.— M. 

This makes not only an excellent ointment 
against the paratitic skin diseases, but against 
eczema, pityriasis, and syphilitic vegetations.— 
7y' Union Medicate. 



Ax excellent ointment for red hands {Pharm. Kra) 
is the following : 

R. Lanolin, 100 gm. 

Paraffin (liquid), ' 25 gm. 

Vanillin, o 01 gm. 

01. rosa:, ggt- j. M. 

The Parisians apply a thin coating of this at bed- 
time. 

<♦+ 

A UNIQUE PRESCRIPTION. 

A PAPER printed in Krausenburg, Austria, on the 
occasion of th« recent celebration of the centenary 
of Cardinal Haynald, relates the following story on 
the authority of one well acquainted with those who 
know the reverend gentleman and were familiar 
with the circumstances : 

Havnald, Bishop of Siebenburgen, stopped, on his 
return from a confirmation tour, at a small place 
named Torda, and, being detained a day longer than 
was expected, his secretary, Lonhart, found to his 
dismay that they had not enough money to pay the 
hotel bill. Now a bishop cannot very well run away 
without paying what he owes, nor does his sense of 
dignity permit him to plead even temporary pecuni- 
ary embarrassment. Still, the bishop managed to 
avoid either dilemma. He sent a waiter to the 
apothecary of the place, a Mr. Gabriel, with whom 
His Grace was acquainted, with the following 
recipe, which has since been preserved by the sev- 
eral successive proprietors of the establishment: 

R Kotain auttriaeam 

Numero 

Ducenia 
D. S. — For one day's use only. 

Dr. Haynald. 

The druggist's clerk, being somewhat; rattled by 
the sudden interruption of his sleep, tried in vain to 
understand the nature of the prescription, and after 
fruitless consultation of his works of reference, 
wakened his employer, who, after reading the recipe, 
sent his clerk again to bed, and said he would him- 
self prepare the prescription. He put 200 guilders 
in notes into a powder box, duly sealed, labelled, 
and inscribed, and sent it to the bishop, saying to 
the messenger that in case the powder should not be 
sufficient he would be glad to send a second dose. 
This, however, was not necessary, and the first 
dose, after "one day's use only," was returned with 
thanks.— j4»i. Druggist. 



MEDICAL MISCELLANY. 
Chinese Pills —Chinese pills are said to be just 
the size of crab apples, and are coated with a semi- 
transparent sugary substance covered with flowers 
and gilt letters. But it must take an uniKual 
amount of moral courage in -n Chinaman U, tackle a 
pill. 



An extensively advertised "Microbe Killer" is said 
by the Western Druggist to be composed of 4 
drachms of oil of vitrol, l drachm of muriatic acid, 
I ounce of red wine, and a gallon of water. The 
dangerous nature of this stuff is evident from the 
above formula. 

The turnkey of the Peoria jail, according to the 
Medical iroj-M, has a cure for delirium tremens. He 
rubs the patient with capsicum ; and in the enthusi- 
asm and singleness of purpose with which the latter 
scratches himself he has no time to think of «n«kes. 
One day of this treatment is sufficient for any ordi- 
nary case. 

New Use for Stale Bread. — A safe, sure, and 
certain cure for corns is said to be found in a poul- 
tice formed of stale bread soaked in strong vinegar. 
It should be applied at night on retiring. In the 
morning the soreness will be gone, and the corn 
can be picked out. Obstinate corns may require 
two or more applications. 

The Tendency of the Times.- "Who is your 
family physician, Freddy.'" asked Mrs. Hendricks of 
the Brown boy. "We ain't got none," said the boy. 
"Pa's a homcEopath, ma's an allopath, sister Jane is 
a Christian scientist, grandma and grandpa buy all 
the patent medicines going, uncle James believes in 
massage, and brother Bill is a horse doctor." 

A Novel Plant.— Miss Bacon (they have been 
discussing orchid.s) : "And now, professor, I w«nt 
you to tell me about the plant from which electricity 
is made." 

Professor Hohonthy (aghast) : "The which.'" 
Miss Bacon : "You certainly must have heard of 
it. Father says its high cost prevents the general 
use of electric lighting — I mean the electric plant." 

Cigarettes.— Mr.Willis G.Tucker, in his report 
to the New York State Board of Health, on the re- 
sult of his examination of various popular brands of 
cigarettes, says that careful analysis of tobacco and 
paper failed to reveal any poisonous ingredients, 
other than the tobacco itself, and that most cigar- 
ettes contain pure tobacco and good paper. The 
evils of cigarette smoking are due to the fact that 
cigarettes are cheap, convenient, and can be used 
in large and excessive quantities, that the smoke is 
usually inhaled, and that children and immature 
persons freely use them. 

A Bull in a Chemist's Shop. — Recently, says 
the Liverpool Courier, the inhabitants of the usuall_!^ 
quiet suburb of Fairfield were treated to a sensation 
of a novel description. About one o'clock in the 
afternoon a herd of cattle were being driven from 
Liverpool to Stanley, via Prescott Road. By Elm 
Park a huge specimen of the bovine species bolted, 
and evidently feeling unwell, rushed into the nearest 
chemist's shop— kept by Mr. R. Jones. Once inside 
the shop his bullship commenced a number of acro- 
batic feats which, in the ring of Hengler's Circus, 
would have made a fortune for its owner, but which 
in the circumscribed arena of a druggist's establish- 
ment, although, doubtless, somewhat entertaining 
to the other onlookers, was not quite appreciated by 
the proprietor of the shop. Having upset three 
tables, smashed about two hundred bottles contain- 
ing eau de Cologne, paregoric, castor oil, spirits of 
nitre, St. Jacob's Oil, and other ingredients, the bull 
rushed at another case which contained a number 
of drugs, amongst others a large bottle of acetic 
acid, and another of nitric acid. These he likewise 
knocked on the ground, upsetting the contents. 
Some of the nitric acid got on the. bull's nose and 
feet, which caused him to beat a speedy retreat into 
the street, where 



published monthly by the 

Popular Science News Company, 

B Somerset Street. Boston. 

ONE DOLLAR A YEAR IN ADVANCE. 

SETH C BASSETT, 
Manager. 

SPECIAL NOTICE. 

The Publishers of the NEWS e.irnestly request that sub. 
scribcrs will make their remittances either by draft on Bos- 
ton or New York, or by a po.st:il order. If it is absolutely 
necessary to mail money, it should be sent onJy in a registered 
letter. The publishers decline to assume the risk ol money 
mailed in unregistered letters. 

Remittances will be duly credited on the printed address 
label of the paper; but if they are received after the 15th of the 
month, the change in the label c.innot be made until a month 
later. If a formal receipt is desired, a two-cent stamp or a 
postal card should be enclosed with the remittance. 



Publisliers' ColunjR. 



One cannot be always going into the sublime, but if you 
must write that way an Estekbrook Easy Writer Pen is a 
valuable help. 

The use of the Buffalo Lithia Mineral Water is said 
to have accomplished some remarkable cures of gravel and 
similar affections of the kidneys and bladder. 



Thayer's Nutritive combines the properties ot a tonic, 
stimulant, and food, and the name of the firm manufacturing it 
is sufficient guarantee of its purity and reliability. 

A GLANCE at the catalogue of Messrs. E. A. Jackson & 
BRO.will show the great variety of styles of their Ventilating 
Grate, and will convince one of their many points of excel- 
lence and economy over the old-fashioned fire-place or grate. 



The phenomenally mild winter is likeJy to cause a total 
failure of the ice crop in many localities this season. The Ice 
Machines of David Boyle will produce an abundant supply 
in the hottest weather, and at a cost little exceeding that of cut- 
ting and storing the natural product. 



The preparations of the Health Food Co. arc admirably 
adapted to weak and enfeebled stomachs, as they are readily 
digestible, and contain much nutriment in a concentrated form. 
Preparations are supplied for diseases (such as diabetes, etc.) 
which require special forms of food. 



The Wells Rustless Iron Water Pifes are the best 
carriers of water in use. They do not load the water with oxide 
of iron, to the staining of clothing, and the' rapid destruction of 
the pipe itself; neither do they l^nd any metallic contamination 
to the water, as is often the case with pipes made of lead, gal- 
vanized iron, and other. poisonous metals. 



The well-known nutritive properties of malt extract, and the 
case with which it is assimilated, render it a valuable agent in 
the treatment of diseases due to defective nutrition. The 
Maltine Manufacturing Co. offer a very superior article, 
which is highly recommended by physicians of national repu- 
tation, and which can be obtained either by itself, or combined 
with any of the therapeutical agents which are compatible 
with it. 

The following is a correct analysis of Colden's Liqj_'iD 
Beef Tonic by Artlmr Hill Hassell, M.D., F. R.S., President 
of the Royal Analytical Association, London: 

30 per cent, saccharine matter 20 

35 per cent, glutinous or nutritious matter obtained in the 
condensation of the beef _. 2^ 

25 per cent, spirits rendered non-injurious to the most deli- 
cate stomach by the extraction 6f tht fusel oil 25 

30 per cent, of an aqueous solution of several herbs and 
roots, among which are most discernible Peruvian and 
Calisaya barks 30 



Total 1 00 

Since the date of the above analysis, and by the urgent 

request of several eminent members of the medical profcs.sion, 

cntually he w»* raptured bv aix ! ^^ Colden has added to each wineglassful of this preparation 



men, and dragged off to Stanley cattle market. 



two gmins of soluble cititte of iron. 



C|)E $oj>ular detente iSttPS 



AND 



BOSTON JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY. 



Volume XXIV 



BOSTON, MARCH, 1890. 



Number 



CONTENTS. 

Familiar Science.— Fire 33 

Extraordinary Hailstones 34 

The Proto- Helvetes, or Lake -Dwellers of 

Switzerland 34 

Egyptian Language and Chronology — Char- 
acters of Egyptian Inscriptions — The 

Rosetta Stone 35 

What the Winter Woods Aftbrd 36 

Scientific Brevities 36 

Practical Chemistry and the Arts. — L'ltia- 

marine -37 

A Device for Writing in Moving Vehicles . 37 
The Scientific Knowledge of the Ancient 

Greeks and Romans , . . 37 

The Out-Door World. — Reports from Chap- 
ters of the Ninth Century 39 

Photography 40 

Practical Photographic Points 40 

Editorial. — Pre-historic Rock Inscriptions in 

Sweden 42 

Brief Studies in Biology 42 

An Ancient Indian Village Site 43 

Meteorology for January, 1890 44 

Astronomical Phenomena for March, 1890 . 45 

(^estions and Ajjswers 45 

Literary Notes 45 

Medicine and Pharmacy. — Sleep .... 46 

Monthly Summary of Medical Progress . . 46 

Bacteria, Bacilli, Micrococci, and Microbes . 47 
Pathological Inferiority of the Left Side of 

the Human Body 48 

The Deadly Cold JBed 48 

Medical Miscellany 48 

Publishers' Column 48 



Banjiliar Scieijce. 



FIRE. 

What is fire.' We fancy that few persons 
coiild answer. this question oft' hand, although 
the phenomenon of combustion is perfectly 
familiar to everyone. The ancients consid- 
ered fire to be one of the primitive elements, 
like the earth, air, and water, — all of which 
la.st we now know to be compound and not 
elementary substances, — and this idea of an 
elementary fiery principle survived under the 
names of phlogiston, caloric, etc., down to 
the time of Lavoisier, and was not entirely 
overthrown until after the beginning of the 
present century. 

We have, in the preceding paragraph, 
spoken of fire as a phenomenon, and that 
is exactly what it is. Fire is not a substance ; 
it is not even an immaterial force, like light 
or heat ; but, as generally understood, is 
simply the sensible phenomena of light and 
heat resulting from an intense chemical 
reaction — generally, but not always, a pro- 
cess of oxidation. We may dissolve a piece 
of zinc in sulphuric acid, b}' itself, or do the 
same when it forms a pole of a galvanic 



battery ; or we may heat it until it bursts into 
ftame. In all these cases the process is a 
similar one, — that of oxidation, — but fire 
accompanies the process only in the last. 
There the oxidation takes place so rapidly 
that the heat .set free is not- only suflicient to 
be detected by our nerves of sensation, but 
the resulting particles of zinc oxide are heated 
to such a degree that they become luminous. 
So if finely divided metallic iron is exposed 
to the air, it gradually absorbs oxygen and is 
converted into rust. But if the same iron is 
ignited with a match, it takes fire, becomes 
luminous, smoulders away like a glowing 
coal, ami is soon converted into a similar 
oxide, or rust. Just as much heat is set free 
in one case as in the other, the only difference 
being in the rapidity .of its development, 
which determines whether or not it shall 
become evident to our senses. When hydro- 
gen and oxygen gases are burned together, 
as in the oxyhydrogen blow-pipe, the result- 
ing flame, although one of the hottest known 
to us, is almost invisible, and to the eye alone 
there is no appearance of fire ; but introduce 
a piece of metal, or a lump of lime, or other 
refractory substance, and the brilliant lumi- 
nous phenomena at once indicate the intensity 
of the chemical combination which is taking 
place. 

Fire is not always dependent upon a pro- 
cess of oxidation. A mixture of iron filings 
and flowers of sulphur is readily ignited, 
forming ferrous sulphide ; and sodium, potas- 
sium, copper, and some other metals readily 
burn in the vapor of boiling sulphur, giving 
rise to the same igneous manifestations as 
when they combine with oxygen. Nitrous 
oxide, or laughing-gas (N^ O), also sup- 
ports combustion, although the reaction is 
one of true oxidation, the same as with pure 
oxygen or air. 

A very important distinction must be 
drawn between fire and flame ; the latter 
is merely an incidental manifestation of the 
former. Burning charcoal simply glows and 
wastes away ; there are no combustible gases 
formed, and the chemical reaction takes place 
only on the surface of the coals. With wood, 
oil, wax, tallow, etc., the heat produced by 
the oxidation sets free from the unconsumed 
portioii, a large quantity of hydrocarbon 
gases, which take fire and burn at a distance 
from the original burning body, exactly as 
the gas which we burn in our houses is 



driven oH' by heating the coal at the distant 
gas-works. If we burn a piece of magne- 
sium,^ flame is apparently present, but it is 
only the incandescent particles of oxide as 
they fly off" into the air at a white heat. A 
similar artificial flame may be made from 
charcoal itself by finely pulverizing it, throw- 
ing the dust into the air, and igniting it. 
Serious explosions have occurred by dust 
igniting in this manner, but such phenomena 
are nof, strictly speaking, true flames, which 
are only produced by the combustion of 
gases. 

A word shouU be said in reference to 
electric lights, wliich are simply masses of 
carbon heated to an excessively high temper- 
ature. There is no true fire or oxidation 
about them, but a transformation of electrical 
energy into heat and light. There is an 
oxidizing process at the foundation, however, 
and the heat of the oxidizing carbon in the 
furnaces under the steam boilers which fur- 
nish the power to drive the dynamo machines, 
is just as truly transferred through the wires 
to the distant electric lights, as the water from 
tile pond or stream is transferred through the 
pipes to the dwellings of the city. In one 
case it is the tiwnsference of energy, in the 
other that of matter. 

The knowledge of fire is a distinctive attri- 
bute of mankind. No ape, however intelli- 
gent, has been found but what regards it with 
terror, and no race of men — with, perhaps, 
one or two doubtful exceptions — but what 
enjoys its numerous benefits. It is hard to 
say how it was first brought to the knowledge 
of mankind. The Greeks considered it a 
direct gift from the gods ; but, disregarding 
that belief, the lightning-stroke,* the volcano, 
an accidental spark, from the striking of a 
stone, falling upofi dry leaves, or even, as has 
been suggested, by a drop of gum exuding 
from a tree acting as a natural burning-glass, 
— any or .all of these causes may have intro- 
duced this useful but dangerous servant to 
mankind. Once discovered, the knowledge 
seems to have been carefully preserved, and 
the art of producing fire has advanced 
through the fire-sticks and drills of the 
savage, to the flint and steel, and friction 
matches of later times, until in this modern 
age of electricity a touch of the finger is 
suflicient to produce an electric spark, which 
will instantly ignite the fires and gas-lights of 
the largest building, or, if desired, those of an 
entire city. 



34 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



[March, 1S90. 



p:kTRAORDINARY HAILSTONES. 

On the 9th of June, 1867, there was a fall 
of hail at Bjeloi-Kliutsch, a village lying to 
the southwest of TiHis, in which the hail- 
stones occurred in the remarkable crystalline 
forms shown in their natural size in the 
engraving, (first published in the London 
Nature.) The drawings were made by 
a Russian professor residing at Tiflis, but, 
for some reason, have only recently attracted 
the attention they deserve. They consist of a 
central nucleus, sinrounded by large nce- 
crystals somewhat resembling those of (^lartz, 
and, like that mineral, belonging to the hex- 
agonal or rhombohedral system of crystalliza- 
tion. It has been suspected tiiilt water is 
dimorphic, and sometimes crystallizes in the 
trimetric system, but the supposition has not 
as yet been confirmed. 

The most remarkable point in connection 
with the hailstones, is the fact that, judging 
from our present knowledge, a very long 
time must have been 

iii 



occupied in their 
formation. As a 
general rule, the 
larger and more 
pei-fect a crystal, 
the more slowly it 
must be formed ; 
and we cannot un- 
derstand how so 
heavy a body as a 
hailstone can be 
supported in the air 
long enough for the 
crystallization to 
take place so per- 
fectly. We must 
admit either that 
these stones were 
formed under the 
influence of natural 



[Original in Popular Science New$.] 

.THE PROTO-IIELVETES, OR LAKE- 
DWELLERS OF SWITZERLAND. 

BY ADA M. TROTTER. 

PART II. 

THE BRONZE AGE. 

In the Bronze Age we have no longer to deal with 
villages, whose people depended on the products of 
the lake or woods for a living. On the contrary, 
we find flouri.shing cities and organized towns, where 
a certain degree of luxury obtains, characterizing 
a civilized community. The palafittes were no 
longer modest huts, but good wooden cabins, large 
and firmly constructed, judging from the quality 
and quantity of beams found among the piles. 
They were spacious enough to find lodging place 
for the domestic animals, as is proved Ijji the 
remains of oxen, pigs, goats, and dogs gathered 
from this archieological bed. 

Round the palafittes a large esplanade must have 
extended, iipon which certain kinds of work could 
be done which could not easily be executed in the 
dwellings. It is evident that all the work was done 



practice of building on the water continued into the 
beginning of the Iron Age. The number of sta- 
tions, however, diminished. Proof is given in the 
Lake of Bienne of thirteen villages of the age of 
Stone to two of Bronze. The same comparison 
exists is the lakes of Moral and Neufchatel. But 
the stations of the age of Bronze, if less numerous, 
are far more extensive than those of the Stone 
periods. They are constructed farther from the 
bank, — two or three hundred yards, instead of one 
to two hundred, — and occupy a large area. The 
piles are larger, better preserved, higher above the 
level of the soil, and cut into form— often square. 
Between these piles is a treasure trove of pottery, 
fine vases having been found entire. 

The discovery of the first bit for a horse, at 
Moerigen in 1872, was a great event in the archaeo- 
logical world. At first its authenticity was doubted, 
but when the same station produced a bit made in 
one piece, — a true chef d'ceuvre of metallurgy, — 
further incredulity was impossible. At Cortaillod, 
in 1862, a very large bronze wheel was found. 
Archivologists looked upon it as a symbolical 



on the lake, as in the Stone Age, indubitable proof, object, considering it unlikely that a people dwell- 



of this being found in the debris of workshops, 
where, besides tlie moulds and the tools used for 







ing on lakes would have use for chariots. How- 
ever, as the Bronze stations were further developed, 
_ the richest beds fur- 

nished skeletons of en- 
tire horses and more 
than twenty bits. The 
museum of Lausanne 
has one of these bits 
— a particularly fine 
specimen — among its 
treasures. 

The moulds in which 
the various bronze ob- 
jects were made are 
almost as interesting 
as the objects them- 
selves. The m.njority 
are made of gray mo- 
lasses stone. They are 
double, and have the 
pattern traced on each 
part. Some are found 
in cl.iy, and a few of 
bronze. The swords 
and knives of bronze 
are not onlv elegant 



forces or conditions still imknown to us, manufacturing the arms, etc., broken objects are 

or that, in certain circumstances, aqueous i °"^" '°""'' "^^'"^ '"''''= ''^^" brought to the spot to 

, ,. ,.^ ? . ' be mended. Only, in order to diminish the risks of 

Tapor or water mav be solidified into ! ^ j • .. .• c i.- • 1 

' " [ nre durmg the operation of smelting, an especial 

large crystals, with the rapidity which •■ pjace outside the palafittes was reserved for this 
we should naturally expect to occur in ! work. At Moerigen and at Auvernier Dr. Gross 



in shape, but are covered with graceful designs, all 
of which, however, are more or less geometric, for 
the Lacustres do not seem to have taken any ideas 
/rom the kingdom of Nature nor from the animal 
kingdom. 

It is certain that they knew steel, since some of the 
the sudden condensation of moisture in the found all the apparatus of workshops in a space of I arms are made of this metal, and they made use of 
upper air. The genesis of hail is still an ! " ''^^^ square metres. ! it in engraving patterns on the hammered jewelry. 

. ,„„i„„j ™„t 1 „• 1 ui 1 The discovery of the workshop foundries of the ' Lead, almost unknown hitherto in a pure state, has 

unsolved meteorological problem, and pre- , . •' ,, ^ . ,,.,(, »- , . » . .u r r t 

. ° ^ ' Lacustres is recent. Until this time it was believed ! been found at Auvergne, m the form of a granulous 

gents so many difficulties that one scientist ^^^^ j,,^ ^1^^^^^ „l,j^^j^ i„ ^^^^^^ ^^.^^^ imported; | mass weighing 1,700 grammes; while a large mass 
was driven to the theory that hailstones were but gradually, as the archaiolbgists pursued their of tin, suspended by a ring of bronze, and weighing 
of interplanetary origin, like meteors. This | researches, Moerigen and Auvernier, then Esta- 1,800 grammes (about four pounds), was discovered 
remarkable hypothesis, however, only brings vayer, Cortaillod, and Carcelettes, one after another, at the same spot. Hence it is proved that metals— 
up the still greater problem as to how repealed the presence of the foundries on the pala- 
fittes. The moulds for the objects we see in the 
museums, of pins, bracelets, hammers, rings, 
pendants, lances, and knives, are found in these 
workshops; also the tools used for hammering the 



the hailstones could enter and pass 
through the atmosphere without being 
instantly dissipated in vapor by the heat 



evolved, as shown by the extreme tempera- ^ metal. The stations of the age of Bronze, unlike 
ture to which the meteors themselves are 'hose of Stone, all existed at the same time. Ham- 
raised in the passage. The actual cause '"^""« '"'"'' ^'"elting of metal belong to the same 
, ^t 1 c .\ r ,■ .- 1 -1 ' period, some objects being found which unite the 

and method ot the formation of hailstones!' ^, , r" 1 \.- 

I two methods of, workmanship. 

must be left for future students of mctcor-l with the introduction of bronze, palafittes ceased j the sun;" they are made of a hollow bowl of bronze 
ology to discover, _ I to exist in the eastern lakes; but in the west, the 'or '^'a.v. <" .which are bits of metal or stone, the 



copper and tin especially— were imported by the 
Lacustres, and used by them for the manufacture 
of their bronze objects. 

Among the curious articles that this period fur- 
nishes are tubes of bronze, which remained an 
enigma to the savants until the discoveries on the 
Tene — the great station of the Iron Age — proved 
these tubes to be needle-cases, some being found 
there enclosing the needles. The rattles for babies, 
too, remind us that "there is nothing new under 



Vol. XXIV. No. 3.] 



POPULAR SCIE^^CE NEWS. 



liandles being of wood. Clasps for belts or heavj 
garments are massive, beautifully chased, and 
handsome. The buttons show, among other varie- 
ties of shape, that of the double or cuff-button of 
our modern age. The ornaments of this period — 
the ear-ring», bracelets, and pendants — are found in 
amber (brought, probably, from the shores of the 
Baltic), glass (blue, yellow, and white), and even in 
gold. • 

ISut, leaving the wealth of metal objects which 
excite our admiration and surpriseat every moment, 
and our appreciation of the ingenuity and skill of 
the workman of this pre-historic race, let us pass to 
the ceramics and see what progress the potter of 
the Bronze period has made over his brothers of the 
preceding ages. It is evident that pottery has now 
approached a fine art. The shapes of the vases are 
so graceful and perfect that some of- them can rival 
those of the Roman ceramics. Utensils, dishes, 
cups, and plates are all more or less flat at the 
bottom, while vases and goblets are sometimes 
rounded or conical, necessitating some kind of 
stand to place them in. /C few specimens are sup- 
ported by feet; others have one foot, enlarged at the 
base and hollow inside, always decorated with taste, 
very fragile and easily broken. Triple vases are 
among the curious diversities of shape, being com- 
posed of three vases identically alike, joined by clav 
cylinders, perforated so that there is a communica- 
tion between them. In certain tombs in Prussia 
(Lausitz) and in the ruins of Troy, analogous vases 
are found. Do we not find the same idea, t»o, in 
the baskets of the Japanese.' Vases vary in size at 
this period, from the colossal, to the tiny things 
(evidently playthings for children) no larger than 
a nut. 

The ornamentation of the pottery, as that of the 
bronze implements, is geometric — series of lines 
traced in different ways, or grouped with artistic 
skill. Triangles, concentric circles, wreaths jutting 
out or hollowed in the clay, are among the most 
beautiful of the designs. Here and there the cross 
is met with, especially on the bottom of certain 
little vases. The custom of coloring vases in 
yellow, red, or black, belongs only to the end of the 
Bronze Age, therefore specimens are very rare. 
The best of these was found at Moerigen. It has 
the form of a large open dish, whose interior is 
covered with geometric designs, artistically colored 
in red and black. The potters employed pebbles of 
serpentine to rub the surface of the vases, but some 
pieces present such a polished exterior as could 
only be obtained by means of varnish. Moulds 
were used instead of the potter's wheel to shape the 
vases, and, in some cases, thin bands of metal, kept 
in place by resin, were bound around the outer 
edges for ornament. 

Though no idea of using the kingdom of Nature 
as a model for ornamentation seems to have 
occurred to the Lacustres, they seem to have tried 
their hand at modelling. Little statuettes of pigs, 
moles, and ducks have appeared, the latter being 
very interesting, since instead of feathers, the 
artist has glued little pieces of tin to the clay. As 
all the palafittes were destroyed by fire, it is not 
unusual to see several objects — bracelets, hatchets, 
and lances — in a state of conglomeration, soldered 
together by the heat to which they have been 
exposed. 

In order to arrive at such a high degree of culti- 
vation, which includes a technical knowledge very 
astonishing at this epoch when individual develop- 
ment was confronted with such great obstacles, it 
must be granted that the pre-historic race was well 
endowed, both as to intelligence and ingenuity. 
N'or were they lacking in surgical skill, one would 
premise, for a skull was found in Dr. Gross's 



presence, at nearly two metres depth of soil, which 
had a round opening in the occipital region of three 
centimetres diameter, which by analogy is identical 
with the operation of.modern days termed " trepana- 
tion." The practice of "trepanning" has already- 
been proved in several places, though this is the 
first and only instance as yet discovered among the 
Lacustres. t)r. Prunieres, of Lyons, was the first 
to draw the attention of archicologists to t+iis point, 
in determining the numerous skulls bearing traces 
of this surgical operation discovered in the dolmens 
of the Lozere.* Dr. II. Waukel de Blansko (Mora- 
via) also has found a skull, presenting the resection 
of the greatest part of the orcipital bone, in a tomb 
near d'Olmutz. 

But the "beautiful Bronze Age" had its limit. 
It must have been a past age long before the men of 
iron weapons occupied the banks of the lake. His- 
tory had not begun for us by the advent of the 
Rom,-As when the last palafitte of the Bronze Age 
was destroyed ; therefore we cannot know why the 
beautiful cities were thus desolated. It is almost 
too much to hope that further researches can throw 
light upon this disastrous close to an age of 
remarkable development. 

*Druiiiical reiniiins. 



[OrigiiKil in t'opuUir Science Xcws,\ 

EGYPTIAN LANGUAGE AND CHRONOLOGY 
—CHARACTERS OF EGYPTIAN INSCRIP- 
TIONS—THE ROSETTA STONE. 

, BY JOSEPH WALLACE. 
The history of the development and decay of the 
Egyptian language has not yet been authentically 
traced; only the four distinct graphic systems — 
Hieroglyphic, Hieratic, Demotic, and Coptic — can 
safely be confined within chronological limits. The 
time of the development of the old and full hiero- 
glyphic writing is unknown. It was perfectly 
understood and freely .used in the third and fourth 
dynasties, which would render it probable that the 
date of its discovery must be placed earlier than 
3,000 years B. C. There were thirty-one dynasties 
which reigned successively in Egypt, numbering 
upwards of three hundred kings. The total number 
of years between the reigns of Menes and Nectanebo 
II., (about 350 B. C), the last king of the thirtieth 
dynasty, who was succeeded by a Persian, was 
3,555 years. This succession, though the longest 
hitherto established anywhere in the world, is now, 
also, the best authenticated. It is based upon the 
lists of kings and their reigning years, and these 
lists are corroberated and elucidated by contempo- 
rary monuments up to the fourth dVnasty, with only 
slight breaks in the chain. The era of Menes, 
according to Bunsen, was 3,643 B. C. Lepsius 
makes it 3,803; Brugsch, 4,455; and, according to 
Mariette, 5,004. It is still disputed among Egypti- 
ologists whether the first seventeen dynasties which 
succeeded Menes were consecutive. It is main- 
tained, however, by the latest writers, that the 
dynasties were, with some exceptions, consecutive, 
and that the kings enumerated reigned over all 

Egypt. 

The use of hieroglyphic writing was not confined 
to the sacerdotal class, as was formerly believed on 
the authority of the Greeks, but employed by all. 
Though shorter methods of writing were afterwards 
devised, the hieroglyphic or pictorial representations 
of the language continued in use for important state 
documents, inscriptions, and religious compositions. 
It was accompanied by transcriptions in demotic 
and Greek down to the Roman emperor Decius, 
and, if Lenormant's researches are correct, so late 
as the usurpation of the government of Egypt by 
Achilles, who was put to death by Diocletian, A. D. 



296. The spread of Christianity in Egypt caused 
a proscription of hieroglyphics, because they are 
full of mythological allusions and sensual figures. 
The wants of a reading and writing nation led at an 
early period to the use of linear hieroglyphics in 
long documents, which subsequently developed into 
a cursive hand, called the hieratic. 

"The great body of the Egyptian jiterature," says 
the learned oriental scholar. Rev. John Thein, " has 
reached us through this character, the reading of 
which can only be determined by resolving it first 
into its prototype hieroglyphics. It is not possible 
to fix the time of the first use of hieratic writing, 
but from the actual preservation of several hieratic 
papyri of the eleventh dynasty, presenting it as a 
perfectly distinct and well developed mode of writ- 
ing, it is safe to conclude that it must have come in 
use earlier than 2,000 B. C." 

The demotic denotes a rise of the vulgar tongue 
into literary use, which took place about the begin- 
ning of the. seventh' century B. C., when it was 
brought into fashion by the great social revolution 
in the reign of Psammetik. The oldest papyrus 
found, which is now in tlie Turin museum, dates 
from the forty-fifth year of his reign, or 620 B. C. 
The demotic was used to transcribe the hieroglyphic 
and hieratic papyri and Inscriptions into the vulgar 
idiom till the secolfTd century A. Dvy^nd the gradual 
transition from the obscure and diflicult demotic to 
the more intelligible coptic alphabet. Demotic 
words were occasionally transcribed in Greek letters, 
pure Coptic occasionally in the demotic characters, 
and, again, derr^ptic in Greek letters, with the 
sounds not found in Greek, preserving their 
original signs, which were in reality the Coptic 
alphabet. Coptic is the exclusive character of the 
Christian ICgyptian literature, and marks the last 
development or final decay of the Egyptian lan- 
guage, which became almost extinct in the last 
century, and made way for the Arabic. 

The learned men of the last century who gave 
their attention to Egyptian writings, naturally con- 
sulted the ancient Greek and Roman writers, and 
censequently were led astray. All the ancients 
agreed in speaking of the hieroglyphic system as 
ideographic. They even gave the n»eaning of a 
few signs which are common in the inscriptions, 
and seemed to be well informed as to their interpre- 
tation. As the hieratic and demotic characters 
appeared more cursive and better suited to the 
transcription of long documents, they maintained 
that by means of them the same language was 
written in letters representing sounds. The writ- 
ings of Kircher during the seventeenth century, 
De Guigness and Koch in the eighteenth, and, 
later, those of Zoega, were based on the opinions of 
the Greeks and Romans, and consequently failed to 
throw light on the language. 

An incident took place in 1799 which had the 
effect of chang4ng the whole texture of the ancfent 
speculations on the Egyptian hieroglyphic writ- 
ings. A French engineer officer, M. Broussard, 
while throwing up earthworks at Rosetta (Bashid), 
discovered a large black slab of stone, somewhat 
mutilated, with an inscription in hieroglyphic, 
demotic, and in Greek. The victory of the English 
a few days later threw it into the hands of the 
ambassador, Sir William Hamilton, who deposited 
it in the British Museum. By this accide;it, a text 
was discovered, which the Greek version stated was 
an inscription of divine honors to one of the 
Ptolemies, and that the hieroglyphic and demotic 
versions were transcriptions of the Greek text. 

Although this was a very important aid to the 
Egyptologists, and a hopeful suggestion to a suc- 
cessful solution of those mysterious characters which 
defied the learned of all nations for many centuries, 



36 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



[MaklJi, 1S90. 



the difficulty still remained of determining the value 
and sound of each character. It was observed that 
about the place corresponding to the name Ptolemy 
in the Greek version, there was in the hieroglyphic 
inscription an oval ring enclosing a group of char- 
acters. This ring suggested many ideas, but, on 
further researches, it was observed that a long series 
of sitting figures on the temple of Karnak had also 
such rings placed over them, apparently indicating 
their names or titles; therefore, it was conjectured 
that this ring was the sign which indicated the 
proper name. 

Champollion discovered that the Greek proper 
names on the Rosetta stone were transcribed pho- 
netically in the demotic version. These results 
were obtained by guessing that a group occurring 
ih almost every line was the conjunction; that a 
group repeated twenty-nine times in the demotic 
version corresponded to kivg in Greek, when this 
word occurred about the same number of times'; 
and for the words Alexander and Alexandria in the 
fourth and seventeenth lines of the Greek, were 
discovered two groups of equally close resemblance 
n the second and tenth lines of the demotic. 

The next difficulty was to determine the order in 
which the characters were written — which might be 
as in Hebrew from right .to left, or as in modern 
systems from left to right. This point was soon 
settled by Champollion. Mr. Banks brought a little 
obelisk, found in the island of Philae, which was 
inscribed with a dedication in Hebrew and Greek to 
Ptolemy and sister, Cleopatra. This inscription 
was copied by Cailliand in 1816, and commented on 
by Letronne and Champollion in the French scien- 
tific journals in 1822. There was a ring identical 
with the ring for Ptolemy in the Rosetta stone, 
and another for Cleopatra. By a fortunate coinci- 
dence, these names have several letters in common. 
Assuming from the analogy of other systems, that 
objects depicted signified the initial letter of their 
Coptic names, both groups were spelled out, and 
Champollion was in possession of eleven phonetic 
signs of the old Egyptian language. It now became 
plain that in this case the signs were not syllabic, 
but alphabetic. Applying them to monuments 
which appeared to be of the Roman epoch, and 
attempting to decipher the royal rings upon them, 
Champollion found an almost ample list of Roman 
emperors, each with his title, emperor, added ; and 
this title became a clue to all similar inscriptions. 



[Original in Popular Science 2)ew$.l 
WHAT THE WINTER WOODS. AFFORD. 

BY PROF. W. WHITMAN BAILEY. 

It might seem as if the student of Nature would 
find little to do in the depths of winter. He has, 
however, many occupations. In the first place, if 
he is a collector, there are all his summer stores to 
examine. Often, as he turns them over, he is led 
in imagination to the spot where he found them. 
Suppose it is a set of plants he is viewing. Each 
specimen will recall to him pleasant scenes and 
delightful companionship. T,he outside storm no 
longer has a voice for him ; he is in the woods with 
his pets, breathing sweet perfume of leaves and 
flowers, listening to the merry birds, or chasing 
gilded butterflies. The memory of the noonday 
halt comes back to him; the little spring, half 
buried in moss and fringed with ferns, the over- 
arching birches, and the " checquered shade" in 
which he rejoiced. 

But even now, cold as it may be, he who walks 
with his eyes open will see much in the forest that 
is worth possessing. The hazels, alders, and 
birches, the sweet-fern, poplars, willows, iron- 
wood, hop-hornbeam, etc., have all winter shown 
their tassels. They are closely compacted now, 



each scale closing over the minute flowers, but at 
home we can coax out some of them in water. It is 
always a delight to see them evolve, — the light, 
pendulous, graceful "tags" of alder are an especial 
joy. It is a not unusual thing to see the silver- 
leafed maple' {Acer dasycarpum^ in full flower in 
February. It is a frequent shade-tree in the cities, 
and is known at this season by its exfoliating bark, 
and the pendulous habit of the branches. 

Crocuses and snow-drops sometimes shiver into 
bloom on sunny banks before the calendar mentions 
spring. It is not so astonishing after all. Do not 
the 'most delicate of plants embrace the feet of snow- 
drifts in the Alps.' On the top of Mount Washing- 
ton, when the tourist is hugging his overcoat or 
shawl about him, the little Arenaria is fluttering its 
white blossoms in the gale. By the Lake of the 
Clouds, fed by icy streams, which one hears mur- 
muring under the rocks beneath him, there grows a 
perfect garden of flowers. Mosses and licliens we 
have ever with us, clothing the rocks, encrusting 
the trees, spattering the grave-stones, or even 
perching airily on our very house-tops. These are 
the precursors of higher life — living chapters, as it 
were, of that old history which ante-dates the 
coming of man. Tree-ferns, that' tell of the Car- 
boniferous period, do not, after all, inspire one so 
much with awe as these Paleozoic forms. Then, 
how beautiful they are I 

Among mosses the student will flnd miniatures 
of palms and spruces. The Pohjtrichum, indeed, 
will show us a little pine forest, or a further stretch 
of the imagination will convert the clump into an 
army of pygmy spear-men. Do the breezes, we 
wonder, sing in the tiny foliage that sad song that 
the sombre trees have learned from old Ocean ? 

There is no time so good as this for learning the 
actual shape of the trees — when they have, so to 
speak, left off their corsets. Look at the spire of 
that maple, the fountain-spray of that elm, or the 
dark silhouette of yonder rounded horse-chestnut. 
Break off' a branch, tack it to a white .wall, and 
sketch it. What a study of light, and shadow, and 
form : You will discover beauties of which you 
never dreamed. Open the buds, so neatly packed 
in tarpaulins and wool. Here are little leaves, or 
flowers even, so soft and tender that one feels a 
human pang at having revealed them prematurely. 

Life is dormant about us; but, after all, it is life. 
The gray trees are no mere skeletons. Ere long 
their opening hands will beckon us to the woods. 

Brown University, Providence, R. I. 



SCIENTIFIC BREVITIES. 

An Economical Battery. — M. JablochkoflT has 
furnished the Societe des Ingenieurs Civilswith the 
models of a new primary battery consuming iron, 
which he fondly believes will supplant the dynamo. 
The battery is said to be interesting from a theoret- 
ical point of view, but M. Hospitaller, in a note to 
the "Bulletin" of the society, throws a doubt on the 
accuracy of the flgures given by M. Jablochkoff, 
who neglects to give the E. M. F. and consumption 
of the battery, though he states the cost to be two 
to three cents per horse-power per hour. 

Fruit Blossoms. — A chief cause of unfruitful- 
ness is the imperfection of the floral organs of many 
of our fruit trees. In this particular the Russian 
fruits are far superior to most of those of western 
Europe, or of this continent. They are mostly 
vigorously self-fertilizing, and bear full crops on 
solitary trees. Yellow Transparent, Tetofsky, Ol- 
denburgh, Longfield, Antonovkai Switzer, Titus, 
Prolific Sweeting, St. Peter, Alexander, and many 
other Russian apples, are sure croppers for this 
reason, and large croppers, too. Russian crosses 



will greatly benefit all our tree fruits, by infusing 
their wonderful vigor into their progeny. 

A 'Variable Star. — Professor Vogel, the German 
astronomer, has recently made an interesting dem- 
onstration of the existence of a companion to the 
big variable star Algol, from photogfaphs of the 
star's spectrum. Algol is one hundred and thirty- 
four times as large as the earth, but suflFers a partjal 
eclipse at short and regular intervals, wheiv it loses 
about. five-sixths of its brilliancy, and falls from a 
star of the second magnitude to one of the fourth 
magnitude. Professor 'Vogel demonstrates by pho- 
tographs of its spectra, what was before suspected, 
that Algol has a dark satellite, a hundred times as 
large as the earth, and moving at a speed of fifty- 
six miles per second, the interposition of which 
between us and the big star perfectly accounts for 
its remarkable rariations. 

The Cost of Atlantic Racing. — The recent 
breakdown of one set of the engines of the " City of 
New York" affords a startling illustration of the 
enormous cost at which the fast records of ocean 
racers are obtained. During a trip eastward, one of 
the crank pins of the port engines was broken, and 
the trip was finished »ith the starboard engines 
alone. Comparing the three days' run with the 
single set of engines to a corresponding period on 
the previofis voyage with both engines, we find the 
average ratio of the speeds in the two cases was 
0.S20 to I. When they consider that the loss of 
one-half the propelling power had the effect of 
reducing the speed by only 18 per cent., the pro- 
moters of the line of 2S-knot steamships will have 
some idea of the cost of their projected scheme. 

ft 

Vegetable Hybrids. — An agricultural exchange 

says : There Is a class of vegetables that mix badly 
when in bloom, and which in one season become 
almost worthless. We allude to the various vines. 
Farmers and gardeners de not, as a rule, exercise 
enough care in planting them. Take, for instance, 
the several varieties of squashes. They should be 
planted quite a distance apart. Last autumn, while 
attending a fair, we noticed an exhibit of squashes 
marked Hubbards, which were yellow, showing 
that they had been planted too near the Marrow, as . 
they had all the characteristics of that variety. 
Squashes should never be planted near pumpkins, 
watermelons near citrons, or cucumbers near musk- 
melons. If so planted, they will in one season 
become worthless hybrids. Too much care could 
not be exercised in this matter, and the farmer 
should give careful attention to planting, or the 
whole crop may be a loss. 

Dangerous Fun. — Professor Cook, the chemistry 
professor of Harvard College, has a reputation for 
facetiousness, and his lectures are highly popular, 
though the attraction appears to partake somewhat 
of the fearsomeness with which little children pay 
their first visit to Madame Tussaud's Chamber of 
Horrors. One of his lectures, says the Toronto 
Mail, is devoted to dangerous explosives, and a stir 
always goes over the room when he picks up a 
bottle labelled nitro-glycerine. When he takes the 
bottle and holds it up, the yellow liquid stirring 
with the shaking of his hand, he always says some- 
thing like this : " Now, gentlemen, it is commonly 
believed that if I were to drop this little bottle, we 
should all be blown to the skies (his hand trembles 
a little more, and timid freshmen look longingly at 
the door) ; but if this compeund is pure, — perfectly 
pure, mind you, — I can light a match with perfect 
safety and thrust it down the neck of the bottle." 
Here he feels for a match. "But," he instantly 
adds, "I am free to confess that I have not enough 
confidence in its purity to try the experiment." 
(Many sighs of relief.) 



Vol. XXIV. No. 3.] 



POPULAR SCIE^^CE :J^EWS. 



37 



Practical CljorQlstry and tlje ]?Irts. 

ULTRAMARINE. 

A BEAUTIFUL bluc mineral, known as lapis- 
lazuli, occurs rather sparingl3', which has 
been used for many years in the manufacture 
of pigments for artists. . Little preparation is 
needed, beyond finely grinding and separat- 
ing it from the gaiigue, or rock in which it 
is found. Its magnificent blue color is all 
the more remarkable in that it contains 
neither copper, cdbalt, nor any other metal 
forming colored salts, but is simply a silicate 
of aluminium afid other bases, containing 
also a certain amount of sulphur, both as 
sulphates and sulphides, to which the color 
is probably due. 

The great beauty of this ultramarine, as it 
was called, and also its scarcity and conse- 
quent high cost, early led to attempts to 
produce the compound iirtificially. . Its com- 
position was known from analysis, and from 
this an empirical formula was deduced, and 
a mixture of China clay, sodic sulphate and 
carbonate, coal, ancU sulphur w.ns strongly 
heated in a closed crucible, the resulting mass 
proving to be a very good article of artificial 
ultramarine. This is one of the few qases 
where "the rule of thumb" gives results 
wliich would not have been anticipated from 
a theoretical consideration of the principals 
involved. 

Artificial ultramarine was first prc|>nred by 
Cmclin, in 1S23, and in 1S2S it was made at 
Lyons on a commercial scale. Since then 
the. production has greatly -increased, and 
enormous quantities are now annually pro- 
duced, and from its cheapness it has largely 
replaced such pignlents as smalt (cobalt), 
litmus, and Prussian blue. The process of 
manufacture varies in difierent factories, but 
is essentially that given above, where the 
constituents, as shown by analysis, are mixed 
together and ignited in closed crucibles. In 
one process, a green ultramarine is first 
obtained, which is roasted with access . of 
air and additional sulphur to convert it into 
the blue variety ; but the mixture is also 
made so as to form the blue variety at the 
first ignition. Artificial ultramarine is quite 
stable imder ordinary conditions, but it is 
readilv affected bj' even weak acids, which 
destroy the color. Natural lapis-lazuli is not 
affected in this way, showing that there is 
some chemical or molecular difference be- 
tween them. A similar acid-proof variety is 
occasionally produced artificially in the fur- 
naces, but the conditions governing its pro- 
duction are not known. 

The chemical constitution of ultramarine, 
and the cause of its blue color, are not well 
understood. According to the experiments 
of Stein, it consists chiefly of a white mass, 
with which black sulphide of aluminium is 
intimately and molecularly incorporated, the 



blue color being due, not to chemical com 
position, but to the optical relations of the 
component substances. Green ultramarine 
contains less soda and more sulphur than 
the blue. The native ultramarine surpasses 
the artificial in beauty and softness of color, 
and is still used by artists, and for purposes 
where the artificial product is unsuitable. 



A DEVICE FOR WRITING IN 

MOVINC VEHICLES. 
Umder the phonetic name of Wryteezy^ 
the London Industries^ describes an ingenious 
and useful, though rery simple, invention, by 
which one can write in a carriage or on 
the cars without anj- disturbance from the 
motion, even when travelling over the rough- 
est roads. The writing-desk, as shown in 
the engraving, consists of a light piece of 
wood, the lower part of which is attached 
to the arm by an elastic band. The upper 
part is supported by two cords (not elastic) 




V'ir»:4/'i'^-fr7«J^ 



which are attached to a point at some dis- 
tance above the writer's head. By this 
arrangement, all movements of the vehicle, 
paper, and fingers are rendered synchronous, 
or occur at the same time and in the same 
direction. 

Everyone who has tried to write on the 
cars knows what an exasperating and.imsat- 
isfactory operation it is, and this simple little 
devite — which can be made by anyone, and 
carried in an ordinary hand-bag — will be of 
great service to those who have occasion to 
make many railroad joinneys. 



A New Way of Preparing Hydrogen is de- 
scribed' by J. Haderniann as follows : A granulated 
alloy of tin and zinc, containing about 83 per cent, 
of ilie latter metal, is prepared by adding zinc to 
molten tin as longas.it dissolves in tlie liquid metal. 
The product is recommended for the production of 
hydrogen. The pieces retain their shape and size 
after all the zinc is dissolved out by acid. 



[Original in PojmUir Sci*>nce New8.\ 

THE SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE OF THE 
ANCIENT GREEKS AND ROMANS. 

BY JOHN C. ROLKE, PH. D. 
V. — ASTRONOMY. 

So much attention was given to this branch of 
science, and so much progress was made, that only 
a very brief survey of the field can be made in this 
article. 

The Greeks began at very early times to observe 
the heavens, and to distinguish the heavenly bodies 
froin one another. In the poems of Homer mention 
is made of the Pleiades, Hyades, Orion, Sirius, the 
Great Bear, and Arcturus. The morning and even- 
ing stars are spoken of, but their identity is not 
suspected. The earth is conceived to be a disc, 
around which flows the stream of Oceanus. Thales 
of Miletus, one of the " Seven Wise Men of Greece," 
who lived at the end of the seventh century before 
our era, looked on the heavens as a hollow sphere 
divided into five zones. He discovered the true 
causes of the phases of the moon, and of eclipses, 
and is said to have foretold an eclipse of the sun 
which occurred during the reign of Alyattes of 
Lydia, in the year 609. Anaximander, his great 
successor, held that the earth had the form of a 
cylinder, suspended in the middle of the universe, 
and that men dwelt on its base.' It was surrounded 
by water, air, and fire in successive layers. This 
fire, shining through different openings, took the 
form of the sun, the moon, and the stars. The first 
to turn his attention to the planets was Anaxi- 
menes. He looked on them as flat- discs, supported 
by the air between the earth and the arch of hea\^n. 
Heracleitos believed that the. heavenly bodies were 
shaped like cups. When these were turned towards 
the earth, they caught its vapors, which took fire 
and reflected their flame. When they were turned 
from the earth, darkness ensued. Bv the time of 
.Vnaxagoras, who lived in the fifth century before 
our era, the spherical form of the earth was known. 

The first to elaborate a regular cosmic system 
was, apparently, Pythagoras, although it is dilficult 
to distinguish hi§ own personal work from that of 
his successors. This system, as finally elaborated, 
was as follows : In the center was an ever-burning 
fire, not the same as the sun. Around it revolved 
the sun, the moon, the earth, the five planets 
(Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Venus, and Mercury), and 
the sphere containing the fixed stars. There was 
assumed to be a counter-earth, — probably merely to 
make up the niynber ten, — which was distinct from 
the earth itself, but always moved parallel to it at a 
distance of 180°. Pythagoras defined the inclina- 
tion of the courses of the planets ai?d of the ecliptic. 
Aristarchus of Samos, in the fourth century B. C., 
first made the sun the center of the universe. 
Copernicus mentions three other Greeks as prede- 
cessors of his in this regard. 

Aristotle wrote a work in four books on astronomy. 
He gives various proofs of the spherical shape of the 
earth, among others the circular shape of the edge 
of the earth's shadow in a partial eclipse of the 
moon. He also discusses comets and meteors, and 
the nature of the milky way, which he believed to 
be formed of luyriads of small stars. Aratus, an 
Alexandrine astronomer of the same century, gave 
especial attention to the constellations, whose form 
and location in the heavens he describes in a 
didactic poem. 

Many attempts were made to ascertain the size 
of the earth. The method of Eratosthenes was, 
perhaps, the most ingenious. He was informed 
that at Syene in upper Egypt, near the modern 
town of Assouan, deep wells were lighted to their 
bottoms at the time of the summer solstice, and 



38 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



[iMarcii, 1S90. 



that vertical objects cast no shadows. He observed 
the inclination of the sun in Alexandria (;2), and 
got the distance from Syene to Alexandria (d) from 
the Egyptian tribute-lists. He then calculated the 
circumference of the earth (it) from the proportion 

,1 : d=i6o° : z° 

His result was 250,000 stadia. We do not know 
what stadium he used, but in any case (the stadium 
is, roughly, an eighth of a mile) his result was a 
creditable one, considering the means he employed. 

To discuss, even briefly, the discoveries and theo- 
ries of Ptolemaius (Ptolemy), would be to write a 
history of astronomy. The chronicle of the science 
for many centuries consists merely of comments on 
liis works. 

The Romans did but little in astronomy. That 
they were not keen observers is sufficiently shown 
by the fact that for nearly one hundred years they 
used a sun-dial brought from Catania in Sicily as a 
public time-piece, without noticing the errors due to 
the height of the gnomon, which was intended for a 
more southern latitude. Their most distinguished 
astronomer was Julius Ctesar, whose reform of 
the calendar is too well known to be more than 
alluded to. 

VI. — PHYSICAL GEOGR.M-IIY. 

Intercourse with Egypt led the Greeks at an early 
period to speculations about the causes of the rising 
of the Nile. The great traveller and historian, 
Herodotus, mentions three views which were cur- 
rent in his time.. Two, he says, are hardly worth 
mentioning, while the third (that it is caused by the 
melting of great quantities of snow) he objects to, 
oi»account of the heat of Libya, which would make 
the existence of snow impossible. The real expla- 
nation had its advocates in very early times. The 
alluvial formation of the Nile delta is also referred 
to by Herodotus. 

Earthquakes, which have always been common in 
Greece, early became the objects of investigation. 
Anaximander thought them caused by rifts in the 
earth, the result of long droughts; while Anax- 
agoras believed that masses of air imprisoned in the 
earth and trying to force their way out, were the 
cause of these disturbances. Aristotle agrees with 
this latter theory. Aristotle also considers the 
question of the saltness of the sea, which he thinks 
due to chemical changes wrought vby the sun when 
the water is taken up by it. He believes it can be 
got rid of by filtration and boiling. Strabo first 
observed the fall in temperature as the elevation 
increases, and the fact that tree's were confined to 
certain elevations as well as to certain latitudes. 

Among the Romans, Seneca is the foremost 
Avriter on physical geography. In' his A'aturales 
Qucestiones he discusses the erosive force of water, 
both mechanically and chemically. He observes 
that the spring tides are caused by the attraction of 
both sun and moon together. He defines volcanoes 
scientifically, distinguishing them from subterra- 
nean fires. He does not believe that the earth is a 
mass of fire within, but that there are collections of 
fire in dift'erent parts of its crust. On the subject of 
earthquakes he agrees with Anaxagoras and Aris- 
totle, but considers the imprisoned force to be gas 
or vapor rather than air. 

In the science of navigation little progress was 
made, since voyages were only along the coast. In 
the open sea "dead-reckoning" (by course and dis- 
tance) was employed, the distance being merely 
inferred, while the course was got from the constel- 
lations. Lighthouses and beacons are of ancient 
date, and charts were employed at a comparatively 
early period. 

VII. — .MINEK.ALOGY. 

The industrious Pliny was the first to collect the 



results reached on this subject. He knew a great 
many varieties, although, of course, not the metals 
(like platinum, cobalt, nickel,"" etc.) which are Qot 
found in the Grecian and Italian mountains. He 
enumerated most of the signs by which mineralo- 
gists today distinguish different varieties — shape of 
crystals, cleavage, hardness, color, transparency, 
weight, lustre, and grain. 

VIII. — BOT,\NY. 

The Greeks were probably led to the study of this 
science by the Egyptians, who turned their attention 
to it at a very early date. They found a richly 
developed flora in their own country, "hlthough 
many forms of vegetation, associated in our minds 
with the name of Hellas, first found their way there 
from the East, in coiTiparatively late times. The 
natural philosophers were too much taken up with 
the consideration of larger subjects to give much 
attention to the study of vegetable life, but the 
extensive use of plants for medicinal purposes must 
have led to a considerable knowledge of the subject. 
Aristotle wrote a Theory of Plants, which seems, 
however, to deal mainly with the analogies and 
contrasts between plants and animals. Theophras- 
tus of Lesbos, in the fourth century before our era, 
wrote a work in nine books on botany, in which he 
considers the anatomy and physiology of plants, 
and their dependence on climate and cultivation. 
The Alexandrines confined themselves to the rela- 
tion of botany to medicine, and the same is true of 
the Romans. 

IX. — ZOOLOGY. 

The knowledge of the ancients in this branch 
of science was by no means insignificant, and inter- 
est in it was kept up by the chase, and the popularity 
of fights between wild beasts in later Roman times. 
One writer, Aristotle, treats the subject so ex- 
haustively that his successors did no more than 
comment on his work. He knew five hundred dif- 
ferent varieties of animals, not all of which can be 
exactly identified at the present day. Much that is 
common now-a-days was unknown to him. He 
knew but four species of apes, 9nd nothing at all 
about the man-monkeys. His knowledge of reptiles 
and their geographical distribution is very limited. 
Fishes, from gastronomic reasons, were better 
known. Of the lowest forms of animal life there 
was no knowledge at all in ancient times. Aristotle 
is said to have been fHrnished with material for 
study by his pupil, Alexander the Great, but he 
appears from his description never to have seen an 
elephant or an ostrich. He studied the internal 
structure of animals also, but was hampered in his 
investigations by the preconceived notion that the 
heart was the centre of the nervous system. We are 
unable to learn just How much he did know of this 
branch of the subject, as his special book on The 
Anatomy of Animals is known to us only by its 
title. Pliny gave four books of his Natural History 
to animals, but is in no way original. ^Elian 
describes some new varieties, especially of fishes. 



Solidification of Nitrous Acid. — To solidify 
anhydrous nitrous acid, though still containing 
small quantities of hyponitric acid, there is required 
a temperature of — 52° to — 54*^0., obtained by the 
evaporation of methyl chloride in a current of dry 
air. To obtain anhydrous nitrous acid free from 
hyponitric acid, Fl. Birhans has operated similarly 
to Fritsche, but at a lower temperature. It.forms a 
fine blue liquid, which was solidified only by the 
cold produced by a mixture of methyl chloride and 
carbonic acid in the flocciilent state. This mixture, 
according to the experiments of MM. Cailletet and 
Colardeau, lowers the temperature to 82" below 
zero. 



Tlje Out-Door morUl. 

Edited by HARLAN H. BALLARD, 

President of the Agassiz Association. 
.[P. O. Address, Pittsfield, Mass.] 



It is pleasant to know that the new 
arrangement, by which the Agassiz Associa- 
tion has secured a departnient in this journal, 
and also one for the voungcr memliers in 
Santa Clans, is proving popular. At a 
meeting of the New York Assembly of the 
A. A., a unanimous vote was passed endors- 
ing the plan, and recommending all Chapters 
to appoint committees to solicit subscriptions 
from members and friends. This recom- 
mendation has been promptly accepted by a 
large niuriber of Chai^ters, and a veiy grar1f\- 
ing addition has already been made to the 
readers of both these excellent magazines. 
Mr. W. T. Dcmarest, President of the Man- 
hattan Chapter, No. 20, of New York, one 
of our oldest and strongest branches, writes : 
"As President of the Manhattan Chapter, I 
wish to assure you that your plan has our 
hearty approval, and tlwt we sliall do all that 
in us lies to make it a success." 



We wish every Chapter, and each member, 
to take a personal interest in " IMie Out-Door 
World," and feel, in a measure, responsible 
for it. Let each be "on the lookout" for 
interesting facts, particularly such as come 
under his own observation ; and let him send 
us as promptly as possible an accurate state- 
ment of whatever he finds that is ciuioiis or 
new to him. Whenever you can add to yoiu" 
notes, pictures of the t>bjects or phenomena 
described, it will greatly cniiance their value. 
These pictures may be photographs, line- 
drawings in india-ink, — w hich are the best if 
well done, — or pencil sketches, from which 
our artist may "catch the idea." It is a good 
plan to carr}- a note-book in the pocket, and 
thus be ready to jot down notes of what you 
see at the time you see it. Then, if you can 
send them to us the same day, so nuich the 
better. 

Mr. Fred E. Keay, one of our wide- 
awake members, is engaged in a work which 
may well be imdertaken by others, each in 
his own neighborhood. "I have in mind," 
he writes, "to make a set of photographs of 
our native trees, selecting as fine representa- 
tives of each as I can find." If this plan 
could be thoroughly carried out, and if to the 
photograph of the tree, were added photo- 
graphs of details, — such as leaves, flowers, 
fruit, bark, grain of wood, insect visitors, 
attached ne.sts, etc., — a valuable contribution 
to science would result. 



A WORD of special welcome must be 
spoken to Chapter 771, of Adelaide, Austra- 
lia, and also to the two Russian Chapters, ' 



Von. XXIV. No. 3.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



39 



— S16, Sliargorod, Podolsk, Russia, Sasha 
Shei^Dtieff, Secretary ; and 525, Savinstzy, 
Poltava, Russia, Miss Julia Lcsscvitch, 
Secretary, — and to 752, of Tnskegec, Ala- 
bama. Of the first, the President is Mr. W. 
Catton Grasby, a member of the Royal 
Society of Australia. Mr. Grasby has been 
at the head of a Field-Club of Young Natu- 
ralists in Australia for some time — a club 
quite similar in its plan and objects to our 
Association. Hs has lately made a tour of 
the United States, partly in order to study 
our methods of scientific a ad industfial edu- 
cation, and he soon heard of the Agassiz 
Association. It appealed t« him at once, 
because it reminded him of his own society 
in Australia, and so he made many inquiries 
about it, paid 3'our President a most delight- 
ful visit, and, as he bade us good-bye, he 
said : "You may enroll our Field-Club as a 
Chapter of your Association. Put us down 
to start with at a hundred members. After I 
get back we shall soon send a larger list. 
We are your first branch in Australia, and 
we will do our best to be an honor to the 
Association." The two Chapters that come 
to us from the far interior of Russia, ai'e the 
first ever formed in that great empire, and 
they are desirous of corresponding with some 
of our American Chapters, with a view to 
exchanging specimens, and becoming ac- 
quainted with American thought. The last 
Chapter is established in connection with that 
well-known and most interesting college at 
Tuskegec, wlTich has the sympathy and good 
will of all who know its history. 



REPORTS FROM OUR CHAPTERS OF 
THE NINTH CENTURY, 801-900. 
It is quite impossible to print all the 
excellent reports which come to us from our 
active Chapters. We therefore shall select, 
hereafter, those which reach us most 
proniply, and which contain most matter 
of general interest. While, therefore, it will 
be no reflection upon any Chapter, if its 
report should be crowded out, it may be 
considered a special commendation whenever 
a report is crowded in ! 

806, Morristown, N. J., [A]. — Our Chapter has 
offered a prize to the member who shall hand in the 
best note-book of personal observations. In July, 
nine of our members went into camp at Lake 
Hopatcong, N. J. This lake is about nine miles 
long and two and a half wide. We had a delightful 
and novel time. During the year we have held 
twenty-five meetings, and have gained four new 
' members.— Ridley Watts, 48 Hill Street, Cor. Sec. 

811, Nyack, N. Y., [A]. — Number of meetings 
held during the year, nineteen. The subject for one 
evening was " Cotton." We had specimens of the 
plant in its various stages of development, also the 
raw and manufactured products of the same. At 
another meeting, the habits- and appearance of 
many of the fresh-water infusoria were described, 
and illustrated by drawings made directly from 
nature. A talk on corals interested us another 



evening, and beautiful specimens were shown. 
Again, we listened to a lecture on the "Geological 
Evidences of Evolution," illustrated by drawings. 
Other subjects have been: "The History of the 
Obelisk;" and "A Practical Lesson on the Crab," 
with specimens in the hands of the members. Dr. 
Hensoldt, of Columbia College, kindly gave us a 
most interesting lecture on "Star-Fish, Encrinoids, 
and Sea-Urchins;" anc| Mr. Lilley, for many j'ears 
a resident of Japan, spoke to us on the " Education 
and Life of the Japanese." W£ devoted one evening 
to a microscopical exhibition. These are, of course, 
only a few of the topics that have engaged our 
attention, but they may give a notion of our general 
work. Besides all special topics, each member is 
expected to bring a specimen, concerning which he 
either gives or asks information. The new year 
brings us an addition to our membership, and all 
promise* well. — Emma Partridge, Sec. 



833, Fall River, Mass., [C]. (Massachusetts 
Archa;ological Chapter.) — Our membership is 
composed of amateur archaeologists of Massachu- 
setts. We began on the first of May, with five 
members, and have gained one. We were organ- 
ized just before the long summer vacation, and are 
now only fairly in working order. We shall be 
glad to correspond with all who are interested in 
archicology. — Lynward French, Box 45, Fall River, 
Mass. 



834, Peru. Indiana, [BJ. — Each of our members 
has been studying some branch of natural science, 
both by reading and by personal observation. One 
member, for example, has been studying plants, — 
visiting certain marked plants once a week, noting 
the progress of their development, and making 
careful sketches and notes; another has made a col- 
lection of seeds of the plants in this region. — ^J. E. 
Walter, Sec. 



S49, Boston, Mass., [H]. — Although wur time for 
study is limited, our interest does not flag. Last 
winter we took Professor Crosby's course in miner- 
alogy, and this year we are attending his lectures. — 
Abbie F. Brown, Sec. 



S62, New York, N. Y., [W].— We have now 
eleven members. We have held meetings every 
two weeks. A botanizing excursion to Fordham 
was one of the pleasantest events of the year. We 
are now studying mineralogy. — Florence L. Jack- 
son, Sec. 



867, Elizabeth, N. J., [C]. — Since our last report, 
we have changed our Chapter room from our Secre- 
tary's home to a room in one of our grammar 
schools, where we have better accommodations, and 
the use of the larger class-rooms for open meetings. 
By thus meeting in a more public place, we'hope to 
gain a finner foothold, and to interest mere people 
in the work of the A. A. The number of active 
members remains the same, bufwe have added sev- 
eral to our honorary list — among them the princi- 
pals of three of our schools. In April, two Chau- 
tauqua Circles joined us in one of our meetings, 
where we compared work and exchanged fraternal 
greetings ; and in May, the State Assembly met with 
us. We have been represented in all the meetings 
of the "Hill and Dale Club," and many observa- 
tions have been made and specimens gained in this 
way. In the new Chapter room, cabinets have 
been built, and now contain — besides those yet to be 
determined and classified — 127 mineralogical speci- 
mens, 50 kinds of weod, and, in the herbarium, 155 
mounted specimens. The various stages of the 
process of refining crude petroleum are represented 
by sixteen samples. These show the process re- 
quired to make not only one kind of refined oil, but 



the way in which the process is varied in order to 
make oils for different purposes. Crude petroleum, 
as it comes from the Bradford oil-wells, embraces in 
its composition all the varied products in the form 
of lubricating oils, wax, or illuminating oils. The 
first product from the distillation of crude oil is very 
light naphtha. As distillation progresses, the pro- 
ducts become of heavier gravity, and vary in color 
from a yellow tinge to a white, clear oil, followed bv 
products of a bluish cast. For each brand of refined 
oil, a distillate of a certain color and gravity is 
required. After all vapor has been drawn from the 
crude oil, a tar remains, which, when distilled at a 
high temperature, yields lubricating oils. These, 
as they distill, are nearly congealed with paraffine, 
whj^li is pressed out, leaving clear, cold, test oil. 
Our samples include : 
Brudfard crude. 

Light naphtha Gravity 7J' neaiimc 

Heavy " " 65 to fiS" " 

Light distillate " Jo to 60 ." 

Water-white distillate *' ^jj to 50 ** 

He.-ivy " " 40 to 45 " 

Refined oil, regular " 44.5 '* 

" " water-white " 4S.5 •• 

Tar " 20 

Lubricating oil, unpressed and untreated. 
' " . " pressed " *' 

" " " " treated. * 

Wool oil. 

Crude scale, or unrefined paraftine, pressed from oil. 
Refined wax, or steam-treated and refined paraftine. 

Among the apparatus constructed by one of our 
members, we have a microphone, for making low- 
sounds more distinctly audible; and a galvanome- 
ter, for detecting the existence and determining the 
strength and direction of an electric current. — 
Lilian Faulks, Sec, 134 Broad Street; F. B. Kelley, 
Pres., 1061 E. Jersey Street. 

576, Peru, Indiana, [C].— Our society is consid- 
erably scattered, but the work is going on just as 
vigorously as ever. The President of the society is 
.in Albion, Michigan, attending college, the Treas- 
urer is in Chicago, and the other members are 
scattered. The Secretary has, since last January, 
kept up a scientific column in a county paper, and 
has endeavored, as far as possible, to fill it with 
articles by local writers. Qiiite an interest has 
been awakened all over the county, and the Secre- 
tary has been amply repaid for his la,bor by the 
specimens — principally relics of the Stone Age — 
that have been contributed to the scientific editor; 
and. this work, arising out of an interest in the 
Agassiz Association, is accomplishing much good. 
— G. B. Lockwood, Sec. 

577, Providence, R. I., [E].— We have worked up 
the fossil Carboniferous flora of our State prettv 
thoroughly, and have a fine collection, with dupli- 
cates to dispose of We have also added many 
species to the Carboniferous fauna of the State, 
including several insects and Crustacea. — Russell 
W. Knight, 190 Broadway, Pres. ; F. P. Gorham, 
103 Knight Street, Sec. 

• 

SSo, Grand Rapids, Mich., [C]. — For the past 
year, our Chapter has been exceptionally busy. 
During that tiine we have added to our collection, 
125 species of Michigan birds, including 332 speci- 
mens; about 30 new kinds of insects; some miner- 
als, and 21 new species of birds' eggs. We have 
made many interesting discoveries and observa- 
tions, one of which was the finding of a nest and 
the young of the Ruby-Crowned Kinglet, which had 

never been observed before in the United States. 

T. Gilbert White, Sec. 

S82, Bedford, N. Y., [A].— For several inonths 
there have been only irregular meetings of oiir 
society, dming which a few geological specimens 



40 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



[March, 1S90. 



and fossils, have been exhibited, and various plants 
shown and named. A collection of our native 
grasses, hy Miss D. Marble, has advanced to forty 
varieties. Our herbarium contains thirty-two spec- 
imens. Our President gave' us an interesting 
lecture on geology, and a friend gave us an illus- 
trated lecture on the use of the blow-pipe in miner- 
alogy. The society was broken up by the removal 
of our Secretary and four or five members, and 
reorganized on November 6 on a different basis. 
Our members are now all adults, and we hope to do 
some more serious work. — Mrs. Lea Luquer, Sec. 



SS7, Grinnell, Iowa, [A]. — During the year, our 
Chapter has gained six active members. Two 
members spent the summer travelling in this ^tate 
and Nebraska and South Dakota. They sent home 
very interesting accounts of their travels, and many 
fine specimens. The members at home have been 
busy with the work of the Chapter. In the spring 
they found five birds never seen here before, and 
found the nests of four not before known to breed 
here. Several new and rare species of butterflies 
were collected. Six members attended the Sixth 
Convention of the Iowa Chapters, at Oskaloosa, in 
August. Our Chapter was awarded first honor for 
work done. We have divided our work into depart- 
ments, each department being given to two or more 
members. We are still working for the government 
under the departments of bird migration and for- 
estry. — Lynds Jones, Sec, Box 1766, Grinnell, Iowa. 



891, Schenectady, N. Y., [B]. — We have gained 
three new members during the year. The prepara- 
tion of note-books is now in progress, the member 
having the best to be exempted Irom all Chapter 
dues for six months. Our meetings, in which the 
greatest interest is taken, are held twice a month in 
the Union School Building. — S. Frances Winans, 
159 Lafayette Street, Sec. 



A CORDIAL invitation is extended to all our 
readers to join the Agassiz Association. 
Blanks for application will be furnished on 
request. 'Address all communications for this 
department to Harlan H. Ballard, President 
of the Agassiz Association, Pittstield, Mass. 
^ ^ 

[Written for "The Out-Door World."] 

PHOTOGRAPHY. 

THE CAMERA ABROAD.* / 

BY ELLERSLIE WALLACE, M. D. 

The first steps on German soil made by the 
arriving traveller, or "einwanderer," as they pic- 
turesquely call him, cannot oft'er anything very 
remarkable for the camera. Bremerhaven, the port 
of Bremen, is a dull seaport town, and almost the 
only objects of interest are the docks and yards of 
the North German Lloyd Steamship Company. 
These, however, will repay a visit to those inter- 
ested in marine matters. Subjects for the camera 
might be found here, but not the characteristic and 
beautiful ones of other cities and towns. A ride of 
about seventeen miles by rail brings us to Bremen, 
and here we immediately find ourselves in a city 
thoroughly European in character. The guide- 
books give short historical sketches of these old and 
famous towns, which should by no means be ne- 
glected, and 'this reading will at once make plain 
how and why the present beautiful " Contrescarpe," 
planted with fine old trees, came to take the place of 
the old city walls of the middle ages. 

Those who stay at Hillmann's Hotel on the Con- 
trescarpe, will find themselves well and centrally 
situated for excursions about the town, both in the 



old and the new quarters, and will also enjoy the 
great treat of occasionally hearing the fine military 
band play. The musicians are under strict army 
discipline, and are frequently ordered out to the 
Contrescarpe to play on Sund.iys in the forenoon, 
and sometimes, also, on week days, quite early in 
the morning. I was awakened about seven in the 
morning from my first night's rest in the Father- 
land, by this incomparable band, consisting entirely 
of wind instruments. Although greatly fatigued 
from the previous daj', the interruption to my sleep 
was a most welcome one. These open-air concerts 
have for years been a feature of German life, and 
those of our young friends — and older ones, too, for 
that matter — who are musically inclined, will find 
them very delightful. 

A short walk through the quaint, narrow streets 
brings us to the Rathhaus Platz. This is a very 
picturesque place; the Cathedral is at one end, and 
the curious old Rathhaus, or State House, at the 
side, with a colossal statue just in front, that adds 
not a little to the picturesque, old-world, and 
thoroughly German appearance of the square. A 
very effective view of this fine old building may be 
taken from the opposite side of the square, from a 
sort of raised stoop in front of the shops; and 
another one from the extreme left-hand side of the 
Cathedral, opposite the Exchange. This view will 
give the end of the Rathhaus, with the principal 
(acade nicely foreshortened, and a glimpse down the 
street leading from the square to the Church of St. 
Ausgarius, the tower of which makes a pretty bit of 
distance in the picture. If the front of the Rath- 
haus is attempted, it should be done before noOn, 
and care taken to choose a time when there is no 
market being held in the square. The farmers put 
up umbrellas, and have heaps of stuff of all sorts 
littering up the pavement, and it makes a very poor 
foreground for such a fine specimen of ancient 
German architecture. Permission from the town 
authorities could doubtless be obtained to make 
views of the great hall on the second fioor of the 
building. However this may be, the visitor should 
by no means neglect to visit the cellar of the build- 
ing. The Bremen Rathskeller is famous for its 
great wine casks, second in antiquity and capacity 
only to the great tun at Heidelberg. The cellar is 
used as a restaurant, and the great casks are shown 
on payment of a small fee. 

The Cathedral is rather a plain structure, com- 
pared to many of the continental churches, but it 
has an imposing appearance on the square; and a 
visit to the crypt, where the air is so dry that bodies 
are said to keep indefinitely without decomposition, 
will repay the curious. 

The country around Bremen has numerous 
features in common with Holland, although the 
ground does not lie quite so low. To put a photo- 
graphic meaning to this expression, let me say that 
there is absolutely nothing to take, save here and 
there a thatched barn with its cross-timbers, and an 
occasional windmill. These windmills, however, 
are fi-equently very picturesque, and some of the 
larger ones quite imposing. A good-specimen will 
well be worth an exposure. The question might 
arise, whether to take it while at rest, or to try an 
instantaneous exposure while the huge arms were 
rapidly turning. I must leave this to the amateur 
to decide for himself, merely hinting that the latter 
will require a very quick shutter and a quick plate. 
These mills, even when quiet, . are picturesque 
objects; and a nice, sharp negative, with the expos- 
ure well timed, and a sky with clouds back of the 
arms, relieving their delicate wood-work, will be a 
very pretty addition to the stock of negatives. 

My route led me from Bremen to Dresden, via 
Leipzig. Those who may follow in this track will 



find much to interest them in a city like Leipzig, in 
an historical point of view, and some fine modern 
buildings to photograph. The new Book Exchange 
makes a very fine picture, and there are numerous 
private houses that are beautiful enough to devote a 
plate or two to. There are but few ancient build- 
ings of any interest here. 

In Dresden, there are plenty oC subjects. The 
Russian Chapel is a beautiful specimen of its class, 
and makes a very effective photograph, as I can say 
from my own experience. The various churches, 
also, are picturesque, and may be conveniently 
photographed, owing to there being plenty of space 
around them. None but those who have experi- 
enced the difficulties of getting good photographic 
views of buildings when obliged to work "close-on," 
as it is tecjinically termed, can fully appreciate the 
value of these open spaces. 

A few days' work in Dresden, and I was obliged to 
leave for the charming old town of Nuremberg, of 
which I will speak in my next. 

PRACTICAL PHOTOGRAPHIC POINTS. 

Sulphite of Soda in Developing. — Having 
found on analysis that numerous .samples of sul- 
phite of soda, sold as chemically pure, contained 
carbonate of soda, I have worked with a specially 
prepared sample, absolutely free from carbonate. 
One hundred c. cm. of a 25 per cent, solution of 
this salt, with 1% grammes of Pyro. added, devel- 
oped the picture under normal conditions (.'), more 
slowly, indeed, than the commercial salt, or than a 
bath to which carbonate of soda had been added ; 
by allowing time, the required density is obtained. 
The fog appearing on under-exposed and over- 
developed plates is not seen when using this 
developer. Plates exposed in the worst possible 
light have been left soaking in this developer for 
from eight to nine hours w;ithout veiling or frilling. 
The solution may be used repeatediv, and in well- 
corked bottles will keep for a long time. I have 
kept a bath for five months in which eight to ten 
plates had been developed ; there was hardly any 
discoloration, and it worked as well as a fresh solu- 
tion. After many trials, I have come to the conclu- 
sion that the above conditions are the best, and that 
carbonate of soda should only be added when the 
development proceeds too slowly. — P.\UL Poire, in 
Annals of the French Academy of Sciences. 

We have frequently in these columns deprecated 
the use of ruby light in the developing-rooni, on 
account of tli£ strain upon the eyesight. Every 
now and then we find ourselves supported in this 
view by the experience of some operator of ability, 
or even of world-wide fame. An article in the 
Archiv, describing the studio of Schaarwachter, in 
Berlin, says: "In the dark-rooms the work is not 
done>by ruby light, but by a combination of green, 
orange, and opal glass, which admits a light almost 
white. It not only saves the eyes, but makes it 
much easier to observe and control the develop- 
ment." 

Those of our readers who are old-fashioned 
enough to possess a rolling-press for prints, will be 
pleased to know that it has been recommended as a 
speciallv valuable form of physical exercise by high 
medical authorities. They declare that there is no 
class of machines, in the use of which an equal 
amount of bodily exerci.se can be expended in a 
given time without over-fatigue, to compare with 
those worked by a winch, or — what amounts to the 
same thing — by the turning of a large wheel by a 
handle. The theory is, that the whole muscular 
system is brought into play, but particularly those 
portions about the hips, the spine, and the arms. 



Vol. XXIV. No. 3.] 



Slie Popular Science I^ews. 



BOSTON, MARCH i, 1890. 



PQPULxlR SCIE^^CE NEWS. 

merits. No punishment would be too severe 
for the person who would knowingly sell 
this murderous mixture for such a purpose. 



41 



AUSTIN P. NICHOLS, S.B., . 
WILLIAM J. ROLFE, Litt.D., 



.... EtlUor. 
Associate Editor. 



It is with deep regret that we announce 
the death of Dr. S. F. Landrey, at Logans- 
port, Indiana, on the 25th of January last. 
Dr. Landrey was a valued contributor to the 
Science News for several years, and our 
business relations with him led to -a full 
appreciation of his noble character and high 
scientific attainments. Dr. Landrey was 
fifty-six years of age, and his death was 
caused by consumption. 



The Medical Summary, which, under the 
successful editorship of Dr. Wells, has been 
a feature of the Science News for the past 
three years, will, for the present,- be con- 
ducted by Dr. C. E. Washburne, of New 
York City. Dr. Wells has been obliged to 
resign the work, owing to the pressure of 
other engagements ; but we have no doubt 
that it will continue to be of as much interest 
and value as formerly to the large number of 
physicians among our readers. 



The disbandment of the American Psychi- 
cal Society is a matter to be greatly regretted 
b}' all persons interested in scientific pro- 
gress. Tiiere is no class of phenomena 
more worthy of systematic study than those 
mysterious occinrencA which it lias been tlie 
province of the society to investigate. We 
understand that tlie principal cause of its 
dissolution was a lack of interest and finan- 
cial support, and it is to be hoped that suffi- 
cient encoiuagement may soon be given to 
lead to the re-establishment of a society 
which, at the least, has rescued an important 
class of natural phenomena from the hands of 
religious fanatics and peripatetic charlatans. 
AlthoHgh the society has no longer an inde- 
pendent existence, some of the members will 
continue to carry on its work as an auxilliary 
to the original British organization. 



Speaking of adulteration, a correspondent 
sends us some specimens of an ingenious 
fraud in the shape of artificial coflee-beans, 
apparently consisting of burnt flour, made 
into a paste, with some albuminous substance 
to prevent their entire disappearance in boil- 
ing water. A few genuine coflee-beans are 
mixed with them to gi\e a flavor to the bever- 
age, and the total cost of the mixture is said 
to be three cents a pound. Although the 
artificial berries closely resemble the "genuine 
ones, a careful examination of the interior, 
in comparison with a genuine berry, will 
show the difference at once ; and this is, per- 
haps, the easiest way to detect the fraud, 
where more complete tests are not available. 



A SAD accident is reported from Bloom- 
ington, Illinois, where a retort in which 
oxygen gas was being generated, exploded 
in the midst of a class of students, destroying 
the eyesight of the instructor, and seriously 
injuring a large number of pupils. No par- 
ticulars are given, and we are at a loss to 
account for the cause of so violent an explo- 
sion, unless the binoxide of manganese used 
in the experiment was adulterated with char- 
coal or coal-dust, as has occasionally hap- 
pened. ■ These s-ubstances, when mixed with 
chlorate of potash, would form a violently 
explosive mixture, and the greatest care 
■ should be taken to obtain only pure materials 
for this, as well as all other chemical experi- 



TnE dairymen of this State are making 
frantic efforts during the present session of 
the Legislature to have a bill passed prohibit- 
ing the artificial coloring of oleomargarine, 
and thus preventing its sale in free competi- 
tion with genuine butter. As there is not 
the slightest objection to the use of oleo- 
margarine as food, and as at least nine-tenths 
of all the butter sold in the State owes its 
yellow hue to artificial coloring-matter, there 
seems to be a good deal of assurance in this 
demand of a limited class of producers for 
"protection." The whole history of oleo- 
margarine legislation is a curious and most 
unpleasant example of the success with which 
State autiiority may be invoked to interfere 
with private industries and the natural laws 

of supply and demand. 

*♦♦ 

. A meteorite fell at Migheni, in Russia, 
on the 9th of June last, which was remarka- 
ble in containing about five per cent, of 
organic matter, in tlie shape of a yellow sub- 
stance readily combustible and soluble in 
alcohol, closely resembling resin. It also 
contained two per cent, of an inorganic body 
which is, apparently, a metallic salt of a new 
element allied to tellurium, altiiough it has 
not been fully investigated. The presence of 
organic matter in this celestial visitor is cer- 
tainly an extraordinary occurrence, and must 
be held to indicate either the previous exist- 
ence of living organisms on these bodies, or 
else — as seems more probable — that under 
certain conditions, such as we may suppose 
to prevail in the interior of the earth, carbon 
and hydrogen may imite to form organic 
substances. The bearing of this theory upon 
the formation of petroleum and natural gas 
is evident, and, whatever may have been 
the genesis of this irieteoric resin, the dis- 
covery is of the highest importance. 



Dr. Phipson, of London, has published a 
paper in which he attempts to prove that the 



difference between the various elements is 
not in the atoms themselves, but in the space 
between the atoms, to which he gives the 
old-fashioned name of phlogiston. He claims 
that each clement is composed of a system of 
atoms — all alike in size, weight, and form. 
This theory, although, of course, unprovable 
with our present knowledge, is of interest as 
showing the tendency among chemists, at 
present, to refer all the different elements to 
one primitive form of matter. A theory, 
however, which apparently confers the prop- 
erties of matter upon space is rather an 
incomprehensible one, and not likely to meet 
with general acceptance. 



H. O. TuMLiRZ has calculated the mechan- 
ical equivalent of the force of a ray of light, 
and comes to the conclusion that, under cer- 
tain standard conditions, the lighl received 
through the pupil of the eye in each second 
of time, represents a quantity of work which 
would reqtiire i year and 89 daj's to raise the 
temperature of a gramme of water 1° Cent.- 
This amount, it may be noted, is so infinitesi- 
mally small as to be quite beneath the bounds' 
of human comprehension. 



In continuing his researches upon the 
atomic weights.of oxygen and hydrogen, Pro- 
fessor Cooke has determined the specific 
gravity of liydrogen by direct weighing of a 
glass balloon filled with the gas. A new 
feature of the process is the determination of 
the weight of the empty globe, by first 
weighing it when filled with carbonic 
dioxide, and afterwards determining the 
weight of this gas by tlie well-known 
methods of organic analysis. The new de- 
termination confirms the former atomic 
weights of oxygen obtained by Professor 
Cooke and Lord Rayleigh by other methods, 
the average value of Lord Rayleigh's deter- 
minations being 15.SS4, of Professor Cooke's 
first determjnation by chemical methods being 
15.883, and by his last experiments 15.891. 
Althongii the atomic weight of oxygen is 
undoubtedly below 16, Professor Cooke con- 
siders it best, for various reasons, to assume 
it to Be the whole number, and leave the value 
of hydrogen to vary, as our increasing know- 
ledge may indicate. Professor Cooke's origi- 
nal paper, which is published in the Ameri- 
can Cheviical Journal, is of great interest 
as an illustration of tlie refinements and pre- 
cautions required in modern scientific inves- 
tigations. 

<*v 

At this season of the year a good deal is 
heard of the injurious nature of the "burned 
air" which is given off' from the furnaces 
used in heating our houses. It is impossible 
to "burn" air, and there is no chemical 
change whatever caused in it by being 
heated in a furnace. If the furnace is gas- 
tight, and does not heat the air to too high a 



42 



POPULAE SCIENCE NEWS. 



[Makcti, 1S90. 



temperature, it is a perfectly safe and health- 
ful means of warming buildings. The dis- 
advantages of a furnace are due to other 
causes than from its "burning" the air. It 
is also a mistaken idea that steam heat is 
moister than any other kind. Air heated by 
passing over a radiator is in exactly the same 
condition as when heated by a furnace, and 
tlie only possible way in which it could be 
moistened would be by the escape of steam 
from a leakv valve, which, however, is by no 
means an uncommon occurrence in many of 
the radiators in use. 



PRE-HISTORIC ROCK INSCRIPTIONS 
IN SWEDEN. 

No part of Europe has given richer returns 
to the student of archasology than the countries 
of Norway, Sweden, Denmark, and, perhaps, 
Finland, generally grouped together under 
the name of Scandinavia. From the verj' 
earliest times they seem to have been occu- 
pied by a large and 
energetic popula- 
tion, and the nu- 
- merous deposits of 
weapons, imple- 
ments, and utensils, 
— whether of stone, 
bronze, or iron, — 
show a perfection 
and beauty ex- 
ceeded or scarcely 
equalled b\' those 
of no other pre-his- 
toric races. 

The advanced 
state of the early 
civilization indi- 
cated in tlie Scan- 
dinavian coimtries, 
tends to confirm 
the doubtful theory 
that the great Aryan immigration startctl 
from this region ; or that more prepos- 
terous assertion, tliat the north polar 
regions were the true cradle of the human 
race, and were, in former times, blessed 
with a temperate climate and a luxurious 
vegetation. No scientist of any reputa- 
tion, however, supports this wild idea, and 
the best authorities consider that the use of 
bronze and other metals was introduced into 
the Scandinavian countries from other parts 
of Europe, and did not originate with the 
ancient inhabitants, no matter to what per- 
fection they afterwards brought the foreign 
arts. 

M. Victor Rydberg has recently been 
studying the curious rock inscriptions which 
are quite abundant in Sweden. We repro- 
duce two engravings of these cuttin»s, one 
(Fig. 1) showing a ledge near Bohuslan cov- 
ered with representations of boats filled with 
men,, and the other (Fig. 2) showing the 
details of a similar rock sculpture in the 



parish of Brastad. The age of these sculp- 
tures is still in doubt, but the best authorities, 
including the Marquis of Nadaillac, — from 
whose description in La Nature we repro- 
duce the accompanying engravings,— agree 
in referring them to the age of Bronze,"which 
came to a close not later than 1500 B. C. 
This age is particularly indicated by the 
wheel-shaped solar emblems, shown in Fig. 
3, and the absence of the svast/'ka, or sacred 
symbol of the Aryans, which was not intro- 
duced into Sweden until after the commence- 
ment of the age of Ir(5n. 

The objects represented in the Swedish 
rock sculptures are very numerous. The 
ancient boats, with high bow and ornamented 
stern, are very common, and were probably 
the models after which the later ships of the 
Vikings were constructed. Many animals 
are represented, including oxen, foxes, dogs, 
various birds, and reindeer attached to a 
sledge. Hmnan figures, are common, and 



of Sweden, the peasants deposit in these 
cupules ofierings for the souls of their 
departed children, whiclr are supposed to be 
wandering in space, waiting for an oppor- 
tunity to enter once more into a human body. 





Fig. 1. 

generally represented as naked, but some- 
times clothed in a long robe descending to 
the feet. Certain of these figures are appar- 
ently represented with tails, but this is 
undoubtedlv an unskillful attempt of the 
ancient sculptor to represent the extremity of 
the arm. 

At Tanum a certain number of men are 
represented as walking in Indian file, and 
deprived of their arms. These are supposed 
to represent captives in war, submitted to a 
cruel mutilation ; or, more probably, it is 
only another indication of the sculptor's lack 
of skill. Other inscriptions closely resemble 
those of the North American Indians, and 
suggest the question of a possible ancient 
emigration to this country. Many religious j 
symbols have been noted, such as wheels, 
crosses, and cupules, or cup-shaped depres- 
sions, doubtless connected with ancient 
religious rites. To this day, in certain parts 



Fig. 2. 

The future study of these inscriptions, 
which M. Rydberg has so successfully beg-un, 
will undoubtedly greatl}^ increase our know- 
ledge of those interesting pre-historic times 
of which so many relics have come down 

to us, but of 
which we realh- 
know so little. 
All our historical 
records are but of 
yesterday, and we 
cannot doubt that, 
back of the races 
of which \\e have 
a direct know- 
ledge, the earth 
has been inhabited 
for many thousands 
of years by suc- 
cessive generations 
of men, who have 
left scarcely any 
more traces of 
tlieir existence 
than the leaves of 
the trees in their annual growth and decay. 

[Original in l*opular .S'ciCHc'C Xews.} 
BRIEF STUDIES IN BIOLOGY. 

BY PROF. JAMES U. STOLLER. 

11. 

■fllE HYDRA. 

As a bubject for our second study, we inay take 
the, little animal found everywhere in ponds attached 
to the (' nes of water plants, called the hydra 
{Hydra viridis or Hydra fiisca.) This animal, 
which is a sort of classic in zoology, — having been 
famous since 1744, when Tremblej, the Swiss natu- 
ralist, did his curious experiments upon it, — is a 
representative of the second great division of the 
animal kingdom, viz. : the Coelenterata. 

The general form and aspect of the hydra, as seen 
under a low power of the microscope, is shown in the 
accompanying figure (page 43.) It is seen that the 
body consists of a trunk-like part, attached at its base, 
and of six or eight radiating arms, or tentacles, at 
the free end. (The bud-hydra connected with the 
trunk will be referred to below.) The mouth is 
situated at the free end, and opens into the body- 
cavity, which is simply the hollow of the trunk. 
The body-cavity is also the stomach, and it is from 



Vol. XXIV. No. 3.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



43 



the fact that the digestive cavity is thus one and the 
same with the cavitj of the body that the group of 
animals wjiich the hydra typifies receives its name, 
the word Coelenterata meaning hidden stomach. 

Thus the bodily structure of the hydra is exceed- 
ingly simple. While in all higher animals, from 
worms to mammals, there is a digestive tract, or 
alimentary canal, separate from the general cavity 
of the body, in the hydra a single cavity suffices. 
Food taken in at the mouth moves about freely in 
this cavity, undergoing digestion the while. Should 
any innutritions matter be swallowed with the f»od, 
it must be passed out of the body by the same open- 
ing that it entered, that is, through the mouth. 
Moreover, in this simple, sack-like animal there are 
no internal organs at all, the work of food-digestion 
being performed by the action of the cells that com- 
pose the walls of the body, and the circulation of 
the fluid product of digestion (blood) being effected 
by the general movements of the body. 

Having thus noticed the general features of the 
hydra, we may now pass to a more detailed exami- 
nation. By the use of the microscope it can be seen 
that the body is made up of two layers of cells — an 
outer layer, or ectoderm, and an inner Jaycr, or 




cndoderm. If the cells of the two layers be exam- 
ined and compared, they will be found to differ 
somewhat. While — like all unmodified living cells 
— they consist of minute bits of protoplasm, each 
having a nucleus, those of the ectoderm have a 
different form, and, as experiments show, possess 
difterent active powers, from those of the endsderm. 
If a few ectoderm cells be isolated and examined 
under high magnification, they will be foiXid to be 
drawn out at their inner ends into long processes. 
In the living animal these processes lie between the 
two layers, and extend longitudinally. Now, to 
understand their use, let us observe what happens 
when a hydra, extended at full length and swaying 
its body to and fro in the water, is lightly touched 
by a needle. The body — a quarter of an inch in 
length when extended — is quickly contracted into a 
small rounded mass. The little creature thus pos- 
sesses the 'power of contracting its body to a 
wonderful degree, and it has been found that it is 
the processes of the ectoderm cells in which this 
power of contractility lies. What we learn, then, is 
that these processes have the' same function that 
belongs to muscle-tissue in the higher animals. 
And, as the endoderm cells are not provided with 
these processes, we see that the latter differ from the 



former both in form and in physiological properties. 

We may now examine the endoderm cells. They 
are of an irregularly spherical form, and have scat- 
tered through their substance small grains of a 
green color. It is the possession of cells containing 
this green coloring substance that makes the hydra 
almost unique among animals : for this green mat- 
ter is chlorophyl, the same substance that gives to 
plants their characteristic color. Now, in plants, 
chlorophyl has a very important function : it enables 
the plant to utilize the sunlight in the making of 
starch, sugar, etc., out of things taken from the air 
and soil — as water, carbonic acid, and ammonia. 
The interesting question thus arises, whether chlo- 
rophyl serves the same use in the hydra. This 
point has not been finally determined. It is known 
that the hydra, like other animals, seizes and feeds 
upon organic bodies as food, but whether it is also 
able to derive food-matter from inorganic com- 
pounds, by means of the chlorophyl-grains, is not 
yet known. 

But what is certainly known in regard to the 
endoderm cells is, that they are brought into con- 
tact with the organic compounds swallowed as food 
by the hydra, — since these cells line the stomach- 
cavity, — and seem to digest them. At any rate, the 
food-matter, consisting chiefly of minute animals, 
is gradually absorbed by the living cells, and thus 
the life of the hydra, as an animal, is preserved. 
And here we may point out a biological principle 
of fundamental interest. Any living body, plant or 
animal, is an aggregate of cells, and the iife of the 
body is the in toto life of the cells. It is understood, 
of course, that we are here speaking of life as 
ritalitf/, not as conseioiisiiess. The principle is, that 
life, considered as that state of the body which is 
opposed to death, is the product of the unified life 
of the component cells. 

The biology of the hydra is especially interesting 
in regard to the ways in which the function of 
reproduction is effected. We do not commonly 
think of one animal being derived from another by 
a process of budding, just as one branch of a tree 
grows out from another. Yet this is one of the 
ways in which new generations of hydras are pro- 
duced. The cut shows a young hydra, formed by 
this process of budding, still affixed to the parent 
animal. During the time when they are thus con- 
nected, the body-cavities of the two are continuous, 
so that food swallowed by either is available for the 
nourishment of both. Sometimes . the bud-hydra 
will itself give rise to another, .so that three genera- 
tions of hydras will exist in one body. After a 
time, the buds detach themselves from the parent 
and begin an independent career. 

Reproduction by budding occurs only during the 
summer. At the approach of cold weather another 
process takes place, whereby the hydra perpetuates 
its kind. A small protuberance appears upon the 
trunk, just below the tentacles, and a second, larger, 
rounded growth farther below. Now it has been 
found out that these parts are sexual organs; that 
in the former, male cells are developed, and in the 
latter, an ovum, or female cell. The male cells 
eventually escape from their covering, and, by 
means of vibrating, hair-like processes (called cilia), 
swim through the water to the ovary, or sack con- 
taining the ovum; then, penetrating the wall of the 
ovary, they unite with the ovum, which is then 
capable of developing into a new hydra. But this 
does not take place until the next spring, the fer- 
tilized ovum remaining at the bottom of the pond 
during the winter. 

Let us notice that one method of reproduction 
shown by the hydra is non-sexual, and the other a 
true sexual one; also that these take place alter- 
nately. The same is true of many of the lower 



organisms, both plant and animal, and the whole 
process is spoken of as an alternation of generation. 

The manner in which the ovum develops into a 
full-grown hydra is, briefly stated, as follows : The 
cell divides into two; these grow and, dividing 
again, give rise to four; the procEss continuing, 
eight, sixteen, etc., are successively produced. The 
aggregate of cells thus formed is a rounded, mul- 
berry-like mass, and the embryo hydra is then said 
to be in the morula stage. A little later, the cells 
arrange themselves into two layers, thus passing 
into the gastrula (little stomach) stage. These two 
layers are, respectively, the ectoderm and endoderm. 
The cells composing them, at first pretty much 
alike, soon take on the distinctive characters (noted 
above) of these two layers in the fully developed 
animal. That is to say, the cells become differ- 
entiated into layers, or tissues, having definite and 
characteristic properties. Meanwhile, about an 
opening (the mouth) in the wall of the gastrula, 
the tentacles grow out, and development is complete 
— a new hydra has been formed. 

Now the development, or embryology, of all 
animals is, in its earliest stages, substantially like 
that of the hydra. All begin as a simple cell, and 
pass through the morula and gastrula stages; and 
in all, the cells gradually arrange themselves into 
groups, thus forming tissues. At first, taking the 
case of an animal of high organization, there is no 
muscle, bone, nerve, or other distinct tissue ; but, 
gradually, the undifferentiated cells fall into groups, 
take on distinctive characters, and thus build up the 
complex body. These are the fundamental facts of 
etnbryology. 

Union College, Schenectady, N. Y. 



fOi-iginal in t'opular Svienfe News.\ 
AN ANCIENT INDIAN VILLAGE SITE. 

IIY VVAKREN K. MOOKEIIKAI). 

For Several centuries there flourished in certain 
spots throughout the fertile Ohio Valley, large and 
small towns inhabited by aborigines, who gained 
their subsistence by hunting, fishing, and limited 
agricultural pursuits. Many of these villages 
occupied the same locality year after year; some 
of them might have retained their position at the 
present day but for the settling of the country by 
the whites. Those who study the ancient Indian, 
and who have become expert in field searches, can 
readily distinguish the spots occupied by these 
towns by the refuse — such as broken pottery, flint 
and stone implements, burnt rock, etc. — that thickly 
strews the surface. Often these objects have lain 
exposed to. atmospheric agencies for so many years 
that they present the appearance of the natural sur- 
face rock in color. 

The Indian towns were most numerous in the 
State of Ohio, for it is in her river valleys that we 
find field after field covered with diversified forms of 
rude implements in various stages of manufacture. 
The valley of the Little Miami River, for a distance 
of seventy miles, was occupied by quite a numerous 
people. At Old Town, in Green County, we find 
the first large village site, at the forks of the river, 
where it is swelled to a considerable size by the 
influx of Caesar's Creek. From this point to its 
junction with the Ohio River above Cincinnati, 
towns were located every one or two miles. 

At the station on the Little Miami Railroad 
named Fort Ancient (in honor of a large pre-historic 
earthwork upon the hills above), the largest Indian 
town fouml in the entire valley was once situated. 
The railroad runs parallel with the river for some 
distance, and is two hundred yards east. Extending 
between tlie base of the hills and the river, for a 
distance of half a mile, and having a breadth of 



44 



POPULAR SCIENCE liEWS. 



[March, 1890. 



three hundred vards, is this Indian camp. The 
refuse is thickest between the railroad and the river. 
There seems to have been but little occupancy east 
of the track. This peculiarity can be easily 
accounted for, because the Indians always choose 
to have their wigwams located as near the bank of 
the stream as possible ; hence the greater number 
crowd to the river front. The presence of so many 
persons would cause a heavy deposit of wigwam 
refuse. 

There is nothing upon the surface in the river 
bottoms at Fort Ancient. The deposits range from 
two to five Teet in depth, with layers of loam alter- 
nating, and thus indicating occupancy at three 
distinct periods. When our survey located at Fort 
Ancient, in July of last year, we began " prospect- 
ing" in various portions of the ijieadows lining the 
river by sinking small excavations here and there. 
The river at this place has banks from twelve to 
fifteen feet in height. It has cut into the rich, soft 
soil, and is rapidly wearing down the east bank. In 
its encroachments upon the farms it washed out 
considerable pottery and animal bones. Those who 
first learned of this informed me, and I went to the 
spot to investigate. From what I could learn I had 
formed the opinion that tliere was a cemetery some 
feet below the present surface. The subsequent 
examination of the place proved that a few persons 
had been interred, but that the site was occupied 
more as a town than as a burial spot. 

The first few holes sunk struck one of the most 
populous portions of the village. As soon as the 
discovery was made, broad trenches were run in 
various directions, and extended for several hundred 
feet; thus a great portion of the town was laid bare. 
At a depth of two feet from the surface, a thiri layer 
of ashes was found intermixed witli burnt rock, 
pottery, fragments, and broken animal bones. 
This deposit was made by the last village, and can- 
not be very old. The deposit of sand and loam 
above is due to the encroachments of the river, 
which overflows its banks every few years, and 
leaves in one place heavy layers of mud, while in 
another it may erode and transport the soil to some 
distant point. The pottery and bones found at a 
depth of two feet from the surface do not look as 
old as those occurring further down, nor are the 
bones in as decayed condition, but are quite well 
preserved. It is a remarkable fact that the pottery 
found on the later village occupation is plain, while 
nearly all that found in the earlier epochs is deco- 
rated and of a superior finish. 

Four feet from the surface a uniform layer of 
relics occurs. In this many shells of the fresh- 
water unio and the backs of the land tbrtoise are 
found. There is little or no burnt rock, the pottery 
is very common, and not a few flint knives, broken 
arrow-heads, and useless celts may be gathered 
from every excavation. The village that deposited 
the layer must have occupied this region several 
hundred years ago. In spots the accumulation of 
ashes is several feet in thickness ; it is in these ash- 
pits that we find many bones of birds, fish, and 
beasts. Some of these bones have been split 
lengthwise to extract the marrow. From hundreds 
of split bones (nearly always bones of the extremi- 
ties) of deer and bear, we ascertain that the natives 
consider^ the marrow a very great delicacy. In 
estimating the age of the second village, a number 
of things must be carefully considered. It was 
occupied when the country was quite heavily 
wooded, and the two feet of accumulated soil is due 
to the decaying vegetable matter. The .j-iver has 
been subject to sudden rise and fall, to %pring floods 
and summer droughts, since the country has been 
cleared. Before the . timber was destroyed, the 
channel held an even stage of water the year round. 



Of course, the winter floods came and caused high 
water for a time, bufthe stage was more even — 
there were no extremes. The meadows along the 
banks were in many places vast swamps; the creeks 
and tributaries were clogged by fallen trees and 
brush ; the river itself was retarded in its course by 
piles of drift. The thick woods that lined each 
bank were undermined in places by the current cut- 
ting into the bank. The trees fell out into the 
stream and checked the rapid flow of the water. 
Old settlers have told me that in 1810 to 1820, when 
they first visited the Miami Valley, the country was 
heavily timbered, that swamps lined the river 
margin, and that sudden floods were of rare occur- 
rence. All this being taken into consideration, we 
can readily see how much longer it would take the 
soil to accumulate between the second and third 
epochs than between the third and the present 
surface of the meadow. 

Below the second village site there is one foot of 
black soil which contains nothing whatever. Below 
it, or five feet from the surface, lies the heaviest 
deposit of all three— the one made by the first 
aborigines who occupied the site. This layer varies 
in thickness, and contains the most artistically deco- 
rated pottery, I ever saw. (The pottery is fragmen- 
tary.) The bones of the following birds, fish, 
reptiles, and animals have been found and identi- 
fied : Turkey, quail, hawk, duck, owl, gar, cat-fish, 
turtle, bear, deer, elk, wolf, rabbit, raccoon, squirrel, 
ground-hog, musk-rat. Many mussel shells were 
found whi%h have been perforated- in the center. 
The finger thrust through this perforation would 
render Irhe manipulation of the large shell easy, and 
thus they were used as scrapers, cutters, and 
dippers. Some of these shells were 4% by 7 inches. 
Ashes have a wonderfui preserving power; there- 
fore the most minute bones, and even the scales of 
fish, were almost as perfect as the day they were 
thrown down, although centuries may have elapsed 
since these bones and scales were a part of live 
animals, and fishes. In some places we found bone 
awls and perforaters, made from the bones of the 
turkey and deer, and having very sharp points. 
These were undoubtedly used as needles by the 
squaws in the manufacture of hunting shirts, leg- 
gins, moccasins, etc. 

It was the custom of some of the tribes of Ameri- 
can aborigines to bury, children underneath the 
wigwam in which they died, or at the edge of the 
village. No doubt this custom was practiced here, 
for in the course of the excavations the skeletons of 
three children were found, accompanied by small 
ornaments of bone and unio shell. These skeletons 
were poorly preserved, being but eighteen to twenty 
inches below the present surface in two instances, 
and three feet and a half deep in three other cases. 
The bodies were walled in with large, flat, water- 
worn slabs of limestone, transported from the river 
bed near by. The stones were placed on edge at 
the head and feet and on each side of the body. 
One large one served as a covering to the rude 
tomb. I think these infant'burials were made by 
the inhabitants of the third village, as the lower 
layers in the case of the deeper graves have been 
disturbed. The reason that the skeletons are so 
much decayed is because they are not surrounded 
by ashes, as are the other deposits, and because the 
floods fill the torpbs with water, causing rapid 
decomposition of the bones. 

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 



[Specially Ob.served tor Po2>ular Science News,] 
METEOROLOGY FOR JANUARY, 1890. 



TEMFERATUKK. 



Average Thermometer. 



At 7 A. M 27.90° 

At 2 p. M 30.71° 

At 9 p. M 32.24° 

Whole Month .... 32.24° 

Second Averag;e . . .i 33.20° 



Last 20 Januarys 
Second Average 



24.49° 

24.28° 



Lowest. 



17.50° 
in 1875. 



Highest. Range. 



64° 
59° 

64 



34.00" 
in 1889 



4> 

48° 
54° 
54°' 



16.50° 
16.59° 



Chemical names for streets have been adopted 
for a certain Australian town. Argent, Beryl, Co- 
balt, Kaolin, Iodide, Oxide, Bromide, and Sulphide 
are favorites. It is significant that along the latter 
are situated churches and recreation grounds. 



We have another remarkably- warm January to 
report, exceeded only twice in twenty years, namely, 
last year (see above), and in i8So, when the tem- 
perature averaged 32.98°. The lowest point reached 
the present January was 10" above zero, on the 25th, 
and the highest 64°, on the 2d. The loth was the 
coldest day, with an average of 12 33°, and the 2d 
was the warmest, with a mean of 57.33°. The 20th 
was the next warmest, at 46.66°, and the nth the 
next coldest, at 17.66°. The first week averaged 
41.48° — so near mid-winter! In the twenty-one 
observations the mercury went below the freezing- 
point only five times, and the extremes were 22° 
and 64 -. The loth had the least range of any day, 
being only 3°, and the 25th the widest — 30° in four- 
teen hours, of which 26° occurred in seven hours, 
an average rise of nearly 4° per hour! There were 
only nine days when the mercury stood below the 
freezing-point at 2 P. M.. Such warm and change- 
able weather in mid-winter was unfavorable for 
health, and "la grippe" prevailed, with a number 
of deaths from this now memorabje disease. 

SKY. 

The face of the sky, in 93 observations, gave 43 
fair, 16 cloudy, 21 overcast, S rainy, and 5 snowy, — 
— a percentage of 46.2 fair. The average for the 
last twenty Januarys has been 53.7 fair, with ex- 
tremes of 40.9 in 18S4, and 61.3 in 187S and 18S8. 
January has been less fair than the present only 
three times in the last twenty years. The morning 
of the 13th was foggy, and the 22(1 and 28th were 
clear and cold. Only a few- days could be called 
fine. 

PRECIPITATION. \ 

The amount of rainfall the last month, including 
4.5 inches of snow, melted, was 3.04 inches, while 
the average for the last twenty-two Januarys has 
been 4.83, with exti-emes of i So in 1871, and 8.85 in 
1S89. The " Signal Service" at Boston reports this 
to be the driest January in twenty years, while my 
record gives seven drier than the present, illustrat- 
ing how different localities may vary in this respect, 
though not very far distant from each other. The 
small amount of snow fell on four different days, 
between the loth and 27th, and soon disappeared,, 
leaving the ground usually bare and often muddy. 
Only two days of imperfect sleighing thus far, andi 
the prospect for a good ice crop is now quite: 
unfavorable. 

PRESSURE. 

The average pressure the past month was 30. iir 
inches, with extremes of 29.44 on the 8th, and 
30.75 on the 1st,— a range of 1.31 inches. This 
is the highest average for January on my record., 
and has been exceeded but twice in all the months 
of the year. The average pressure fpi* January in 
seventeen years has been 29.921 ijiches, with ex- 
tremes of 29.840 in 1879, aid 30-111 in -1890, — a 
range of .271 inch. The sum of the daily variation.s 
the last month was 11.39 inches, giving a mean 
daily movement of .367 inch — the largest, with three 
exceptions, in seventeen years. This average in 
January has been .302, with extremes of .196 and 



Vol. XXIV. No. 3.] 



POPULAR SCIEXOE J^EWS. 



45 



.391. The largest daily movements the last month 
were .75 on the i6th, .74 on the 14th, and .60 on the 
15th, in connection with the principal rainfall. On 
fourteen other days the movements ranged from 
.54 to .35. There were six principal barometric 
waves during the month. 

WINDS. 

The direction of the wind, in 93 observations, the 
f^ last month gave iS N., o S., 3 E., 19 W., 5 N. E., 
36 N. W., o S. E., and 22 S. W., — an excess of 27 
northerly and 59 westerly over the southerly and 
easterly, and indicating the average direction to 
have been W. 24° 35' N. The westerly winds in 
January have uniformly prevailed over the easterly 
for the last twenty-one years, by an average of 
j4 observations, and the northerly over the south- 
erly, with two exceptions, by an average of 21.4, 
indicating the general average direction to have 
been W. 21° 36' N., a near average with the last 
month. The relative progressive distance travelled 
by the wind the present January was 64.SS units, 
and during the last twenty-one Januarys i,2.;o such 
units, an average of 58-1, — showing less opposiTig 
winds than usual. The 9th and 22d were hoted as 
very windy. D. W. 

Natick, Feb. 5, 1890. 



[Specially Computed for Popular Science News.] 

ASTRONOMICAL PHENOMENA FOR 

MARCH, 1890. 
The sun crosses the equator and spring begins on 
March 20, at about 10.30 A. M. Mercury is a morn- 
ing StarBand passed west elongation on February 
23. It is at the beginning of the month about 10° 
south of the sun, but is about 25° west, and so can 
be seen for a few days in the morning twilight, low 
down in the southeastern sky. By the end of the 
month it will be very near the sun, and will pass 
superior conjunction on the morning of April 9. 
Venus passed superior conjunction and became an 
evening star on the evening of February 18. Dur- 
ing the month of March it will gradually move east- 
ward from the sun, but will not get far enough 
away to be in good position for observation. Mars 
rises at about midnight on March i, and at a little 
after 11 P. M. on March 31. It is moving eastward 
in the constellation Scorpius, and on March 4 it 
passes very close to the second star of the constella- 
tion, Jleta Scorpii, the planet being only 8' north of 
the star. The distance in miles from the planet to 
the earth diminishes from about 100,000,000 miles 
to 75,000,000 during the month. Jupiter is a morn- 
ing star, rising at about 4.30 A. M. at the beginning 
of the month, and at about 3 A. M. at the end. It 
is in the constellation Capricornus, and is moving 
eastward and a little northward, it having passed its 
most southern point during the past year. Saturn 
passed opposition with the sun on February 18, and 
is in good position for observation, being on the 
meridian at about 11 P. M. on March i, and two 
hours earlier on March 31. It is quite near the first 
magnitude star Regulus. During the month it 
moves slowly westward, and at the end is less than 
1° 30' north of the star, between Regulus and Fia 
Letjnis, the star at the j.unction of the blade with 
the handle of the Sickle. Uranus is in the constel- 
lation Virgo, about 5^- east of Spica {Alpha Vir- 
ginis), and is moving westward slowly. It will 
come to opposition with the sun in April. Neptune 
is in Taurus, between the Pleiades and Hyades. 

The Constellations. — The positions given are for 
the latitude of the northern part of the United 
States, and for lo P. M. on Marc^ i, 9 P. M. on 
March 16, and 8 P. M. on March 31. Cancer is not 
far from the zenith, a little to the south. I^eo lies 
east of Cancer, and Virgo lies below Leo, reaching 



to the horizon on the east. Between these constel- 
lations and the southern meridian are Hydra and 
one or two other constellations. On' the northeast 
are Ursa Major, well up toward the zenith, and 
Bootes and Corona low down. Draco and Ursa 
Minor lie mainly to the east of the pole star, while 
Cepheus is just below it. Andromeda is just setting 
in the northwest, and Cassiopea lies between it and 
the pole star. Perseus is above Andromeda, and 
Auriga above and to the south of Perseus. Gemini 
is west of the zenith, high up; and Taurus is low 
down in the west, just above Aries, which is setting. 
Orion is to the left of Taurus, a little lower down. 
Canis Minor is about halfway from the zenith to 
the southwest horizon, and Canis Major is below, 
between Orion and the southern horizon. 

M. 
Lake Forest, III., Feb. 3, 1890. 

«♦♦ 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 

Letters of inquiry should enclose a two-cent 
stamp, as well as the name and address of the 
writer, which will not be published. 

Questions regarding the treatment of diseases 
cannot be answered in this column. 

G. F. W., Boston. — In a recent number of the 
Science News [Jan., 1890, page 6] it is stated that 
Nero used a convex lens as an aid to his near-sighted 
eyes. Was this an eccentricity on the part of that 
amiable monarch, or a slip of the pen.' 

Answer. — There is evidently some mistake about 
the matter, but as the parties concerned are now 
beyond the reach of an interviewer, we do not think 
the question can be settled. Perhaps Nero was 
really far-sighted, as the ancients would not readily 
distinguish between the two defects in vision. 

C. H. C., Va. — Is there any kind of rnk which 
will fade away in a short time after being used.' 

Answer. — We know of no ink which would 
become absolutely invisible and beyond power of 
restoration; but it is said that iodide of starch, 
made by adding tincture of iodine to a thin starch 
paste, possesses those properties to some extent. 
We have had np practical experience with it, how- 
ever, and do not know whether it will do what is 
claimed for it. 

J. K., New Hampshire. — How can I grind raw 
bones so as to dissolve them in sulphuric acid for the 
purpose of making an artificial fertilizer? 

Answer.— Raw bone can only be ground in what 
is known as an attrition mill, very few of which are 
in use. You had best burn the bones till they can 
be ground in an ordinary plaster mill, although in 
so doing you lose the gelatine and other nitrogen- 
ous organic constituents, the phosphoric acid alone 
remaining. You must. not expect the bone-ash to 
dissolve in the acid. The chemical reaction between 
the bone and acid takes place without forming a 
complete solution. See Dr. Nichols' "Barn Floor 
Lecture," which we can mail for ten cents. 

G. H. T. , A'eio York. — Which is the proper form 
of the name of the metal occurring in clay. 
Aluminum or Aluminium.' 

Answer. — Both words are correct and used by 
good authorities. While we prefer the form 
aluminium, as the termination ium is analogous to 
that of most of the other elements, the form alumi- 
num is, perhaps, more generally used in works on 
chemistry. 

P. R. D., /"/a.— What is the exact length of a 
pendulum oscillating in one second of time.' 

Answer. — Owing to the varying force of gravitv 
at different points in the earth's surface4 this length 
is not invariable. Careful determinations have been 
made, which show that at the level of the sea, at the 
equator (St. Thomas), the length is 39.02074 inches ; 
at London, 39. 13983 inches, and at Spitzbergen, 
39.21469 inches. 



LITERARY NOTES. 

Conversations on Mines, by William Hopton. Pub- 
lished by J. B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia. 
Price, $i.2v 

This instructive book is intended for the better 
information of miners, over-men, under-lookers. 



deputies, and firemen, and those of them who intend 
to become managers of collieries. The book has 
had a remarkable history. Its author — a hard- 
working coal miner of Lancashire, who had risen 
by sheer natural ability and force of character to a 
position of trust in a mine — determined, in 1S64, to 
issue the work, chiefly as a hand-book for the use of 
operatives and laborers in coal mines, p'rom the 
very outset the book has had a marked success, and 
has long since attained an unparalleled popularity 
for a treatise of this kind. Its simple and exact 
methods of statement, its quaint and at times pic- 
turesque language, its high moral and humanitarian 
purpose, and the transparent honesty and unques- 
tionable manliness and straightforwardness of its 
author, all help to give the book a character of its 
own. 



Massage, and The Original Swedish Movements, by 
Kurre W. Ostrom. Published by P. Blakiston, 
Son & Co., Philadelphia. Price, 75 cents. 
The practice of massage has rapidly come into 
(avor of late years, as a remedial agent, and, in 
many classes of affections, has been used with 
signal success. The Swedish Movements, which 
are only a modification, have been in use among 
the Swedish peasants for many years. Dr. Ostrom 
has written a most valuable little hand-book upon 
the subject, which clearly explains the methods of 
performing the different manipulations, and the 
various di-seases in which they may be expected to 
^ve relief Numerous wood-cuts illustrate the 
work, and add greatly to the clear comprehension 
of the text. 



The First /look in Color, by Stephen W. Tilton. 

S. W. Tilton, 29 Temple Place, Boston. 

The study of color is taking its place in our 
schools as one of the necessities in education. The 
training of the eye ffe acknowledged to be as impor- 
tant as that of the hand and of the mind. Every 
book, therefore, that treats the subject ol' color is of 
timely assistance. The teacher, wliether in our 
public schools or at home, will find this book a 
great assistance. It presents carefully the theories 
of color and accompanies them with valuable prac- 
tical instructions. The book is in handsome, clear 
type, and brought out with the carefulness shown in 
other manuals issued by this firm. 



The Psychology of Attention, by Th. Ribot. Author- 
ized translation. The Open Court Publishing 
Co., Chicago. Price, 75 cents: 
A celebrated French critic has characterized the 
monograph of M. Ribot upon the psychology of 
attention as the most remarkable production of the 
philosophical press of France for the year of 1889. 
M. Ribot, who, in his own country, may be regarded 
as the inaugurator of modern psychological re- 
search, now occupies the chair of comparative and 
experimental psychology at the College de France, 
and is the editor of the foremost philosophical 
review of the continent, the Revue Philosophique. 
His works ujftn the diseases of will, of memory, 
and of personality, are universally known. The 
subject of the mechanism of attention, hitherto, has 
nowhere been treated of with fullness and scientific 
accuracy ; it has received at the hands of psycholo- 
gists but cursory mention, and, practically, been 
neglected. It has been the object of M. Ribot to 
fill this gap in the domain of contemporary compar- 
ative psychology. 

The J. G. Cupples Company, of Boston, have in 
press, and will shortly issue, the second edition, 
enlarged and improved, of a work in the vein of the 
"Widow Bedott Papers," but pronounced by compe- 
tent judges to excel even that famous production. 
It is entitled Aunt Nabby : Her Uambles, Her Adven- 
tures, and Her Notions, and has already in the first 
edition had an extensive run. They will also 
shortly publish a bright volume of European travel, 
entitled A liundle of Letters from Over the Sea, bv 
Louise B. Robinson, so well known in artistic and 
social circles of Boston. 



Pamphlets, etc., received: Liberty and lAfe, by 
E. P. Powell ; published by Charles H. Kerr & Co., 
Chicago; price, 75 cents. Sanitary Entombment, 
by Rev. Charles R. Treat, New York; Fires in 
American Cities, by Andrew P. Peabody, published 
by Damrell, l^pham Si Co., Boston ; and An Aerial 
Railway for the Exploration of the Volar Zone, by 
David Thayer, M. D., Boston. 



46 



POPULAR SCIEl^CE I^EWS. 



[March, 1S90. 



n^edicirje aijd Pliarnjacy. 

SLEEP. 

Tin; condition in which wc pass at least 
one-third of our lives is certainly one of the 
highest importance and interest, and it is, 
even witli om' present knowledge, not devoid 
of a certain amount of mystery. We know 
that in sleep the amount of hlood circulating 
in the brain is considerably diminished, and 
it is, un.doubtedly, the time when the waste 
of the nervous system is repaired, and a store 
of vital force — whatever that may be — laid 
up for the labors of the ensuing day. 

The profound influence which the state of 
slumber has upon the human system, is evi- 
dent to anyone who has ever passed one or 
more nights without the presence of "tired 
Nature's sweet restorer ; " and the feeling of 
strength, vigor, and well-being with which 
one awakens after a period of sound, dream- 
less sleep, shows that the restorative'influence 
extends to every part of the body. The 
need of sleep is an imperative one, and, in 
many cases, is almost irresistible. Instances 
arc on record of soldiers sleeping on horse- 
back, or even in the midst of a battle, and 
many a sentry has been sentenced to death 
for sleeping at his post, who was in no way 
to blame for his neglect of duty, but was 
simply overcome by a demand of Nature 
which he was unable to resist, even at the 
i)eril oi" his life. Similar instances are known 
of railroad engineers and steamboat pilots 
sleeping when on duly, with the knowledge 
-that the lives of many others, as well as their 
own, depended Upon their wakefulness. 

The proper amount of sleep required by 
anvone is an individual peculiarity, and no 
general rule can be given. The new-born 
infant sleeps nearly all the time, but the 
periods of wakefulness soon grow longer, 
through childhood and youth, until the full- 
o-rown adult devotes a minimum time to the 
recuperation of his bodily energies, while in 
old age the need of more time for sleep is 
again felt. The feelings are the best guide in 
this respect, and if one awakes completely 
refreshed after six hours of slumber, thai; 
amoimt is doubtless surficieut for his bodily 
needs, while another person may require nine 
or ten hours of each day to restore the balance 
of vital profit and loss. Nothing, however, 
can be worse than to regularly deprive one's 
self of needed sleep, in order to have more 
time for work or pleasure. This is like 
expending one's capital instead of the inter- 
est, and although the final result may be 
postponed, it can only end in physiological 
bankruptcy. 

The time of sleep is of no particular con- 
sequence, and is largely a matter of habit. 
The darkness and quiet of night naturally 
lead to repose, but large numbers of people 
must, necessarily, reverse the usual practice 



and devote the daylight hoius to slumber. 
Neither is there any particular hjgienic virtue 
in early rising. The familiar old couplet is 
only true in a very general sense, and there 
are a great many cases where a man would 
be healthier, wealthier, and wiser if he de- 
layed the time of his rising to an hour con- 
sistent with his own feelings and inclinations. 

Dreams, undoubtedly, occur during dis- 
turbed sleep, or during the interval between 
sleeping and waking, and — althouglj it is not 
easy to prove this — it is more than probable 
that a sound sleep is a dreamless one. 
Unusual mental anxiety or excitement, or 
a disturbed state of the bodily organs, such 
as an overloaded stomach, may cause a cer- 
tain activity of the mental processes, which 
will become manifest in dreams. The sudden 
awakening of a sleeper will often cause a 
dream in the brief interval before full con- 
sciousness is attained. Dreams more often 
relate to recent and important occurrences in 
our daily life ; but, on the contrary, the most 
trivial incident, forgotten for many years, may 
be, as it were, stored up somewhere in the 
brain, to be alterward revived in a dream, 
with all the accompanying circumstances. 

The literature and curiosities of sleep and 
dreams is, however, very extensive, and it 
woidd be impossible to refer to even a frac- 
tional part of tiie observed phenomena. A 
simple falling asleep, if it were not so com- 
mon, would be a most wonderful and even 
alarming occurrence. Although the vital 
processes of a sleeper go on as usual, yet the 
mental life, the self-conscioiisness is sus- 
pended, and the sleeper is practically dead ty 
this world, or else wandering in another 
and stranger world — that of dreamland. A 
dreamer may be said to be in two places at 
once, and if, from any cause, he should not 
awake, but continue to dream on indefinitely, 
it would be hard to say why he would not be 
living just as true and r^al a life' as the one 
which he knew in-his waking hours. Ham- 
let's chief argument against suicide was that 
"In that sleep of death who knows what 
dreams may come.'"' and Bryant, in his poem 
Thanatopsis, speaks of welcoming the 
approach of death, 

'* Like one that wraps the drapery of his couch 
About him/and lies down to pleasant dreams." 

It is a noble, and perha])s the most logical 
conception we can form of the great and in- 
evitable change that must come to us all, to 
consider it as but the awakening irom the 
dream of our present life into a higher state 
of existence, with a comprehension of the 
laws governing the imiverse and our inilivid- 
ual being, which shall lead us to look back 
upon the experiences of our present life as we 
now vaguely remember the visions of a dis- 
turbed shuTiber, and with as little regret that 
they have forever passed away. 



I Specially Compiled for Popular Science J*>ews.\ 

MONTHLY SUMMARY OF MEDICAL 
PROGRESS. 

BY C. K. WASHBURN, M. U. 

Dr. Joseph D. IJrvant has come to the Ibllowinfr 
conclusions (Medical Record) in regard to the me- 
chanical treatment of hci-nia : i. No tbnii of truss 
yet constructed can be relied upon to cure anv 
variety of simply reducible hernia. 2. The manner 
of the production of hernia, and that of its so-called 
cure by mechanical appliances, are such that cure 
by mechanical appliances alone need not be ex- 
pected, now or hereafter. 3. Practical relief from 
the annoyance of hernial protrusion may be had by 
the use of hernial appliances, which, however, 
ought always to be worn during all unusual physi- 
cal efforts. 4. The so-called cures from hernial 
appliances are dependent on the restoration of dis- 
placed tissues to the normal position, and to oblit- 
eration due to natural resiliency of tissues; not, as 
is often claimed, to the inflammatory adhesions of 
serous surfaces, caused by special mechanical 
effects. 5. The hard, slightly convex pad, with the 
elastic steel spring attached, constitutes the princi- 
ple part of the most philosophical, comfortable, 
cleanly, and durable of hernial appliances. 6. Sus- 
pension, elevation, and protection of irreducible 
hernial protrusions, are the main indications for 
this mechanical treatment. 

Respecting the use of taxis, Dr. Bryant holds; 

1. That the abuse (not the use) of taxis constitutes 
an evil against which all surgeons should protest. 

2. That a quarter of an hour of well-directed and 
continuously applied taxis is a rational procedure ; 
longer than this is unnecessary, and therefore 
unwise and harmful. 3. That repeated attempts at 
reduction on the part of different persons are per- 
nicious. 4. That the present status of operative 
surgery has reduced the successful employment of 
taxis to the position of rendering but little practical 
benefit to the patient, except in special cases. 

The propriety of operative interference to effect a 
radical cure in all cases of herniotomy is insisted 
upon. 

His conclusions as to the prop»r procedure in 
cases of intestinal mortifieation are thus formulated : 
I. When gangrene of the intestine has taken place, 
and the condition of the patient will permit, intes- 
tinal repair should be practiced at once, and the gut 
returned to the abdominal cavity. 2. When gan- 
grene has occurred, presumptively involving a 
portion of the upper two-thirds of the intestine, 
intestinal repair should be practised at once, and 
the gut returned to the abdominal cavity, even if 
the immediate result of the operation be somewhat 
doubtful. 3. When gangrene has occurred, and .the 
condition of the patient will not permit immediate 
operation, a temporary artificial anus should be 
formed. 4. It is better to form an artificial anus, 
under all circumstances, when the medical attend- 
ants are not familiar with the details of intestinal 
surgery. 5. Division of the constriction is not 
always necessary, and is often imwise when the 
formation of an artificial anus is contemplated. 

The compaiative value of the new antithermic 
analgesics was recently disctissed ( Therapeutic Ga- 
zette) by Professor Dujardin-Beaumetz at a lecture 
at the Cocliin Hospital, Paris. He rates antipvrin 
first, because of its small toxic power and its readv^ 
solubilily. He could not agree with those who look 
upon it with disfavor, because of the danger some- 
tiines'attending^its use. The materia medica con- 
tains numerous substances vastly more dangerous, 
and very lew that do not — or might not — occasion 
danger at times. Some of the most poisonous 



Vol. XXrV. No. .",.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



47 



drugs are among those most frequently employed — 
and, when occasion warrants it, in large doses. 
The chief objection to antipyrin is the scarlatiniform 
eruption it is liable to produce when given in farge 
doses, especially in the case of young girls. 

Second to antipjrin (and inferior to it only be- 
cause of its insolubility) he placed methylacetani- 
lid, or exalgine. It is more active than antipyrin 
and causes no eruption. The ordinary dose — four 
grains two or three times daily — may be increased 
to twenty grains in obstinate cases. Insoluble in 
c water, it is to be given in alcoholic solution. The 
following formula was suggested : 

. R. Exalgine, 2.50 grams. 

Essence of peppermint, 10 grams. 

Linden water, 120 grams. 

Syrup of orange flowers, 30 grams. 

M. One tablespoonful, (four grains), morning 

and night. 

The remedy has a wide range of applicability. It 
seemed to aflford relief whatever might have been 
the cause of the pain. In three cases of cardialgia, 
with anginous seizures, the speaker had observed 
its benefical action, and Gaudiman, in neuralgia, 
had known it to fail Iiut three times in thirty-two 
cases. 

Phenacetin, to which he accords third place, is 
sparingly soluble, and but slightly toxic. It; is of 
special value in the neuralgias of the hysterical. It 
is best given in capsules — the dose being about 
seven grains once or twice a day. 

Acetanilid he placed last, not because of defi- 
ciency in power to relieve pain, but on account of 
the alarming c_\;anosis it sometimes produces. The 
remedy, however, was often employed for months 
without causing more than li passing — and harmless 
— discoloration of the skin and mucous menbrane. 



The close inter-dependence of different parts of 
the body, and the folly of any "specialism" in medi- 
cine which ignores that inter-dependence, is well 
shown by cases of obstinate cough reported by Dr. 
A. C. Palmer {iVorth Carolina Medical Journal.) 
One case was that of a patient, forty-five years oI3, 
suffering from an almost continuous cough with little 
or no expectoration. After careful e.xamination of 
the chest and larynx, accident led to an examination 
of the ears, where there was found decided inflam- 
mation, with hypericsthesia of the drum membrane 
so intense that a touch or even a draught of air was 
sufficient to bring on a characteristic paroxysm of 
the cough. All other treatment was now discontin- 
ued, attention being directed solely Xd relieving the 
. condition of the ears." Under treatment of this 
s. local affection of a comparatively distant and ob- 
scurely-related part of the body, the cough entirely 
disappeared. Afterwards two other cases suffering 
from disagreeable and obstinate cough came under 
Dr. Palmer's care. In one of these cases repeated 
consultations had been held for some supposed lung 
trouble. The real seat of the lesions in both cases 
proved to be the ears, which were affected by 
eczema of the external auditory canal, with inflam- 
mation extending down to the drum. 



Dr. Lindenborn, physician to the Municipal 
Hospital, Frankfort-on-the-Main, claims for dithio- 
salicylate of soda, a new antirheumatic with which 
he has been experimenting, the following advan- 
tages over ordinary salicylate of soda : It has a pow- 
erful action; the requisite dose is smaller; it has no 
bad effect on the stomach, heart, or great vessels ; it 
does not cause collapse nor humming in the ears. 
Conceding that I'arther experimentation with this 
agent is desirable, "it suffices for him to have drawn 
the attention of the profession to a preparation which 



may, he confidently hopes, be of avail in the often 
long and tedious treatment .of some rheumatic 
affections." 

Ilueppe, who has been testing the same substance 
as a disinfectant and antiseptic, pronounces it much 
superior to salicylate of soda. 

Dithiosalicylate of soda is an isomeric substance 
consisting of two molecules of sajicylic. acid bound 
to two molecules of sulphur. 



Dr. Kolinsky calls attention {Graefe's Archiv.) to 
some undesirable effects produced by naphtjialin, 
which has been coming into use considerably of 
late in the treatment of diarrhoea. It is said to 
cause small extravasations in the choroid and in the 
ciliary body of the eye, which are followed — if the 
naphthalin is continued — by ecchynioses and white 
patches in the retina, and finally by a cloudiness in 
the lens, and crystals in the vitreous humor. The.se 
effects Dr. Kolinsky explains by attributing to 
naphthalin the property, of producing nutritive 
changes in the blood which occasion degeneration 
of the blood-vessels. The eye being a highly vas- 
cular organ, is easily affected by this vitiated state 
of the blood. 



M. Clemens (Joiirnnt de Medicine de /iordeaiij) 
reports good results in the treatment of ingrowing 
toe-nails, by the employment of tin-foil, such as is 
used for enveloping chocolate and other food pro- 
ducts. A single or double sheet of the tin-foil is 
introduced between the nail and the ulcerated tis- 
sues beneath, by the aid of an instrument with a thin 
blade. The tin-foil is kept in place by wax, which 
is moulded over the parts. M. Clemens attributes 
the beneficial effects to the chemical, rather than 
the mechanical action of the tin-foil. 



Contagiousness OF Tuberculosis. — Dr. Leudet 
of Paris, according to the Paris correspondent of 
the Journal of the American Medical Association, 
states that in the families he has known personally 
and attended for the last twenty-five years, out of 
112 widowers and widows, whose marital compan- 
ions had succumbed to phthisis, seven onlv were 
affected by tuberculosis, lie therefore concludes 
that contagion, even between married couples, is 
extremely rare. 



A Paris pharmacist, says the Medical Record, 
was recently called upon to dispense a mixture con- 
taining sixty grains of antipyrin and seventy-five 
grains of chloral in half an ounce of water. An 
oily precipitate was immediately thrown down, re- 
sembling neither antipyrin nor chloral in taste, but 
suggesting that of coriander seed. A mixture of 
antipyrin and quinine is also incompatible, both 
substances being at once precipitated from the 
solution. 



According to Dr. Edw. N. Whittier, of Boston. 
(iVfW Remedies), a comparison of antipyrin and 
acetanilid shows the following points of difference : 

ANTIPYRIN. ACETANILID. 

Action more rapid, but Generally more prolonged 
more transitory. and powerful. 

More diaphoretic. More diuretic. 

Depressing after effects. Stimulating. 

Gastro-intestinal irritant. Non-irritating. 

Easily toxic. Rarely toxic. 

Large dose. Small dose. \ 

Expensive. Cheap. 

These results, though not uniform, are, in his 

opinion, sufficiently so to cause, in general, a prefer- 
ence- for acetanilid in febrile cases. 

Regulated Diet. — According to the Medical 



Brief, (N. V., Feb., 1890), Dr. Flint says : "1 have 
never known a dyspeptic to recover vigorous health 
who undertook to live after a strictly regulated diet, 
and I have never known an instance of a healthy 
person living according to a dietetic system who 
did not become a dyspeptic." 



For nocturrial incontinence of urine, a combina- 
tion- of bromide of potassium and tincture of bella- 
donna is recommended ( Therapeutische Monatshefte) 
as superior to either of these agents alone. Ten 
grains of the bromide, together with ten to twenty 
drops of the tincture of belladonna should be taken 
before retiring. 



Annidalin, a new substitute for iodoform, is a 
preparation made by the action of iodine upon an 
alkaline solution of thymol. It is of a red color, 
and, on exposure to light or in the presence of 
moisture, liberates iodine. 



A Chicago boy, sutlering from paralysis, was 
treated {Times and Rer/ister) by laying bare the 
spinal column and removing a clot of blood which 
had collected there. 



Stammerers, s;tys the Tim.es and Register, are 
advised to keep silent for ten days, then to speak 
in whispers only for ten days more, and (inally to 
return to the ordinary voice gradually. 



A .MAN arrested in New York City for supposed 
intoxication, was found to be suffering from a pecu- 
liar and obscure brain trouble. He is unable to 
keep awake, and seems to be in a fair way to sleep 
himself to death. — Times and Register. 



Massage wits a fine art with the Chinese about 
the time Moses was perfecting his plans for the 
exodus from Egypt. — Times and Register. 



The Supreme Court of New Hampshire has de- 
cided that the law of that State, requiring a license 
for the practice of medicine, surgery, and dentistry, 
is unconstitutional. 



BACTERIA, BACILLI, MICROCOCCI, AND 
MICROBES. 

Webster thinks microbes of not sufficient impor- 
tance to receive mention in his ponderous lexicon, 
but in this belief he is poorly supported by scientists 
of today. We cannot blame the compilers of this 
work for shirking the task of definition, for the 
query "what are bacteria, microbes, etc..'" would 
elicit the greatest variety of answers, according to 
the authorities consulted. 

We confess to being sadlj' at sea when questioned 
regarding the differences or shades of difference in 
the meaning of the several terms taken as a text. 
It is therefore pardonable to quote a few of the more 
interesting statements contained within a papw 
recently read by Mr. F. Davis before the Chemists' 
Assistants' Association, in London. By the free- 
dom with which he uses the terms, it would seem 
that microbes, bacteria, and bacilli are the same, 
and though enthusiasts may apply subtle and hair- 
splitting differences, the uninitiated are not thereby 
concerned. 

Mr. Davis describes bacteria as being slender 
little rods, about one-three-thousandth inch long, 
and about one-twenty-thousandth inch in diameter. 
Though in form the bacteria closely resemble one 
another, in their manner of motion there is a vast 
difference, which has led to their classification as 
Vihriones, having a wave-like motion, Oscillarice, 
oscillating motion, etc. Just previous to the period 
of multiplying, the bacterium becomes quiescent, 



48 



POPULx^R SCIENCE NEWS. 



[March, 1S90. 



and shortly afterwards encysted, forming upon itself 
an external gelatinous wall, which entirely encloses 
the original bacterium or protoplasm. The proto- 
plasmic mass tlien divides into numberless granules, 
which increase in size, and eventually burst the 
gelatinous wall and become free, each in turn com- 
mencing to go tlirough the phenomena of multipli- 
cation. 

Micrococci are bacteria of another shape, m6stly 
round or elliptical, multiplying by simple division. 
There are two principal divisions into Micrococcus 
zymof/ens and M. pathogens, besides two lesser sub- 
divisions into the chromogenic or color-makers, and 
the septic micrococci. Some (the aerobics) require 
free oxygen, illustrated by the top yeast in the man- 
ufacture of beer; others (the anaerobies) do not, as 
in bottom yeast. 

Bacteria exist in all departments of life. The 
saltpetre beds of India and Peru are produced by 
aerobic bacteria, which reduce the organic matter 
of the soil to nitrates, which latter then combine 
with potash or soda. The greenish matter in a 
suppurating wound is the product of a chromogenic 
microbe. Many bacteria appear to be altogether 
harmless, such as Leptothrix huccalis, always presgnt 
in the saliva. Others are harmless in the saliva 
and digestive canal, but immediately produce dis- 
ease if they gain access to the blood through rup- 
tured membranes. Some bacteria assist materially 
in the processes of digestion, converting albumin- 
oids into peptones. The bacilli of contagious dis- 
eases may be found in the body after death. 
Small-pox, typhoid, and the like, each has its char- 
acteristic bacillus. In some diseases they occur in 
the blood, in others in the liver or kidneys. It is, 
however, still an open question whether the bacteria 
or their secretions are the immediate cause of the 
disease, though many are inclined to think these 
latter, the ptomaines, are really the cause of many 
diseases. — I'harmacenUcal Era. 

^.^^ 

PATHOLOGICAL INFERIORITY OF THE 
LEFT SIDE OF THE HUMAN BODY. 
WiiEN a unilateral lesion attacks any of the 
double organs of the human body, the left organ 
is more frequently affected than the right. Thus, 
obliterating arteritis attacks the left Sylvian artery, 
tuberculous infiltration occurs in the left apex, 
pneumonia in the left lung; calculous nephritis, or 
cyst of the kidney, attacks the left kidney; ovaritis 
and ovarian hyperesthesia are observed in the left 
ovary; orchitis affects the left testicle, etc. M. 
Henry Duchcnne tries to explain this fact by the 
greater activity of the right side of the body and the 
relative passive condition of the left side, which 
contains the heart. The mechanical activity of the 
right side determines nutritive activity. The me- 
chanical passivity of the left side produces a kind of 
physiological mealiness, a pathological predisposi- 
tion. Dr. Duchenne considers that the law of 
atavism may also explain the physiological inferi- 
ority of the left side of the body, for in ancient 
times, when hand-to-hand fights were always occur- 
ring, the activity of the right side of the body was 
constantly called into play. — Medical Recorder. 



the cold "spare-room" has slain its thousands of 
hapless guests, and will go on with its slaughter till 
people learn wisdom. Not only the guest, Ijut the 
family often suffer the penalty of sleeping in cold 
rooms, and chilling their bodies at a time when they 
need all their bodily heat, by getting between cold 
sheets. Even in warm, summer weather, a cold, 
damp bed will get in its deadly work. It is a need- 
less peril, and the neglect to provide dry rooms and 
beds has in it the elements of murder and suicide. — 
Good Housekeeping. 



THE DEADLY COLD BED. 
If trustworthy statistics could be had of the num- 
ber of persons who die every year, or become per- 
manently diseased, from sleeping in damp or cold 
beds, they would probably be astonishing and 
appalling. It is a peril that constantly besets 
travelling men, and if they are wise they will inva- 
riably insist on having their bedsaired and dried, 
even at the risk of causing much trouble to their 
landlords. But the peril resides in the home, and 



MEDICAL MISCELLANY. 

Professor Stowell urges medical students to 
dissect cats, as a means of studying the arrangement 
of nerve- cells in the spine. 

" Change of climate is what you need," said the 
high-priced physician, after he had listened to all 
the details of the patient's case. "Change of cli- 
mate I " exclaimed the patient, in surprise. "Why, 
man alive, I've never had- anything else. I've lived 
right here in New England all my life." 

Sterilized Lint. — M. Regnier renders lint 
sterile by heating it to a temperature of 120' C. 
(248° F.) He has tested the antiseptic value of 
lint thus prepared in dressings applied after opera- 
tions of various kinds, with good results. At a 
recent surgical congress he stated that he con- 
sidered sterilized lint equal to antiseptic dressings. 

HuNYADi Jaxos. — There recently died in Buda- 
Pesth, Andreas Saxlehner, the discoverer and pro- 
prietor of the well-known Hunyadi Janos water. 
He was a cloth dealer and a Hungarian patriot, and 
a warm friend of Kossuth. In 1863 a cloth dealer 
from the country, chatting with Saxlehner in his 
shop, told the latter that he had upon his own land 
no fewer than ten places on which an oddly tasting 
and smelling water bubbled up, which neither man 
nor beast could drink. Saxlehner visited the farm, 
accompanied by Dr? Molnar, the analyst. The visit 
and analysis resulted in the purchase of the farm. 
Twenty years later the poor weavers son had be- 
come the richest trader in Hungary, and had devel- 
oped Hungarian industry and commerce in a 
direction and to a degree of which Kossuth never 
dreamed. He named the water "Hunyadi Janos," 
after his darling hero, John Hunyadi, the victor 
over the Turks. 

Fees in New York.— The professional fees in 
New York City are not so extravagant as they are 
generally believed to be. The general practitioner 
averages from two to five dollars per visit, according 
to the pecuniary condition of the patient. The 
average fee for visit to the wealthy is five dollars. 
The office consultation -of an expert or general 
consultant is, as a rule, ten to twenty-five dollars 
for the first visit, and five to ten dollars for succeed- 
ing ones. The fee for a consultation visit varies 
with the reputation of the consultant and the ability 
of the patient, from ten to twenty-five dollars. 
Visits out of town are usually from ten to twenty 
dollars per hour of absence from home, plus the 
travelling expenses and regular consulting fee of 
twenty-five dollars. Surgical operations are rated 
according to character, time, and skill, range from 
one hundred up into the thousands. The operation 
fee is charged for as extra of that for time when away 
from home. Night calls arc twice the amount of 
day services, whether ordinary or consulting visits. 
Notwithstanding these accepted rules, there are not 
a few who can charge much higher fees — in fact, 
name their own price and get it. On the other 
hand, there are many younger men in the profession 
who are content to average a dollar a head for every 
patient they see, whether in their office or on the 
top Hoor of a six-story tenement in the rear. 



PUBLISHED MONTHLY BY THE 

Popular Science News Company, 

^ Somerset Street, Ronton. 

ONE DOLLAR A YEAR IN ADVANCE. 

SETII C. BASSETT, 

Manager. 

SPECIAL NOTICE. 

The Publishers of the NEWS earnestly request that sub- 
scribers will make their remittances either by draft on Bos- 
ton or New York, or by a postal order. If it is absolutely 
necessary to mail money, it should be sent only in a registered 
letter. The publishers decline to assume the risk of money 
mailed in tin registered letters. 

Remittances will be duly credited on the printed address 
label of the paper; but if they are received after the istTT of the 
month, the change in the label cannot be made imtil a month 
later. If a formal receipt is desired^ a two-cent stamp or a 
postal card should be enclosed with the remittance. 



Publisljers' ColunjQ. 



In using new steel pens the ink sometimes will not flow 
readily. This can be avoided by sticking the ]>en into a potato. 
Try it the first Esterhkook's Pen you use. 



Wood's Botanical Works, advertised by A. S. Barnes 
& Co., are recommended to those intending to commence 
this fascinating study the coming spring. 

For children, convalescents, and invalids of weak constitu- 
tions, the use of Colden's LiQj.aD Beef Tonic will be found 
invaluable. T. Colden, proprietor, Baltimore, Md. 



If your heativg apparatus has not worked satisfactorily the 
past winter, you should examine the (Jurnev Hot Wate-r 
Heater before making ajiy change. It gives universal satis- 
faction. 

Water-pipes protected by the Wells Rustless Iron 
Process will last indefinitely, and deliver a supply of water 
uncontaminated with poisonous metallic salts, and as pure as 
the original supply at its source. 



Druggists should note the advertisement of H. L. Bowker 
& Co. before putting tlieir soda-water fountains in operation 
for the coming season. They supply all the standard beverages 
and flavors, besides many novelties which are sure to be a source 
of profit. 

Londonderry Lithia Mineral Water is a natural pro- 
duct fresh from the granite liills of New Hampshire. It is a 
delicious and healthful table water for daily use, and in addition 
IS highly recommended as possessing valuable medicinal 
qualities. 

Seeger &. Guernsey's Cyclopedia is the standard expo- 
nent of the United States manufacturing interests. All persons 
engaged in manufacturing or mercantile pursuits will find it 
indispensable in indicating where goods of any sort whatever 
may be bought to the best advantage. 

Artificial ice will have a very vigorous "boom" the 
present year, on account of the almost total failure of the 
natural ice crop. Those manufacturers jirovidcd with the effi- 
cient and economical machines built by David Boyle, of 
Chicago, will doubtless realize veiy large profits from their 
business. 

The Wheat Meal manufactured by Mr. S. A. Fowle, the 
proprietor of the Arlington Mills, at Arlington, Mass., is for 
sale by leading grocers everywhere. Peojile who will give it a 
trial will find it far cheaper than flour, as it will give as much 
nutriment and go fnur tiiius as far as ,a similar amoimt of the 
latter, thus reducing the expense of this department of the 
family larder no less than seventy-five percent.- It has received 
the endorsement of the medical fraternity wlienever it has come 
under ibeir notice, and if any of the large number of grocers 
who are among our readers will give it a trial, they will 'find, 
when once fairly introduced, that il is one of the readiest selling 
articles Ihev ever handled. 



C|)c popular Science 0tXas 



AND 



BOSTON JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY. 



Volume XXIV. 



BOSTON, APRIL, 1890. 



Number 4. 



CONTENTS. 

Familiar Science. — The Magic Cash Box . . 49 

Leaf Mosaics 49 

The Proto-IIelvetes, or Lake -Dwellers of 

Switzerland 51 

Scientific Brevities 52 

Practical Chemistry and the Arts. — Aerial 

Navigation 52 

Aluininium 52 

How Jugs are Made . . .' 53 

State Telephony 53 

Laboratory Notes 53 

The Out-Door World. — Mr. Wight's Course 

in Botanv .54 

Professor Cassedy's Course in Chemistry . . 54 

A New Member of the A. A. Council ... 54 

Chapter Addresses. New and Revised ... 54 

The World's Fair in 1S92 54 

The Isaac Lea Mem»rial Chapter of Con- 

chology 55 

Original Observations by Members of the 

Agassiz Association 55 

Reports from Our Chapters 55 

Alaskan Burial 56 

Editorial. — Some Assumptions of Science . 57 

The Mineral Wealth of New Mexico ... 58 

Paris Letter 59 

Meteorology for February, 1890, with Review 

of the Winter 59 

Astronomical Phenomena for April, 1890 . . 60 

Literary Notes 60 

Medicine and Pharmacy. — The Relation of 

Chemistry to Medicine 61 

A Talk by John Wesley: London, A. D. 1747 61 

Monthly Summary of Medical Progress . . 63 

Medical Memoranda 64 

Publishers' Column 64 



Banjiliar Scieijce. 



THE MAGIC CASH BOX. 

A CURIOUS little toy is illustrated in 

Aa Nature, called the Magic Cash Box. 

Viewed from the front through the glass 

forming one of its sides (A), it appears to 



t 


H 




f#r, '-' 


\ <^ 




1 



The Magic Cash Box. — A, Front view through g:lass side. 
B, Rear view with back removed, showing arrangement of 
mirrors. 



be simply an empty box, covered on the 
interior with white cloth or paper. Now, if 
a coin is dropped into it through the slit in 
the top, it immediately vanishes, the box is 



apparently as empty as before, and the ques- 
tion printed at the back, Ou est passe la 
monnaie? (Where has the money gone.?) 
becomes a very pertinent one. 

The mystery is solved by removing the 
back of the box (B) and examining the 
interior. We then find that the box is not 
really empty, but contains two mirrors, 
placed together at an angle of 45°, with the 
apex of the angle facing the front of the box. 
These mirrors reflect the sides of the box, 
and produce the illusion that one is looking 
directly at the back, when, in reality, it is 
the reflection of the sides that we see, and the 
money dropped into the box is concealed in 
the space behind the mirrors. 

This ingenious toy can easily be made by 
anyone with two pieces of looking-glass cut 
to the proper size. Care must be taken to 
have the cloth or paper covering the inside of 
the box perfectly white and clean, with no 
marks or figures to be reflected. The mir- 
rors must be placed . at an angle of exactly 
45°, and the edge where they come together 
is concealed by a narrow strip of card bearing 
the legend noted above. 



[Original in Popular Science Jlew».\ 
LEAF MOSAICS. 

BY FRED'K LEROY SARGENT. 

Since the time when the illustrious Dr. Priestly, 
a little over a hundred years ago, discovered that the 
green parts of plants have the power of making 
the air around them fit for animals to breathe, 
the attention of the curious in such matters has 




Fig. I. Plantain-leaved Everlasting. (Original.) 

been repeatedly directed to the study of how the 
leafy shoots perform their work. It was early seen 
that sunlight is necessary to enable the leaves to 
drink in the carbon-laden particles from the air, 
and liberate from their confinement the atoms of 



oxygen ; and, after a while, it came to be understood 
that the purpose of this subtle activity was the mak- 
ing of nourishment for the plant. Once arrived 




Fig. 2. Water-starwort. (Original.) 

at the conception of foliage leaves as so many 
food-mills run by sunbeam-power, the great variety 
of form and arrangement, and the many peculiari- 
ties of behavior exhibited by leaves, acquired a 
new interest from the hope thus given that an ex- 
planation of their queer ways might now be found 
by the use of this new key. 

One of the most brilliant results of the studies in 
this direction was the discovery that the arrange- 
ment of leaves on upright stems is governed by 




Fig. 3. Star-flower. (Original.) 

curious mathematical laws, according to which the 
place of origin of each leaf and the angle between 
successive leaves is fixed with remarkable precision. 



50 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



[Ai'itiL, 1S90. 



To fully discuss these laws would require inany 
pages, but for our present purpose it will be enough 
to point out that the various. sorts of leaf arrange- 
ment on vertical axes are approximations — often 
extremely close — to that method which mathema- 
ticians have found to be theoretically best for 
securing to each leaf the utmost exposure to sun- 
light, and, at the same time, having it shade the 
others as little as possible. Thus, on stems having 
the leaves opposite, the successive pairs cross at 
right angles, and so each leaf has a clear space 
above it and also one below. In other cases, the 
leaves are arranged spirally around the stem, like 
the steps of a winding stair-case, and alwai'S with a 
nice adjustment of distance, angle, size, and propor- 
tions of leaf. 




Fig. 4. Sycamore Maple. (Kerner.) 

Besides these more common instances of leaves 
situated in higher and lower planes, there not 
infrequently occur occasions when it is of advantage 
to a plant to have all its leaves — or, at least, all the 
leaves of a branch — spread out at nearly the same 
level. Then the best possible disposition of the 
leaf-blades becomes a sort of mosaic, in which all 
the available space is completely filled, and without 
overlapping. Almost any wood or country road- 
side will afford examples of leaf-groupings which 
meet these conditions in ways as beautiful as they 
are interesting, and if a person is on the lookout for 
them, he will have many delightful surprises. 

In situations where the soil is poor, and where, 
consequently, as much of the ground as a plant can 
get is none too much for its needs, we find leaves 
disposed in flat rosettes, (like that shown in Frg. i), 
which effectually exclude all rivals from the area 
they cover. Plantains, dandelions, mulleins, and 
saxifrage afford other familiar examples. But, in 
the power to exclude other plants from the soil it 
occupies, we have no weed which equals one which 
southern farmers call "the king devil." Not con- 
tent with poor soil, it encroaches upon cultivated 
fields with such rapidity that, in a single season, 
acres will be covered with an almost continuous 
mat of the outspread leaves. 

Similar in many ways to these rosettes on land, 
are those made at the surface of ponds and strearris 



by clusters of floating leaves, borne on more or less 
elongated foot-stalks which come from a submerged 
stem. The water-starvvort (Fig. 2) is a pretty little 
plant of this description, and abounds during the 
spring and summer. 

Finally, in shady woods we find a third form of 
rosette (Fig. 3), consisting of a circle of leaves 
placed at the top of a short, upright stem, and so 
rather suggestive of a parasol. Since the theoreti- 
cally best form for the leaves composing a rosette is 
a sector of greater or less width, according to the 
number of leaves, it is interesting to notice how 
nearly sector-shaped many of the rosette leaves 
actually are. 

In the case of trees and shrubs, a mosaic-like 
arrangement of the leaves becomes of advantage on 
those branches which take a horizontal direction, 
and, if these happen to grow in a shady situation, it 
becomes all the more important for the leaves to be 
so disposed that they may utilize to the utmost 
what little light they can get. A moment's consid- 
eration will show that this little piece of engineer- 
ing, which leaves have so often to perform, is by no 



necessity of adjusting them to each other with 
considerable nicety. 

Thus in the maple (Fig. 4) we have a case in 
which the leaves arise in pairs, crossing each other 
as before described. Consequently, to make the 
blades horizontal on a lateral branch, certain of the 
leaf-stalks have to twist through half a turn, while 
others are forced to bend through 90^'. But, 
besides this, there is a lengthening of some of the 
stalks, by which means the blades are carried out 
of shadow, while other stalks are correspondingly 
shorter than the average, so that they will shade 
only the stem. Finally, it should be noticed how 
well the size of each leaf is adapted to the place it 
occupies, and how admirably the peculiar angular 
shape allows them to fit together. 

This fitting together of angular shapes is, how- 
ever, accomplished even better by the English ivy 
(Fig. 5), and the result, as will be seen, is an 
especially fine mosaic. The hazels, blueberry- 
bushes, and the elm (Fig. 6), especially when 
growing in the shade, exhibit the effects of similar 
twistings and bendings, and show also the filling of 




means so simple as might appear at first sight. 
To start with, all the leaves on a plant have funda- 
mentally the same arrangement, and, most com- 
monly, this is such as was described above for 
vertical stems. Hence, to bring into one mosaic- 
like cluster a number of leaves which tend to point 




Fig. 6. Elm. (Kerner.) 

away from the axis in all directions, a variety of 
expedients must be resorted to ; and even when they 
are brought to lie in one plane, there rernains the 



(Kerner.) 



small spaces with small leaves. In the Chinese 
honeysuckle such small leaves make their appear- 
ance on the older parts of a shoot — a single pair at 
the base of each leaf-matter the first leaves have 
attained their growth, and are thus actually inter- 
calated to fill up, as well as may be, the remaining 
spaces. This introduction of small leaves into a 
mosaic is well exhibited also in the belladonna (i), 
and in a somewhat different way in certain species of 
selaginella (2, Fig. 7.) 

Climbing plants, like this honeysuckle and the 
ivy, and others which grow closely appressed to the 
upright face of rocks, walls, or tree-trunks, differ, as 
a rule, from the other plants we*have described, in 
having their leaves vertical instead of horizontal, 
and plenty of cases may be found of leaves grouped 
in planes more or less oblique ; but in every instance 
it will be seen that only one side of the leaves is 
well illuminated, and this is clearly the essential 
condition for the formation of a leaf mosaic. 



A Curious Mental Trait. — A correspondent of 
the German Anthropological Society tells of his 
meeting a farmer by the name of Lowendorf, who 
had a peculiar habit of writing "Austug" for 
"August," his Christian name. Some years later 
he was inspecting a school, and heard a little girl 
read "leneb" for "leben," "naled" for "nadel," 
and the like. Upon inquiring, he found that her 
name was Lowendorf, and that she was a daughter 
of his former friend, the farmer, now dead. This 
defect was noticeable in the speech and writing of 
both father and daughter. It appeared in the father 
as the result of a fall that occurred some time before 
the birth of his daughter. 



Vol. XXIV. No. 4.] 



POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS. 



51 



[Orijfinul in Popular Science Xeiag.] 

THE PROTO-HELVETES, OR LAKE- 
DWELLERS OF SWITZERLAND. 

BV ADA M. TROTTER. 

PART III. 

THE HELVETES ON THE TENE.* — THE AGE OE IRON. 

The numerous .Tnd important discoveries of arch- 
icolosjists during the last thirty years have thrown a 
new liglit on the times preceding the Roman inva- 
sion in Gaul and Helvetia. The first researches 
were made on the Tielman, near Berne, in an isle 
formed by the Aar, in 1S49-50. A hundred swords, 
debris of chariots and wheels, Gaulois and Roman 
^K money, with numerous other objects like those later 
W found on the Tene, rewarded these investigations. 
B Archaeologists pursuing researches in Alesia (Alise 
B Sainte-Reine), where Gaul and Roman met for the 
B last time 50 B. C, brought to light arms which had 
been buried for nineteen centuries, furnishing 
precious specimens for study. 

After the discoveries of M. Fred Keller, at 

Meilen, Prof. Desor and Col. Schwab began to 

seek for antiquities in the lakes of Western Switz- 

' erland. At the extremity of Lake Neuchatel. near 

the spot where the new canal of the Thielle is 



by Port to Bruff, below Nidau, even to Zurich and 
along the Linmat. 

The researches organized by MM. Schwab and 
Desor were carried on at the spot Avhere the water 
was only from 60 to So centimetres in depth, and 
where the gravel-bed was not so deep as elsewhere. 
Here they found an ancient habitation — a station 
almost full of objects in iron, unique then, which 
made a great .sensation in the archaeological circle, 
and bore afar amongst savants the distinguishing 
title of Tene, (from tennis), shallow water. Still, 
the depth of the water and the layers of mud and 
gravel on either side, limited the researches to the 
one accessible spot; and, after a time, this field was 
left by the workers, apparently exhausted. When, 
however, the correction of the waters of the Jura, 
with the construction of the canals communicating 
with the rivers, lowered the level of the lakes, 
laying bare the archaeological treasures of the 
Broie and Thielle, the portion which had already 
yielded such rich rewards on the Tene was left dry, 
and here Pref. v'ouga began his new investigations. 

These works on the Tene have furnished the most 
numerous and best preserved objects of the Iron 
Age ; hence archiEologists have termed this period 
when the use of iron was general, the "Epoch of 




^'^S-7' (i) Atropa Belladonna. (2) Selaginella Helvetica. (Kerner.) (See page 50.) 



opened, rises the establishment of Prefergier. All 
.the space hence to the bridge of the Thielle, and 
below as far as Lake Bienne, is a rich architological 
bed, enclosing stations of the three ages — Stone, 
Bronze, and Iron. Opposite Prefergier a species of 
dyke was found, formed of gravel, driven there by 
the west wind at an epoch when the waters were, no 
doubt, at a lower level. This spot still bears the 
■ name of Heidenweg — road of the Pagans. Behind 
this dyke, and sheltered by it, extended a vast, 
shallow l)asin, which later became a marsh, and 
which made connection with the three lakes — Neu- 
chatel, Bienne, and Morat. It was here on an 
island formed by the Thielle and the Tene, that the 
Helvetes who imderstood the employment of iron 
planted their piles. They extended their dwellings 
the length of the Thielle. 

It is on the banks of water-courses, particularly 
where there have been bridges, that the vestiges ef 
the people of the Iron Age are found in the best 
state of preservation. This is proved along the 
border of the Broye, between Lakes Morat and 
Neuchatel ; in the Tene, where the stations ex- 
tended along the ancient Thielle to the bridge; also 

*Le3 Helvetes a la Tene, by Prof. Vouga. 



the Tene." It is supposed to be more recent than 
that of Hallstadt, where iron existed at the same 
time with bronze. These recent discoveries on the 
Tene confirm the assertions to be found in the 
writings ef ancient authors, Latin and Greek, as to 
the manners, utensils, and arms of the Gaulois 
tribe. "The Helvetes," they tell us, " made part of 
the large Celtic, or Gaulois race, extending from 
the Carpathian Mountains to the Atlantic Ocean." 
Proof of this assertion may be found in the tombs 
of Western and Central Europe, even to the Carpa- 
thian range and the Vistula, where objects are 
found similar to those of the Tene. A century 
B. C, however, the Gaulois, pressed by the Suedois 
(Germans), occupied only the country west of the 
Rhine. The time of their splendor was past, and 
they were weakened by intestine warfare. The 
advance of the Romans to the south of their terri- 
tory, and the frequent incursions of the Germans to 
the east, rendered them at length desperate, and 
they decided to emigrate en masse, to pass the Jura 
and establish themselves in Gaul. "Before their 
departure," says Ciesar, "they had burned their 
twelve towns and four hundred villages." So far 
the ancient writers carry us. Now let us return to 
the revelations of the Tene. 



Prof. Vouga began his researches near a bridge, 
or long passage on piles, and, in addition to several 
Gaulois habitations, found traces of a Roman sta- 
tion. Among the houses was one which had a 
second floor still in place. This floor was formed of 
two beams, 15 metres in length, — one of oak, the 
other of pine, — 20 centimetres thick, square and 
well jointed. The walls 'had fallen one upon 
another in the lake, but it was found that each was 
formed of. three beams of pine wood. The cross- 
beams were there also, and some trellis-work, 
whose interstices were filled with large pebbles. 
The waters having retired here, gave opportunity 
for further research, but it was impossible to pene- 
trate the gravel-bed to the bottom of the river. 
Vestiges of five habitations wore discovered within 
an area of iSo metres, while from the neighbor- 
hood, from a bed of mud three metres thick, 
quantities of objects in iron were drawn, — swords, 
lances, hatchets, razors, chisels, an entire wheel, 
chariots, and a debris of broken wheels and harness. 
Then below other layers of mud, sand, and gravel, 
the searchers came upon a melee of bones of men, 
horses, oxen, and other animals, with utensils of 
wood, and fragments of large vases, unhappily 
destroyed. Near this spot, throe complete skeletons 
were discovered, one of which had a cord tied 
around the neck. By the first habitation, the bank 
of the Thielle is covered with gravel two or three 
metres deep. The Roman remains are found in the 
middle of this gravel-bed, in the ferm of tiles, frag- 
ments of pottery, nails, etc., about a metre above 
the objects belonging to the Helvetes. 

The Helvetes worked in iron and bronze with 
great skill. Their arms, swords with scabbards in 
iron and bronze, lances, arrow-heads, javelins, 
horse-bits, etc., show great perfection. The hand 
of the artist also is visible in the tools of this age, 
— the hatchets, hand-saws, chisels, gouges, files, 
scissors, scythes and sickles, knives and razors, 
their belts, rings, bronze ornaments, pins and 
needles, and needle-cases. An iron hook has been 
found, by which to suspend the kettle over the fire, 
precisely' such as is in use in country places to this 
day. The majority of the number of swords found 
on the Tene are still in their scabbards, and, when 
withdrawn, appear to be perfectly new. The scab- 
bard adapts itself exactly to the sword. It is formed 
of two blades of sheet-iron, or very thin bronze, of 
which one laps over the other, and is more or less 
ornamented. Most of the swords are rounded, but 
a few have been found pointed. They are pliant, 
but not always well tempered, as the Romans found 
to be the case, according to Palybius. The fact that 
so many of the swords and knives appear to be new, 
has given rise to the supposition that these habita- 
tions on the Tene were storehouses, or shops, 
always kept well supplied, so that the Helvetes 
could retire to their fastnesses on the pile dwellings 
when pursued by the enemy. 

Among other interesting objects, we find two 
hand-saws, such as are used by gardeners of the 
present age; also bronze cases containing iron 
needles, and several iron and bronze kettles, with 
circles and rings of iron. But none of these kettles 
were furnished with handles ; the latter came in 
with the Romans. There are but few remains of 
pottery to be found in this epoch of the Tene. The 
one whole vase is in the museum at Neuchatel. 
The fragments of broken ones are not well made, 
being rough inside, black, and polished on the 
exterior. A few objects in glass, beads (white and 
blue), part of a bracelet in blue glass, money, and 
ornaments in gold, are sometimes found. 

The stations on the Tene must have been very 
ancient, as there are no signs of coats of mail, 
casques, belts, or chains of bronze. The money 



52 



POPULAE SCIENCE NEWS. 



[April, 1890. 



found seems to date from 200 B. C. Still, some of 
the establishments must have been of prior date, 
but the researches have not been complete enough 
to prove, or even approximate to correctness on this 
point. But the archieologists seem to be of the 
opinion that the T*ne was not a station such as 
those of the Stone or Bronze Ages, known as habi- 
tations where people lived in security against wild 
beasts. It is evident that they were attacked here 
and defeated by their enemies, who carried off 
everything of value in gold and silver that thej' 
could find. We read in Roman history that such 
was the custom of the conquerors ; that Marius, 
" having defeated the Cimbres, chose from the 
trophies the most beautiful arms, and burned the 
rest." The unfortunate Ilelvetes left on the marsh 
or in the river, their bodies, their treasures, — every- 
thing, in fact, that the victors did not care to carry 
with them. The waters at flood tide swept these 
bodies and objects to the bottom of the Thielle, and 
there covered them with successive layers of turf, 
sand, gravel, and mud. 

Such is the conjecture of the archaeologists, to 
whose labors we owe the fine collections in the 
museums, which give us the opportunity of judging 
for ourselves of the skill and ingenuity of this war- 
like race of the great Iron Age — the "Epoch of the 
Tene." 

SCIENTIFIC BREVITIES. 

A Dublin Trader announces on his billheads 
that, in consequence of the inaccuracy of chemical 
analysis, he has ignored such tests in favor of a 
sworn magisterial declaration regarding the quality 
of his goods. 

Another Mine of Mercury is announced as 
having been discovered in the Transvaal, at a place 
called Witkoppies, near Malmani. The yield of 
quicksilver shows that the ore is rich, though the 
mine at present is only fifty yards square. 

Electricity in the Dairy. — An interesting 
application of electricity to the dairy industry has 
been recently made in Italy. The Count of Assata, 
whose buildings are fitted up with the electric light, 
has connected his dairy plant with an electric motor 
of twelve horse-power. This machine drives a 
Danish separator and a Danish churn of the capacity 
of 400 litres of cream, churning being conducted at 
the rate ef 120 to 160 revolutions per minute, the 
butter being brought in from thirty to thirty-five 
minutes, in fine grains, which, it is now recognized, 
enables the maker to produce the finest article. A 
pump is also worked in 'the dairy. 

A New Roofing Material. — A new roofing 
material is mentioned in the German papers, in the 
shape of a sort of metallic slate, somewhat similar 
to those used among us, but enamelled so as to be 
proof against moisture or acid vapors. Metallic 
slates of tin and galvanized iron have long been used 
in Germany, and galvanizing has been pronounced 
by the highest scientific authority there, to be the 
best protection against rust that has yet been applied 
to iron, but it is acknowledged that the bending 
necessary to form the locking joints of the metallic 
tiles is apt to throw off the protecting covering, 
leaving the iron exposed to corrosion. In order to 
provide against the bad effects of this, the new- 
plates are made of sheet-iron, stamped into shape in 
the usual manner, and are then dipped into an 
enamel paint, which, when heated, forms a contin- 
uous coating, unaffected by acids or alkali»s. It is 
too soon to say how long a roof laid with such a 
material will last, but it promises to be of consider- 
able value. 



Practical Cljonjistry arid tlje Jlrts. 



AERIAL NAVIGATION. 

It may safely be said that the navigation of 
the air is a practical impossibility, and that 
no balloon, air-ship, or other means of con- 
veyance which can be propelled through the 
air in a definite direction, under the control 
of the operator, will ever be constructed. 
But, as. this method of travel is confidently 
predicted by many as a development of the 
near future, — and even now announcements 
of the discovery of a means of navigating the 
air appear more or less frequently, — a consid- 
eration of some of the theoretical principles 
involved may be of interest. 

It is evident that a practicable air-ship must 
contain within itself the power to make it rise 
in the air, as in the ca.se of a bird. No bal- 
loon could ever possibly be forced through 
the air against a wind of any velocity. The 
immense surface presented to the action of 
the wind, would require a force to overcome 
it far beyond any that we could produce ; 
and, even if it .could be accomplished, it 
wotild only result in its immediate destruc- 
tion by tearing the necessarily light and fragile 
material of the balloon into fragments. It 
would be as easy to drive a balloon at a high 
rate of speed underneath the ocean itself, as 
to make any headway against a wind of only 
moderate violence. 

It is a necessity, therefore, of a practicable 
air-ship that it must contain within itself not 
only the power to move it through the air, 
but to sustain it at the required height. A 
bird does this, it is true ; but the body of a 
bird has a very small weight in proportion to 
the force developed by its organism. It is 
like a motor which has only to move itself. 
But we have no artificial motor which can 
begin to compare in efficiency with the natu- 
ral one possessed by the bird ; and, besides, 
an air-ship must not only raise and move 
itself, — and the weight of all our artificial 
motors is very great in proportion to the 
power they exert, — but it must also carry the 
weight of passengers, baggage, supplies, and 
many other things, all of which increase the 
power necessary to raise them to an immense 
degree. Theoretically, an air-ship is possible, 
but a calculation of the force necessary to lift 
into the air even the lightest and most effi- 
cient form of steam engine known to us, will 
show that it is far beyond any power that it 
can develop, to say nothing of the addition 
of passengers or freight, and the driving of 
the whole through the air against the ever 
prevailing winds. The storage battery has 
been suggested as a feasible means of supply- 
ing this power, but the storage battery is even 
less efficient in proportion to its weight than 
the steam engine, to say nothing, of the prac- 
tical difficulties in the way of recharging it 
with energy. 



As far as we can now foresee, the railroad 
will always remain our best means of loco- 
motion. Undoubtedly immense impro\e- 
ments will be made in our present system, 
as regards safety, comfort, speed, and econ- 
omy ; and, although the traveller of a hundred 
years hence may, very likely, look- back upon 
our limited expresses as something only fit 
for emigrants, yet we are inclined to believe 
that the fiuidamental tvpe of the railroad will 
always persist, and that as long as the human 
race remains upon the earth it must confine 
itself in its movements to the surface of the 
land and water. 



[Original in Popular Science News.} 
ALUMINIUM. 

BY GEORGE L. BURDITT. 

One of the most abundant elements on earth — 
in fact, the most abundant metal — is aluminium. It 
occurs in combination with oxygen and silicon, and 
is the principal basic radical in many minerals, 
such as slate, feldspar, and mica. It occurs in clay, 
marl, and in different soils; also in sapphires, 
■■ubies, and emeralds. In all, about one-twelfth of 
the earth is aluminium. 

Many aluminium salts had been known from 
early times, and had been utilized in different ways, 
but the pure metal had not been known. It was 
first obtained by Wohler, in the form of steel gray 
powder, but afterwards in malleable globules. 
Others have obtained it by heating metallic sodium 
with chloride or fluoride of aluminium, or with a 
double chloride or fluoride of aluminium and 
sodium. 

The pure metal (AI2V1, 27) is bluish-white, with 
a bright metallic lustre. Its low specific gravity 
(2.56) is its most remarkable property. It is duc- 
tile, malleable, and tenacious, and may be rolled 
into sheets or drawn into fine wire. It melts at 
about 700°. It conducts heat better than silver, 
and electricity better than iron. It 4s permanent in 
air, melts slowly when heated, and crystallizes in 
octahedrons on cooling. When melted in a cruci- 
ble, it does not oxidize, and so it may be cast. 
When dropped or struck, it gives a clear, musical 
note, but is too sonorous for bells. Neither concen- 
trated nor dilute nitric acid acts upon it, but it is 
readily attacked by both concentrated and dilute 
hydrochloric acid. 

The uses of aluminium are, at. present, compara- 
tively few, owing to its cost and the difficulty with 
which it is prepared. It is used chiefly on philo- 
sophical instruments where permanence, lightness, 
and rigidity are needed. For the same reason, it is 
beginning to replace copper in making scale-beams 
for delicate balances, being only about one-fourth 
as heavy as copper, and of about the same rigidity. 
Small weights are also made of it. Owing to its 
permanence, it is used sometimes for cap-stones. 
The cap-stone of the Washington Monument is of 
aluminium, and is said to be the largest piece in 
existence. 

Aluminium forms a number of interesting com- 
pounds. It readily unites with copper, silver, and 
iron to form alloys. It may be melted with lead, 
however, and no combination will take place. The 
alloy with copper is a golden yellow, and takes a 
high polish. It is much used as jewelry, being the 
best imitation of gold. Aluminium treated with 
sodic hydrate gives the rough, frosty surface lately 
so popular on jewelry. Messrs. Bell manufac- 
ture a yellow alloy containing ten per cent, of 
alurninium, which they call aluminium bronze. It 



Vol. XXIV. No. 4.] 



POPULAE SCIENCE NEWS. 



53 



is very hard and tenacious, and is used to some 

extent in gas-fixtures. 

Aluminic oxide (Ah O3) is white when pure, but 
when colored with oxides of iron and manganese, it 
is known as enierj, and is used in the manufacture 
and grinding of cutlery. 

Aluminid hydrate (AU Oe He) is used to form